Colorado My20 en

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-Thailand-13517517) -
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 61
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 202
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 303
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 328
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
2 Introduction
Introduction
Vehicle Data Chart
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Introduction 3
Vehicle Specific Data All Chevrolet dealers provide variant, country
first-class service, using mechanics specifications, special
Please enter your vehicle data on
that work according to specific equipment or accessories.
the previous page to keep it easily
instructions. . The "In brief" section will give
accessible. This information is
available in the sections "Service Keep the owner's manual inside the you an initial overview.
and Maintenance" and "Technical glovebox for reference. . The table of contents at the
data" as well as on the identification beginning of this manual and
plate. within each chapter shows
where the information is located.
Introduction . The index will enable you to
Your vehicle was designed using a search for specific information.
combination of advanced . This Owner Manual is for
technology, safety, environmental
right-hand drive vehicles.
friendliness and economy.
. The Owner Manual uses the
This Owner Manual provides you
factory designations, which can
with all the necessary information to
be found in the chapter
enable you to drive your vehicle
"Technical data".
safely and efficiently.
. Directional data, e.g. left or right,
Make sure your passengers are Using this Manual or front or back, always relate to
aware of the possible risk of
. This manual describes all the direction of travel.
accident and injury, which may
result from improper use of the options and features available . The vehicle display screens may
vehicle. for this model. Certain not support your specific
descriptions, including those language.
You must always comply with the
for display and menu . Display messages and interior
specific laws and regulations of the
functions, may not apply to labeling are written in bold
country you are in. These laws may
your vehicle due to model letters.
differ from the information in this
Owner Manual.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
4 Introduction
Danger, Warning, and Symbols
Caution Page references are indicated with
0, 0 means "see page".
{ Danger
Text marked { Danger provides
information on risk of fatal injury.
Disregarding this information may
endanger life.
{ Warning
Text marked { Warning
provides information on risk of
accident or injury. Disregarding
this information may lead to injury.
Caution
Text marked Caution provides
information on possible damage
to the vehicle. Disregarding this
information may lead to vehicle
damage.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Introduction 5
Instrument Panel Overview
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
6 Introduction
1. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 91 10. Central Air Vents. 23. Brake Pedal. SeeControl of a
2. Side Air Vents. See Adjustable SeeAdjustable Air Vents 0 200 Vehicle 0 204
Air Vents 0 200 11. Radio Controls and Display. 24. Throttle Pedal. SeeControl of a
3. Steering Wheel Controls 0 65 See Overview 0 99 Vehicle 0 204
4. Turn and Lane-Change Signals 12. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 94 25. Fuel Tank Flap Release Lever.
0 94 13. Passenger Airbag. See Front See Filling the Tank 0 243
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Airbag System 0 37 26. Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Changer 0 92 14. Glove Box 0 53 0 275
Flash-to-Pass 0 93 15. Manual Transmission 0 221 27. Ignition Positions 0 214
Driver Information Center (DIC) 16. Power Outlets 0 68 28. Climate Control Systems 0 195
0 81 17. Hill Descent Control (HDC) 29. Instrument Panel Storage 0 53
5. Instrument Panel Overview 0 229 30. Lane Departure Warning
0 63 18. Traction Control System (TCS) (LDW) 0 239
6. Horn 0 65 0 227 31. Parking Assist 0 234
Driver’s Airbag. SeeAirbag and Electronic Stability Control 32. Reflected LED Alert. See
Safety Belt Tensioner Light (ESC) 0 228 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
0 73 19. Selector Lever 0 219 System 0 232
7. Driver Information Center (DIC) 20. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 81 0 64
8. Cruise Control 0 230 21. Hood Release Lever. See
9. Windscreen Wiper, Windscreen Hood 0 255
Washer System. See 22. Clutch Pedal. SeeControl of a
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 66 Vehicle 0 204
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Keys and Locks
Windows Heated Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . 24
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Keys
Replacement Keys
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 The key code number must be kept
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 in a safe place. If the original keys
Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . . 10 are lost, replacement keys can be
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 made by a Chevrolet dealer using
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 12 the key code information.
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 See “Keys” under Exterior Care
0 300
Doors
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Key with Folding Key Section
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . 17
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 21
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press the button to extend. To fold Remote Vehicle Start rear fog indicator light (if available)
the key back, first press the button, does not come on during remote
then turn the key to the initial start.
position. Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
{ Danger starters. For example, some laws
require a person using remote start
Do not leave the keys in the to have the vehicle in view. Check
ignition or even in the vehicle if local regulations for any
children are inside unattended. requirements.
This lack of responsibility may
cause several life-threatening If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not
use the remote start feature. The
situations to children and to
vehicle may run out of fuel.
others. The keys provide the
possibility to control many Other conditions can affect the
If equipped, this feature allows the performance of the transmitter. See
features of the vehicle, even to engine to be started from outside
put it into motion. Radio Remote Control 0 10.
the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This
button will be on the RKE To start the engine using the remote
transmitter if the vehicle has remote start feature:
start. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
The climate control system will use vehicle.
the previous settings during a 2. Press and release Q.
remote start. The rear defog may
come on during remote start based 3. Immediately after completing
on cold ambient conditions. The Step 2, press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the
turn signal lamps flash. The
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

turn signal lamps flashing When the remote start is extended, Conditions in Which Remote Start
confirms the request to remote the second 10 minutes will be Will Not Work
start the vehicle has been added on for a total of 20 minutes. The remote vehicle start feature will
received. An extension can be done not operate if:
When the engine starts, the parking 30 seconds after starting.
. The key is in the ignition.
lamps will turn on and remain on as A maximum of two remote starts,
long as the engine is running. The or a single start with an extension, . The hood is not closed.
doors will be locked and the climate is allowed between ignition cycles. . The hazard warning flashers
control system may come on. The vehicle's ignition must be are on.
The engine will continue to run for turned on and then back off before . The malfunction indicator lamp
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the remote start procedure can be is on.
10-minute time extension. Remote used again.
start can be extended only once af- . The engine coolant temperature
Canceling a Remote Start is too high.
ter the first engine start.
If the engine is running when you To cancel a remote start, do one of . The oil pressure is low.
enter the vehicle, turn the ignition the following:
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a
switch on. If the engine is not . Aim the RKE transmitter at the single remote start with an
running when you enter the vehicle, vehicle and press and hold / extension, have already
start the engine normally. until the parking lamps turn off. been used.
Extending Engine Run Time . Turn on the hazard warning . The vehicle is not in P (Park).
For a 10-minute extension, repeat flashers.
Steps 1–3 while the engine is still . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
running. The remote start can be
extended once.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Radio Remote Control Handle with care, protect from Battery Replacement of the
moisture and high temperatures and Remote Control
avoid unnecessary operation.
Replace the battery as soon as the
Failure range reduces. A necessary battery
change is indicated as a vehicle
If the central locking system cannot
message inVehicle Messages 0 82
be operated with the radio remote
control, it may be due to the
following:
. Range exceeded.
. Battery voltage too low.
. Frequent, repeated operation of
the remote control while not in
range.
Enables a keyless operation of the
following functions: . Overloading the central locking
by operating at frequent
. Central locking system, see
intervals, the power supply is
Central Locking System 0 12 interrupted for a short time.
. Anti-theft alarm system. . 1. Insert a flat screw driver in the
Interference from higher-power
Anti-theft Alarm System 0 17 radio waves from other sources. recess and separate the back
The remote control has an cover of the remote
. Key inserted in the ignition. control unit.
approximate range of 20 meters.
See Central Locking System 0 12.
The hazard warning flasher confirms
the locking operation by illuminating
once and the unlocking operation by
illuminating twice.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Replacement Remote The driver's door can only be locked
Control Unit after it have been closed. The
possibility of forgetting the key
The remote control unit number is inside the vehicle is thus prevented.
specified on the Infocard. However, if the locking buttons are
This number is needed when pushed inwards with the door open,
ordering replacement remote control the locking system will invert the
unit as it is a component of the lock, so the locking will not occur.
immobilizer system. Note
If the lock is operated constantly, it
Manual Door Locks may not work properly.
Inside Locking Outside Locking
2. Remove battery with a very
small screw driver at the mark,
see graphic.
3. Install the new battery. Be sure
the negative side (−) faces
down towards the base.
4. Close the transmitter cover.
5. Check the operation of the
transmitter with your vehicle.
Batteries must be disposed of at an
appropriate recycling collection
point.
Use CR2032 (or equivalent) Push the locking button of the Turn the key clockwise.
replacement battery. respective doors inwards. These
doors will be locked. The driver's door will be locked.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Unlocking Unlocking
Turn the key counterclockwise. Radio Remote Control
Just the driver's door will be
unlocked. The other doors have to
be unlocked by pulling the inside
locking button outwards.
Note
In the event of cold weather
conditions, the locking or unlocking
of the vehicle could be impossible
due to a frozen key lock. In this
case tap the key lock or heat Press Q to lock the doors.
the key.
The hazard lamps flash once and
Central Locking System any open windows automatically
Press " once to unlock all doors. close.
Unlocks and locks doors.
The hazard lamps flash twice. If available, these features can be
A pull on an interior door handle will customized through the Infotainment
not unlock the door unless the Press and hold " to automatically System.
locking button is unlocked. open all windows.
Central locking buttons
Locking
Locks or unlocks all doors.
Radio Remote Control
Close doors.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Unlocking Central Locking System
Failure
Unlocking
Manually unlock the driver's door by
turning the key counterclockwise.
The other doors can be opened by
using the interior handle after pulling
the locking button outwards.
Locking
Push the locking button inwards for
each door, except the driver's door.
Press Q to lock. Then, close the driver's door and
Press K to unlock. Manually unlock the driver's door by lock it from the outside with the key.
turning the key counterclockwise. Automatic Locking
Switch on the ignition to deactivate
the anti-theft alarm system and Auto Door Relock
press the central locking button K All doors will be relocked
to unlock all doors. automatically within 3 minutes,
if any of the doors is not opened or
Locking the ignition key is turned to position
Press the central locking button Q ACC or RUN.
to lock the doors. Then close the
driver's door and lock it from the
outside with the key.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Lockout Protection To deactivate the child lock, insert Doors
the key and turn the slot in the
opposite direction. Doors can be
opened from inside. Rear Doors
Extended cab
The child lock is available on the

rear doors of the crew cab.
{ Warning The front door must be opened to

Use the child locks whenever open the rear door.
children are occupying the rear Open the rear door using the handle
seats. on the front edge of the rear door
panel.
To activate the child lock, insert the The rear doors must be closed
key and turn the slot in the arrow before closing the front doors.
direction. Doors cannot be opened
from inside.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Side steps Tailgate
Pull both side handles out, first

one side, then the other.
The assist steps are available only There are two different tailgate Note
on some crew cab models. opening variants: Open the tailgate carefully. The side
It provides an extra support to 1. Central tailgate handle handles may cause finger injuries.
access the rear or front door.
2. Lateral tailgate handles Procedure to remove the
tailgate
1. Open the tailgate completely.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

4. Carefully lift the tailgate out of
the hook and place it in a safe
location.
2. To open completely the 3. Unscrew both side bolts as it is

tailgate, raise the spring with a shown in the image.
screwdriver and remove the
steel cable’s Yelets, one side
per time.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

.
Vehicle Security Self-activated 30 seconds after
locking the vehicle (initialization
LED flashes quickly : doors,
tailgate or hood not completely
of the system), or; closed, or system failure.
Anti-theft Alarm System
. With the radio remote control, Status after system is armed:
Anti theft alarm system monitors:
directly by pressing Q once LED flashes slowly : system is
. Doors more after locking. armed.
. Ignition Seek the assistance of a Chevrolet
Status LED
. Hood dealer in the event of failures.
Activating Deactivating
Status LED is integrated in the

sensor on top of the instrument
panel.
The anti-theft alarm system is Unlock the vehicle by pressing the
activated through the radio remote Status during the first 30 seconds of button K.
control: anti-theft alarm system activation:
If the driver's door is unlocked using
LED illuminates : test, arming the key cylinder and opened with
delay. the anti-theft activated, the driver
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

has 10 seconds to switch the key on the key being used. If the other key, the vehicle needs service.
ignition to avoid alarm trigger. transponder in the key is If the vehicle does start, the first key
During this period, horn chirps will recognized, the vehicle can be may be faulty. See your dealer.
sound. started. It is possible for the immobilizer
If there was an alarm trigger during This vehicle has a passive system to learn new or replacement
the period anti-theft alarm system theft-deterrent system. The system keys. Up to eight keys can be
was active, on deactivation, the does not have to be manually programmed for the vehicle. Do not
horn will issue 3 chirps and hazard armed or disarmed. leave the key or device that disarms
flashers will flash 3 times as a The vehicle is automatically or deactivates the vehicle theft
violation warning. immobilized when the vehicle is system in the vehicle. See your
turned off. The system is dealer to get a new key blank cut
Alarm exactly as the ignition key that
automatically disarmed when the
The horn will sound and the signal ignition is turned from off to on. The operates the system.
lamps will flash for 30 seconds when security light, in the instrument Note
the alarm is triggered. cluster, comes on if there is a The immobilizer does not lock the
The triggering of the alarm through problem with arming or disarming doors. You should always lock the
any door or source can be the theft-deterrent system. vehicle after leaving it and switch on
reactivated only 30 seconds after When trying to start the vehicle, the the anti-theft alarm system. See
the source has been cancelled. security light comes on briefly when Manual Door Locks 0 11 and
The anti-theft alarm system can be the ignition is turned on. If the Anti-theft Alarm System 0 17.
deactivated only by pressing the engine does not start and the See Immobilizer Light 0 80.
button K or switching on the security light stays on, there is a
ignition. problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again. If the
engine still does not start, and the
Immobilizer key appears to be undamaged, try
The system is integrated into the another ignition key. It may be
ignition switch and checks whether necessary to check the fuse. If the
the vehicle is allowed to start with engine still does not start with the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
Caution
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are.
The convex exterior mirror reduces

blind spots. The shape of the mirror
makes objects appear smaller,
which will affect the ability to
The adjustment is performed Move the selector switch to the L
estimate distances.
manually by tilting it to a suitable (left) or R (right) to choose the driver
position. or passenger mirror. Move the
mirror to the desired direction by
pressing the four-way switch.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Folding Mirrors Electric Folding (if equipped) Note
If both mirrors are folded, push the
four-way switch down to guarantee
the correct unfold position before
driving.
{ Warning
Always keep your mirrors properly
adjusted, and use them while
driving to increase your visibility
of objects and other vehicles
around you. Do not drive while
either outside rearview mirror is
For pedestrian safety, the exterior Press the selector switch (L / R folded back.
mirrors will swing out of their normal switch) to the central position ● then
mounting position if they are struck push the four-way switch down.
with sufficient force. Reposition the Both exterior mirrors will fold.
mirror by applying slight pressure to Press the four-way switch down
the mirror housing. again – both exterior mirrors return
to their original position.
If one mirror has been manually
extended or folded, the other mirror
can be extended or folded
electronically by pressing the
fourway switch down.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Interior Mirrors To reduce headlamp glare from
following vehicles, pull the lever on
Windows
the underside of the mirror housing.
Manual Rearview Mirror Power Windows
Manual Anti-glare Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror { Warning
(If equipped) Take care when operating the
power windows. Risk of injury,
particularly to children.
If there are children on the rear
seats, switch on the child safety
system for the power windows.
Be careful when closing the
windows. Ensure that nothing
becomes trapped in them as
they move.
Caution Power windows can be operated.

The inner rearview mirror can be . With ignition on.
Dazzle from following vehicles at
moved in four directions, so be night is automatically reduced. . Within 10 minutes after switching
cautious and avoid the contact to position 1 – ignition off.
with the sun visors. Adjust all After switching off the ignition,
mirrors in the most effective window operation is disabled when
position before starting to drive any door is opened.
the vehicle.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Express Power Window be made in the conjunction of the
Automated Operation driver's door switch, follow the steps
below:
To fully open the window
automatically, press the switch fully 1. Turn on the ignition (without
down. To fully close the window running the engine)
automatically, pull the switch fully 2. Press the power window switch
up. In automatic operation, the in the direction "up" to its limit
window will fully open or close even and hold for 2 seconds
if you let go of the switch.
3. Press the power window switch
To stop the window at the desired in the direction "down" for
position while the window is in about 2 seconds. When you
automatic operation, pull up or drop it, the window
Operate the switch for each
press down and release the switch automatically descend to its
respective window by pushing to
to the same direction of the limit
open or pulling to close. The switch
movement.
for the driver's window has a light 4. Repeat for all windows of the
which signals, through illumination, Window Electronic vehicle
the operation readiness. Programming Obs .: In case of battery
Pressure Relief Programming the power windows replacement, window regulator
may be necessary if the 12-volt replacement or changing position of
To reduce the front doors closing the modules, you will need to
effort, when any of the front doors battery has been disconnected or
discharged. To program the window: recalibrate it. To do this, turn the
are opened it`s respective window ignition off and repeat the procedure
will automatically lower some Whenever you first turned on or
described above.
centimeters to reduce the closing when turned off the battery of the
effort. vehicle, the Intelligent System
Power Windows should be
programmed. This schedule should
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Anti-pinch Function Child Safety System for
In case there is obstacle detection
{ Warning Windows
while the window with anti-pinch Body parts outside the vehicle
function is closed automatically, the can be struck by passing objects.
window will be opened automatically Keep all parts of the body inside
for safety. vehicle.
Children can operate and become
{ Warning entrapped in power windows.
Anti-pinch function may not Do not leave your keys or
operate after several uses. Do not unattended children in your car.
operate the window switch with
Serious injury or death can occur
no purpose.
from misuse of power windows.
Override Safety Function

Press switch v to deactivate the
In an emergency, the anti-pinch power windows of the rear doors.
feature can be overridden in a The other power windows can be
supervised mode. Hold the window operated by switches on the
switch all the way up to the second driver's door.
position. The window will rise for as
long as the switch is held. Once the Overload
switch is released, the express If the windows are repeatedly
mode is re-activated. In this mode, operated within short intervals, the
the window can still close on an window operation is disabled for
object in its path. Use care when some time.
using the override mode.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Initializing the Power Windows Heated Rear Window Operated by pressing the + button.
If the driver's window cannot be Heating works with the engine
closed automatically (e.g. after running and is switched off
disconnecting the vehicle battery), automatically after a short time or by
activate the window electronics as pressing the button again.
follows:
The LED lights up to indicate that it
1. Switch the ignition on. is on.
2. Press the button for 2 seconds
to move the window down. Caution
3. Press the button to move the Do not use sharp instruments or
window up and close it
abrasive window cleaners on your
completely. Keep holding the
vehicle's rear window.
switch pulled for additional Electronic control
2 seconds after the window Do not scratch or damage the
regulator stops at the top defroster wires when you clean or
position. work around the rear window.
Manual control
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Sun Visors
The sun visors can be folded down

or swivelled to the side to prevent
dazzling.
If the sun visors have integral
mirrors, the mirror covers should be
closed when driving.
{ Warning
Do not place the sun visor in such
a manner that it obscures visibility
of the roadway, traffic or other
objects.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
26 Seats and Restraints

Seats and How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Head Restraints
Restraints What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Position
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 42
Head Restraints Servicing the Airbag-Equipped { Danger
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Only drive with the head restraint
Child Restraints set to the proper position.
Front Seats
Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 43 Removed or improperly adjusted
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Child Restraint Installation head restraints can result in
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 30 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 serious head and neck injuries in
ISOFIX Child Restraint case of a collision.
Rear Seats Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Top Tether Child Restraint Make sure that the head restraint
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 are readjusted before driving.
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . . 33
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 37
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Seats and Restraints 27

Head restraints on front seats Front Seats
{ Danger
Height adjustment
The head restraints are safety Seat Position
devices. Always adjust them
correctly before driving. { Warning
The upper edge of the head
restraint should be at upper head Only drive with the seat correctly
level, never at the neck level. adjusted.
If this is not possible for extremely

tall people, set to the highest
position, and set to the lowest
position for small people.
Pull the head restraint upward.

To move down press the button and
push the head restraint downward.
Head restraints on rear seats
Height adjustment
Pull the head restraint upward. . Sit as far back against the
To move down, press the button and backrest as possible. Adjust the
push the head restraint downward. distance between the seat and
the pedals so that your legs are
slightly angled when pressing
the pedals. Slide the passenger
seat as far back as possible.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Sit with your shoulders as far
back against the backrest as Warning (Continued)
possible. Set the backrest angle
so that you can easily reach the The belt could move up over your
steering wheel with your arms abdomen and cause internal
slightly bent. Maintain contact injuries.
between your shoulders and the For proper protection, when the
backrest when turning the vehicle is in motion, have the seat
steering wheel. Do not tilt the backrest upright. Then, sit well
backrest too far back. We back in the seat and wear your
recommend a maximum angle of seat belt properly.
approximately 25°.
. Adjust the steering wheel, see
Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 64. { Warning Seat Adjustment
. Set the seat height high enough Sitting in a reclined position while
to have a clear field of vision of your vehicle is in motion can be
{ Danger
all sides and on instrument dangerous. Even if you buckle up, In order to permit safe airbag
panel. There should be at least your seat belts cannot protect deployment, do not sit nearer
one hand of clearance between properly when you are reclined.
your head and the headlining. than 25 cm to the steering wheel.
Your thighs should rest lightly on The shoulder belt cannot protect
the seat without pressing into it. properly because it will not rest
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
{ Danger
could move into it, receiving neck Never place objects of any size or
or other injuries. shape under the front seats,
(Continued) because they can interfere with
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Seat Positioning Seat Backrests
Danger (Continued)
the moving mechanisms, other
parts of the seat structure or
electrical components, when
available, reducing or restricting
the correct performance of these
components and safety system.
{ Danger
Never adjust the seat position
placing your hands, fingers, feet Pull the handle, slide the seat, Pull the lever, adjust the inclination
or other body parts under the release the handle. and release the lever. The seat
seat, because the seats have should lock into place.
moving parts and metal that can
The backrest must not be tilted back
cause injury. too far (maximum
approximately 25°).
{ Warning Caution
Never adjust seats while driving Do not lean on the backrest while
as they could move pulling the lever. The adjustment
uncontrollably. system of the backrest can be
damaged.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Seat Height Power Seat Adjustment Move the switch forwards or
backwards.
{ Warning Seat Height
Care must be taken when
operating the power seats. There
is a risk of injury, particularly for
children. Objects could become
trapped. Keep a close watch on
the seats when adjusting them.
Vehicle passengers should be
informed accordingly.
To adjust a manual seat: Seat Positioning

. Pump the lever up to raise
the seat. Move the switch upward or
. Pump the lever down to lower downward.
the seat.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Seat Backrests Rear Seats To fold the rear seatbacks down:
1. Unbuckle the centre seat belt by
Folding down rear seatbacks inserting the ignition key tip into
The vehicle may have rear seats. the slot.
2. Allow the belt to retract slowly.
{ Danger
Caution
Ensure the rear seatbacks are
securely in place. Do not let go of the unbuckled
Do not adjust the rear seatback seat belt until it is fully retracted.
while the vehicle is moving. This
could cause damage or injuries to 3. Crew cab: pull up on either the
the occupants. single centre, or both outboard
Move the switch forwards or Do not allow passengers to sit on seatback release straps.
backwards. the folded seatbacks while the 4. Fold the seatback forwards.
vehicle is in motion. Unrestrained
To return the seatback to the
luggage or passengers on a
upright position:
folded seatback could be thrown
within or ejected from the vehicle 1. Lift the seatback upwards and
in a sudden stop or accident. push firmly back into place to
secure.
2. Reconect and secure the centre
seat belt, making sure it is not
Caution twisted.
Do not trap the seat belt when
returning the seatback to the
upright position.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Armrest Safety Belts Seat belts are only designed to be
used by one person at a time. They
Seat belt reminder for driver's seat, are not suitable for persons younger
see Safety Belt Reminders 0 71. than 10 years of age or smaller than
150 cm.
Periodically check all parts of the
belt system for damage and proper
functionality. Have damaged
components replaced.
After an accident, have the belts
replaced by a Chevrolet dealer.
Note
Make sure that the belts are neither
Unfold the armrest by pulling damaged by shoes or sharp-edged
downwards from the top. objects or trapped. Prevent dirt from
getting into the belt retractors.
The belts are locked during heavy
acceleration or deceleration of the
Belt Force Limiters
vehicle for the safety of the In the front seats, when equipped
occupants. with belt force limiters, stress on the
body is reduced by dampened
{ Warning release of the belt during a collision.
Fasten the seat belt before each

Belt Pretensioners
trip and keep it fastened. In case In case of a head-on or rear-end
of an accident, people not collision of a certain severity, the
wearing seat belts endanger their front seat belts are tightened.
fellow occupants and themselves.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

are part of the safety belt assembly. Three-Point Safety Belt
{ Warning They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a Fitting
Incorrect handling (e.g. removal moderate to severe frontal, near
or fitting of belts or belt buckles) frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
can trigger the belt tensioners conditions for pretensioner
with risk of injury. activation are met.
Crew Cab Rear Buckles Usage
Deployment of the belt
pretensioners is indicated by the
continuous illumination of the
control indicator 9, see Airbag and
Safety Belt Tensioner Light 0 73.
Triggered belt pretensioners must
be replaced by a Chevrolet dealer.
Belt pretensioners can only be
triggered once. Withdraw the belt from the reel,
guide it untwisted across the body
Note and push the latch plate into buckle
Do not affix or install accessories or until it clicks. Tension the lap belt
other objects that may interfere with regularly while driving by tugging
the operation of the belt the shoulder belt.
pretensioners. Do not make any The rear occupants has their own
modifications to the belt buckles. The outboard occupant
pretensioner components. need to use the buckle without the
CENTER marking while the center
This vehicle has safety belt occupant shall use the buckle with
pretensioners for front outboard the CENTER marking, as the picture
occupants. Although the safety belt above.
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Height Adjustment Removing
Loose or bulky clothing hinders the

belt from fitting snugly. Do not place
objects such as handbags or mobile 1. Pull the belt out slightly. To release the belt, press the red
phones between the belt and 2. Pull the button. button on the belt buckle.
your body.
3. Adjust height and engage. The belt will automatically return to
its original position, if required pull
{ Danger { Warning the buckle downward and then
release it, so that the belt will be
The belt must not rest against
Adjust the height so that the belt fully retracted.
hard or fragile objects in the
pockets of your clothing. lies across the shoulder. It must
not lie across the throat or
upper arm.
Do not adjust while driving.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Safety Belt Use During Verify that the belts have no sign of Airbag System
deterioration or have not been
Pregnancy jammed by a sharp object. The airbag system consists of a
number of individual systems.
Seat Belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As When triggered, the airbags inflate
necessary, exterior hard surfaces within milliseconds. They also
and seat belt webbing may be lightly deflate so quickly that it is often
cleaned with mild soap and water. unnoticeable during the collision.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
{ Danger
see the dealer. Parts may need to This vehicle was designed to
be replaced to ensure proper provide any occupants with full
functionality of the system. safety.
This is why chemically locked
Caution fasteners were installed on the
{ Warning . The complete belt system assembly line for certain
The lap belt must be positioned should be inspected and components. These fasteners
as low as possible across the verified by a technician on a should only be replaced with the
pelvis to prevent pressure on the regular basis. original equipment fasteners with
abdomen. the same part number.
. The seat belt, which was
exposed to an accident, has Additionally, cleaning the mating
to be replaced by a part is essential to assure perfect
Safety Belt Care new one. torque and effective reaction of
Seat Belts should be properly cared (Continued)
for and maintained.
Do not make any changes to the
seat belt system.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Note
Danger (Continued) The airbag systems electronic Danger (Continued)
control is located in the center
the physical-chemical locking The driver should sit back as far
console area. Do not put any
compounds after the installation as possible while still maintaining
magnetic objects in this area.
of any replacement fastener. control of the vehicle. If you are
Do not stick anything on the airbag sitting too close to the airbag, it
Though, we strongly recommend covers and do not cover them with
that any service involving the can cause death or serious injury
other materials. when it inflates.
vehicle safety systems (namely,
brakes, seats, suspension, safety Each airbag is triggered only once. For maximum safety protection in
belts, etc.) or any service that Have deployed airbags replaced by all types of crashes, all occupants
affects these systems indirectly, Chevrolet dealers. including the driver should always
should be carried out by a Do not make any modifications to wear their seat belts to minimize
Chevrolet Dealership or the airbag system, as these will the risk of severe injury or death
Authorized Repair Shop. For invalidate the vehicle type approval. in the event of a crash. Do not sit
further explanation, contact your Have the steering wheel, the or lean unnecessarily close to the
Chevrolet dealer. instrument panel, all trim parts, the airbag while the vehicle is in
Vehicles equipped with an airbag door seals, the handles and the motion.
system have specific seats replaced by a Chevrolet The airbag may cause facial or
components, such as inflatable dealer. body scratch, injury by broken
bags, seat belts, bumper beams, glasses or burns due to the
electronic items that must only be { Danger explosion when the airbag is
replaced by original and identical deflagrated.
If handled improperly, the airbag
parts as those assembled by the
systems can be triggered in an
factory. When an airbag deploys, there may
explosive manner.
(Continued) be a loud noise and smoke. These
conditions are normal and are not
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

dangerous but may irritate the skin Front Airbag System
of the occupants. If the irritation is
persistent, contact a doctor. The front airbag system consists of
one airbag in the steering wheel,
one in the instrument panel on the
{ Danger passenger’s side and, if equipped, a
Never allow children, infants, knee airbag in the lower part of the
pregnant women, the old and the driver's side instrument panel.
weak to sit in the front passenger These can be identified by the word
seats fitted with airbags. Do not AIRBAG.
drive with a baby seat fitted
thereon. In case of an accident,
the impact from the inflated airbag
can cause facial injury or death.
{ Danger
If the vehicle is impacted by
bumps or objects on unpaved
roads or sidewalks, the airbags
may inflate. Drive slowly on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
The front airbag system is triggered
traffic to prevent unintended
in the event of an accident of a
airbag deployment. certain severity in the depicted area. The forward movement of the front
The ignition must be on. seat occupants is slowed, thus,
See Airbag and Safety Belt considerably reducing the risk of
Tensioner Light 0 73. injury to the upper body and head.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Never modify any airbag . When transferring the vehicle to
{ Warning components. The incorrect a new owner, please inform the
handling may cause it to inflate new owner that the vehicle is
Optimum protection is only inadvertently, causing the driver equipped with an airbag system
provided when the seat is in the or passenger to be hurt. and that the instructions within
proper position, see Seat this manual should be read and
Position. Keep the area in which . The electronic system that
controls the airbag is located in followed.
the airbag inflates clear of
the front console. In order to . Disassembling a vehicle with a
obstructions. Fit the seat belt
avoid failures, do not add any non-inflated airbag may be very
correctly and engage securely.
magnetic object close to the dangerous. When discarding a
Only then the airbag is able to
console. vehicle, seek the assistance of
protect. an Authorized Dealer.
. In case the vehicle is exposed to
any floods, seek the assistance Installing a child restraint
Important recommendations: of an Authorized Dealer. system in the passenger seat
. Never keep any object between . The steering wheel and of a vehicle equipped with an
the airbag and the seat instrument panel disassembly airbag:
occupants. In case of airbag should only be carried out in an
inflation, those objects may be Vehicles equipped with an airbag
Authorized Dealer.
thrown against the occupants, system can be identified by the
causing injuries. . The airbag was designed to word airbag on the self-adhesive
discharge only once. After label on the front and back of the
. Do not install any non-original discharged, it should be passenger sunshade. It is always
accessories on the steering immediately replaced by an visible.
wheel or the instrument panel. Authorized Dealer.
These accessories may interfere
with the airbag course at the . Do not carry or keep any objects
time of inflation, thus hindering in your mouth when you are
the system operation. driving. If the airbag inflates, the
risk of injury or fatal accident will
increase considerably.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

In vehicles equipped with Airbag should only be replaced with the replaced by original and identical
in the passenger seat, the child original equipment fasteners with parts as those assembled by the
restraint system should not be the same part number. factory.
installed in the passenger seat. Additionally, cleaning the mating
part is essential to assure perfect
torque and effective reaction of
the physical-chemical locking
{ Warning
compounds after the installation Never install a frontal impact bar
of any replacement fastener. (bull bar) in an Airbag - equipped
vehicle. This accessory can affect
Though, we strongly recommend
the operation of the Airbag
that any service involving the
system.
vehicle safety systems (brakes,
seats, suspension, safety belts,
etc.) or any service that affects When Should an Airbag
{ Warning these systems indirectly, should
be carried out by an Authorized
Inflate?
This vehicle was designed to Dealer. For further explanation, This vehicle is equipped with
provide any occupants with full contact your Authorized Dealer. airbags. See Airbag System 0 35.
safety. Airbags are designed to inflate if the
Vehicles equipped with an airbag impact exceeds the specific airbag
This is why chemically locked system have specific system's deployment threshold.
fasteners were installed on the components, such as inflatable Deployment thresholds are used to
assembly line for certain bags, seat belts, bumper beams, predict how severe a crash is likely
components. These fasteners electronic items that must only be to be in time for the airbags to
(Continued) (Continued) inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

electronic sensors that help the Frontal airbags are not intended to moderate to severe side collisions,
airbag system determine the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in even belted occupants can contact
severity of the impact. Deployment rear impacts, or in many side the inside of the vehicle.
thresholds can vary with specific impacts. Airbags supplement the protection
vehicle design. In any particular crash, no one can provided by safety belts by
Frontal airbags are designed to say whether an airbag should have distributing the force of the impact
inflate in moderate to severe frontal inflated simply because of the more evenly over the
or near frontal crashes to help vehicle damage or repair costs. occupant's body.
reduce the potential for severe But airbags would not help in many
injuries, mainly to the driver's or What Makes an Airbag types of collisions, primarily
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Inflate? because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
In a deployment event, the sensing
Whether the frontal airbags will or Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 39.
system sends an electrical signal
should inflate is not based primarily Airbags should never be regarded
triggering a release of gas from the
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. as anything more than a supplement
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
It depends on what is hit, the to safety belts.
airbag causing the bag to break out
direction of the impact, and how
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
quickly the vehicle slows down.
and related hardware are all part of What Will You See after
Frontal airbags may inflate at the airbag module.
different crash speeds depending on
an Airbag Inflates?
whether the vehicle hits an object How Does an Airbag After the frontal airbags inflate, they
straight on or at an angle, and quickly deflate, so quickly that some
whether the object is fixed or Restrain? people may not even realize an
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow In moderate to severe frontal or airbag inflated. Some components
or wide. near frontal collisions, even belted of the airbag module may be hot for
occupants can contact the steering several minutes.
wheel or the instrument panel. In
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

The parts of the airbag that come The vehicle has a feature that may
into contact with you may be warm, automatically unlock the doors, turn Warning (Continued)
but not too hot to touch. There may on the interior lamps and hazard
be some smoke and dust coming warning flashers, and shut off the Use caution if you should attempt
from the vents in the deflated fuel system after the airbags inflate. to restart the engine after a crash
airbags. Airbag inflation does not The feature may also activate, has occurred.
prevent the driver from seeing out of without airbag inflation, after an
the windshield or being able to steer event that exceeds a predetermined In many crashes severe enough to
the vehicle, nor does it prevent threshold. You can lock the doors, inflate the airbag, windshields are
people from leaving the vehicle. turn off the interior lamps, and turn broken by vehicle deformation.
off the hazard warning flashers by Additional windshield breakage may
{ Warning using the controls for those
features.
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
When an airbag inflates, there . Airbags are designed to inflate
may be dust in the air. This dust { Warning only once. After an airbag
could cause breathing problems inflates, you will need some new
for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate
parts for the airbag system.
asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also
If you do not get them, the
To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there
vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel to help protect you in another
it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering crash. A new system will include
breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle airbag modules and possibly
get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a other parts. The service manual
airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be for the vehicle covers the need
by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could to replace other parts.
If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate . Let only qualified technicians
problems following an airbag the vehicle.
work on the airbag systems.
deployment, you should seek (Continued) Improper service can mean that
medical attention.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

an airbag system will not work To turn off the front passenger To turn the front passenger airbag
properly. See your dealer for airbag, insert ignition key into the on again, insert ignition key into the
service. switch, push in, and move the switch, push in, and move the
switch to the OFF position. The front switch to the ON position.
Airbag On-Off Switch passenger airbag is deactivated and The front passenger airbag is now
will not inflate in the event of a enabled (may inflate). When the
The front passenger airbag system collision.
has to be deactivated if a child front passenger airbag is turned on,
restraint system is to be fitted on When the front passenger airbag is the control indicator ON illuminates
this seat. The side airbag and turned off, the control indicator OFF continuously in the centre console
curtain airbag systems, the belt illuminates continuously near the to let you know the airbag is on.
pretensioners and all driver airbag courtesy light switch. No adult A child restraint system must not be
systems will remain active. person is allowed to occupy the installed.
front passenger seat.
The front passenger air bag system
can be deactivated via a key To more information about the child { Danger
operated switch on the right side of restraint system installation, see
Child restraint. Risk of fatal injury for a child
the instrument panel.
using a child restraint system on
Use the ignition key to choose the a seat with activated front
position: passenger airbag.
Risk of fatal injury for an adult
person on a seat with deactivated
front passenger airbag.
Always comply with local or national

regulations. In some countries, the
use of child restraint systems is
forbidden on certain seats.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Servicing the Child Restraints
{ Danger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
When using a child restraint Airbags affect how the vehicle Child Restraint Systems
system on the front passenger should be serviced. There are parts The rear seats are the most
seat, the airbag systems for the of the airbag system in several convenient location to fasten a child
front passenger seat must be places around the vehicle. See your restraint system. Infants and
deactivated; otherwise, the dealer for service. children should be properly
triggering of the airbags poses a restrained by means of restraint
risk of fatal injury to the child.
{ Warning systems, in terms of this manual.
This risk is even higher if The hips of an infant are too small
rearfacing child restraint systems For up to 10 seconds after the and a regular seat belt will not
are used on the front vehicle is turned off and the remain in the correct place, as
passenger seat. battery is disconnected, an airbag necessary. Instead, there is a
can still inflate during improper possibility that the seat belt remains
service. You can be injured if you at the infant's abdomen forcing it
Never use a child restraint system are close to an airbag when it directly and can cause serious injury
on the front passenger seat if the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
vehicle does not have the Airbag in case of collision.
They are probably part of the
On-Off Switch in the OFF position When transporting children up to ten
airbag system. Be sure to follow
plus the control indicator OFF (10) years, ensure the compliance
continuously illuminated in the proper service procedures, and with safety regulations and
centre console. make sure the person performing local laws.
work for you is qualified to do so.
Market Child restraint systems
classification
Child restraint system available in
the market are classified regarding
the mass of the child as following:
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Note
Group Weight class { Danger For a correct choice of the child
Group 0 Up to 10 kg (22 lb.) restraint system, it is important to
Do not place a Baby seat on the
Group 0+ Up to 13 kg (28 lb.) consider not only age and mass
front seat; otherwise, the airbag in
factors, but also the biotype of the
Group I 9 to 18 kg (20 to 39 lb.) case of collision may cause child.
serious injury to the child, as the
15 to 25 kg (34 child's head would be very close General Motors recommends using
Group II
to 55 lb.) genuine GM child restraint system.
to the inflating airbag.
22 to 36 kg (49
Group III
to 79 lb.)
b) Group I (Child Seat)

c) Group I and II (Booster seat) Note
Note Before acquiring a child restraint
Observe the rules provided by device, check if it is suitable for the
a) Group 0 and 0+ (Baby Seat) current legislation regarding the vehicle's seat belt and seat.
installation child restraint system
installation in the front seat.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Have the label of approval of
{ Warning Warning (Continued) safety regulations
accomplishments, in terms of the
. When carrying a child, . After removing the child local laws.
follow the procedures for the from the vehicle, keep the
transport of children child restraint device . Are suitable to your vehicle.
established by the attached with the seat belt, Always use the child restraint device
local laws. in order to avoid the device properly installed and with the seat
. In some countries, the use from being thrown forward belt placed, even if the course is
of child restraint systems is in case of sudden breaking. short. Check, mainly, if the seat belt
forbidden on certain seats. . If it is not necessary to keep is properly stretched, if it is not
the child restraint device on twisted or positioned incorrectly.
. Make sure that the child
restraint device is installed the rear seat, remove it from
properly. If the child seat is the vehicle and store it.
not properly attached, the . After an accident, it is
risk of serious injury in case necessary to replace the
of collision increases. child restraint device
. Do not attach or place because it must have
objects or other materials on suffered non-visible
the child restraint device. damages.
. Do not leave any loose
object in the vehicle. During Note
an impact, this object may Make sure that the child restraint
move and cause injuries on device:
the occupants. . Is in accordance to the
(Continued) instructions given by the child
restraint device manufacturer.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Child Restraint Installation Locations
Permissible options for fitting a child restraint system (with 3 points seat belt)
Regular Cab
Mass Group Front Center Passenger Seat Front Outboard
(when available) Passenger Seat
0: up to 10 kg X X
0+: up to 13 kg X X
I: 9 to 18 kg X X
II: 15 to 25 kg X X
III: 22 to 36 kg X X
X: No child restraint system permitted in this location and in this weight class.
Extended Cab
Mass Group Passenger seat
Rear outboard
activated airbag deactivated airbag seats
0: up to 10 kg X U X
0+: up to 13 kg X U X
I: 9 to 18 kg X U X
II: 15 to 25 kg X U X
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Extended Cab (cont'd)
Mass Group Passenger seat
Rear outboard
activated airbag deactivated airbag seats
III: 22 to 36 kg X U X
X: No child restraint system permitted in this position and weight class.
U: Installation permitted in conjunction with three-point safety belt (Universal) when vehicle is equipped with
Airbag On-Off switch moved to OFF position. Move passenger seat as far as back as possible. Adjust seat
backrest inclination as far as necessary to a vertical position to ensure that the belt is tight on the buckle side.
Adjust the seat belt height adjuster to the lowest position.
Crew Cab
Mass Group Front Rear outboard
Passenger seat seats Rear Centre seat
0: up to 10 kg X U U
0+: up to 13 kg X U U
I: 9 to 18 kg X U U
II: 15 to 25 kg X U U
III: 22 to 36 kg X U U
X: No child restraint system permitted in this position and weight class.
U: Installation permitted in conjunction with three-point safety belt (Universal). Move front seat to the foremost or
adjust front seat backrest inclination as far as necessary to a vertical position to ensure that there is no
interference between child restraint system on rear seats and front seat backrest.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Note
. Move the head restraint to Danger (Continued) { Danger
uppermost position to ensure
exert strong pressure on the Infants and children must never
that there is no interference with
child, causing serious or fatal be carried on the lap of another
the child restraint system
installation. If it interferes in any injury. occupant.
way, remove the headrest. Never allow two children sharing Although an infant does not
the same seat belt. Both could weight much, it will be so heavy
{ Danger suffer serious injuries in a during a collision that it will be
collision. impossible to hold it, even if the
WARNING - EXTREME HAZARD occupant is attached to the
NEVER use a rearward facing seat belt.
restraint on a seat protected by
an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it. Children with more than
Death or Serious Injury to the 10 years old
Child can occur.
Correct use of the seat belt in
children with more than
Note 10 years old.
The provisions established by the
laws overlaps the provisions of this
Manual.
{ Danger
Never use a single seat belt
which an adult and a child. During
an impact, the seat belt probably
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Danger (Continued) { Danger

. Children without seat belt This picture shows a child seated
can be thrown out in an in a seat with a three-point belt
accident. used incorrectly.
. Always that a child is If a child use the belt this way, in
seated, the lap belt shall be a collision can suffer injuries and
in low position closely to risk of death.
hips, touching child thighs.
In an accident, it applies a
belt force in pelvic bones of
the child.
To verify if a child is able to use a
three-point belt, make sure the child
knees fold comfortably on the edge
seat, transversal belt passes
between the neck and child arm, lap
belt is as low as possible over the
child hip.
{ Danger
. Accident statistics show that
the children are safer if they
are in the rear seat and
using safety belt in a
suitable way.
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

ISOFIX Child Restraint ISOFIX anchoring hooks will be
located just below identification
Systems buttons.
ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems Instructions to fix retention device
(Crew Cab — if equipped) for children in the ISOFIX
Anchoring points ISOFIX of anchoring:
vehicle 1. Position retention device for
child in front of the seat where
it will be installed.
2. Lock retention device ISOFIX
hooks in the anchoring ISOFIX
of vehicle following
manufacturer instructions of
retention device for child.
3. Check if retention device is
completely closed to
vehicle seat.
Anchoring hooks ISOFIX are

designed to retention ISOFIX child
restraint.
ISOFIX anchoring hooks are located
between backrest and rear seat and
they are identified by buttons with
symbol H.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Admissible positions for fitting an ISOFIX child restraint system
Mass Size Class Fixture Front Outboard Seats in Center Seats in
Group Passenger Seat the second row the second row
0: up
E ISO/R1 X IL X
to 10 kg
E ISO/R1 X IL X
0+: up
D ISO/R2 X IL X
to 13 kg
C ISO/R3 X IL X
D ISO/R2 X IL X
C ISO/R3 X IL X
I: 9 to 18 kg B ISO/F2 X IL, IUF X
B1 ISO/F2X X IL, IUF X
A ISO/F3 X IL, IUF X
II: 15
X IL X
to 25 kg
III: 22
X IL X
to 36 kg
IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX restraint systems of the 'specific-vehicle', 'restricted' or 'semi-
universal' categories. The ISOFIX restraint system must be approved for the specific vehicle type.
IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward-facing child restraint systems of universal category approved for use
in this weight class.
X: No ISOFIX child restraint system approved in this mass group.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

ISOFIX size class and seat device: Top Tether Child Note
A – ISO/F3 = Forward-facing child Restraint Systems Use only TOP TETHER anchoring
restraint system for children of points for securing retention device
maximum size in the weight class 9 for children.
to 18 kg. Instructions to fix retention device
B – ISO/F2 = Forward-facing child for children in the TOP TETHER
restraint system for smaller children anchoring:
in the weight class 9 to 18 kg. 1. Lock TOP TETHER hook
B1 – ISO/F2X = Forward-facing retention device for child in the
child restraint system for smaller TOP TETHER anchoring of
children in the weight class 9 vehicle following manufacturer
to 18 kg. instructions of retention device
for child.
C – ISO/R3 = Rear-facing child
restraint system for children of 2. Check if retention device for
maximum size in the weight class child is completely closed to
A. Front of vehicle vehicle seat.
up to 18 kg.
D – ISO/R2 = Rear-facing child TOP TETHER Anchoring points of
restraint system for smaller children vehicle
in the weight class up to 18 kg. TOP TETHER Anchoring points for
E – ISO/R1 = Rear-facing child retention device for child are located
restraint system for young children at the rear of the rear seats in line
in the weight class up to 13 kg. with the three rear seating positions,
always aligned with rear seats and
identified with symbol I.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Storage 53
Storage Storage Caution (Continued)
Compartments exposure or at high ambient
Storage Compartments temperatures as the tray may
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 53 Instrument Panel Storage become very hot.
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Sunglasses Storage Glove Box
(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Armrest Storage (Auxiliary
Cable Route) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Luggage/Load Locations
Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Instrument panel upper storage.
Information on Loading the
Vehicle
Information on Loading the Caution
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 To open, pull the handle.
Do not leave glasses, CDs, CD
cases or flammable items, e.g.
cigarette lighter, in the tray when
the vehicle is parked in direct sun
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
54 Storage
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, always
keep the glovebox door closed
while driving.
Cupholders
{ Warning
Do not place uncovered cups of A cupholder is located at each door. A cupholder is located in the center
hot liquid in the cup holder while console model B.
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you may burn
yourself, and this could lead to
loss of control of the vehicle.
To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of a sudden
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bottles,
glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in
motion.
A cupholder is located in the center
console model A.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Storage 55
Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage To return to the normal position,
loosen the end of the strap from the
(If equipped) Crew Cab head restraint posts and lower the
seat until it locks on the floor.
{ Danger
Never adjust the seat placing
your hands, fingers, feet or other
body parts on moving parts of the
rear seats, doing so can cause
injury.
Armrest Storage
To open : Push the rear part of the Crew cab models have storage
cover. compartments under the bottom of
the rear seats cushion.
To close : Push up the cover until it
latches. To access the storage
compartments, pull the strap on the
Do not use it to store heavy objects. front edge of the rear seat cushion
to release the cushion and lift the
cushion.
Attach the end of the strap on the
head restraint posts to keep the
cushion of the bottom of the rear
seats lifted up.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
56 Storage
Press the latch and lift the armrest Luggage/Load
lid upward.
Locations
Armrest Storage
(Auxiliary Cable Route) Load Compartment
Cargo Box Loading Capacity
Use the route shown above to

prevent auxiliary cable pinch, during
console armrest down, when using
the cable.
The armrest have a route for

auxiliary cable.
Area Capacity in m³
A Regular Cab 1,570
A Extended Cab 1,281
A Crew Cab 1,061
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Storage 57
Tailgate Loading Points Load Limit on the Tailgate
To open, pull the center handle and There are models equipped with
lower the tailgate. To close, raise hooks on the pickup box and other Caution
the tailgate and press the upper tie down points as shown in the The load limit on the tailgate
ends until hearing a locking noise. image above. should be followed, otherwise the
tailgate and the body might be
damaged.
Load limit on the tailgate:

Concentrated : 100 kg
Distributed : 150 kg
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
58 Storage
Load Limit on the Rear . Be sure the load is properly
attached in order to avoid that
Roof Rack System
Bumper
the objects are thrown out of the For vehicles with roof rack, the rack
pickup box. can be used to load items. For roof
. racks that do not have cross rails
Try to distribute the weight
included, GM Certified cross rails
evenly.
can be purchased as an accessory.
. When placing an object inside Seek the assistance of your
the vehicle, always attach it authorized dealer for additional
securely. information.
. Do not exceed the total gross For safety reasons and to avoid
weight and the maximum weight damage to the roof, the vehicle
on the front and rear axles when approved roof rack system is
loading the vehicle. recommended.
The maximum load for the roof rack
The maximum load on the rear Caution is 75 kg with the load evenly
bumper is 100 kg. distributed.
This could damage the vehicle
When Loading the Vehicle components and also affect the
vehicle driving conditions. This Caution
Keep in mind some important items
when loading the vehicle: could result in loss of control and Loading cargo on the roof rack
reduce the vehicle useful life. which exceeds the maximum load
. The heaviest load should be
placed on the floor, ahead of the or hangs over the rear or a side of
rear axle. Place the load as far . The warranty terms do not cover the vehicle may damage the
forward as possible. component or part failure due to vehicle. Load cargo so that it
excessive load. rests evenly between the side
rails, making sure to fasten the
cargo securely.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Storage 59
.
{ Warning Information on If objects can be stacked, the
heaviest objects should be
To prevent damage or loss of
Loading the Vehicle placed at the bottom.
cargo when driving, make sure . Secure objects in the load area
the cross rails and cargo are to prevent sliding.
securely fastened. Loading cargo . Do not drive with an open
on the roof rack will make the tailgate.
vehicle's center of gravity higher. . The payload is the difference
Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, between the permitted gross
sharp turns, sudden braking or vehicle weight and the curb
abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it weight.
may result in loss of control.
The curb weight includes
weights for the luggage (7 kg)
If driving for a long period on rough and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
roads or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to Optional equipment and
make sure the cargo remains in its Caution accessories increase the curb
place. weight.
The load must not obstruct the .
Do not exceed the maximum vehicle Distribute the load evenly and
operation of the pedals, parking
capacity when loading the vehicle. secure it properly with retaining
brake and gear selector, or hinder straps. Adjust the tire pressure
See Load Compartment 0 56. the freedom of movement of the and vehicle speed according to
driver. Do not place any the load conditions. Check and
unsecured objects in the interior retighten the straps frequently.
of the vehicle.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
60 Storage
Caution
Driving with a roof load increases
the sensitivity of the vehicle to
cross-winds and has a negative
effect on vehicle handling due to
the vehicle's higher center of
gravity.
. Under no circumstance should

humans or animals be on the
load area while the vehicle is
moving.
Caution
Do not use the Sport Bar as a
support for bracing the load (if
equipped).
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Instruments and Controls 61

Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Instruments and Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 71
Airbag and Safety Belt High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Controls Tensioner Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Airbag On-Off Light
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . .
80
81
(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Instrument Panel Overview Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 74 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 63 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 75 Trailer Indicator Light
Brake and Clutch System (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Controls Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 64 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Information Displays
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 65 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Driver Information
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 66 Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . 76 Vehicle Messages
Outside Temperature . . . . . . . . . . 67 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . 77 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Warning Buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Battery Voltage and Charging
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 77 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Electronic Stability Control
Indicators Brake System Messages . . . . . . 83
(ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 77 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . . 83
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Electronic Stability Control
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 83
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Engine Cooling System
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Traction Control System (TCS)
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . 84
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Traction Control System (TCS)
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . . 84
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 84
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Control Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Tire Pressure Monitoring Object Detection System
Engine Coolant Temperature System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . 79 Ride Control System
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 80 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
62 Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages . . . . . . 85
Anti-theft Alarm System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Steering System Messages
(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Transmission Messages . . . . . . . 87
Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . 88
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . 88
Trip Computer
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Instrument Panel Overview
Cluster
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

1. Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 79 17. Lamps On Reminder 0 81 Controls
2. Malfunction Indicator Lamp 18. Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 76
0 75 19. Lane Departure Warning Steering Wheel
3. Electronic Stability Control (LDW) Light 0 77 Adjustment
(ESC) Off Light 0 78 20. Hill Descent Control Light 0 77
4. Antilock Brake System (ABS) 21. Turn Signal 0 71
Warning Light 0 76
22. High-Beam On Light 0 80
5. Cruise Control Light 0 81
23. Tire Pressure Monitoring
6. Safety Belt Reminders 0 71 System Light 0 79
7. Turn Signal 0 71 24. Immobilizer Light 0 80
8. Electronic Stability Control 25. Airbag and Safety Belt
(ESC) Indicator Light 0 77 Tensioner Light 0 73
9. Vehicle Ahead Indicator 0 77 26. Trailer Indicator Light
10. Brake and Clutch System (If equipped) 0 81
Warning Light 0 75 27. Pre-Heat Light 0 79 Unlock the lever, adjust the steering
11. Traction Control System (TCS) 28. Rear Fog Lamp Light 0 81 wheel, then engage the lever and
Warning Light 0 78 ensure it is fully locked.
29. Front Fog Lamp Light 0 80
12. Safety Belt Reminders 0 71 Do not adjust steering wheel unless
13. Charging System Light 0 74 vehicle is stationary and steering
wheel lock has been released.
14. Fuel Gauge 0 70
15. Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge 0 71
16. Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 81
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Steering Wheel Controls Horn
The Cruise Control and the Forward

Collision Alert can be operated by
the controls on the steering wheel.
The infotainment system can be To sound the horn, press a on the
operated by the controls on the See Cruise Control 0 230. steering wheel.
steering wheel.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
See Steering Wheel Controls System 0 232. Caution
(If equipped) 0 102.
Do not hang or tie anything on the
steering column such as a wreath
or holy thread . It can cause the
damage the wiring on steering
wheel and cause the damage to
the system such as horn or airbag
does not work.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Windshield Wiper/Washer Adjustable Wiper Interval The rain sensor detects the amount
of water on the windscreen and
Windscreen Wiper automatically regulates the
frequency of the windscreen wiper.
Adjustable sensitivity of the rain
sensor (If equipped)
Wiper lever in position INT.

Turn the adjuster wheel to adjust the
OFF : Off desired wipe interval:
INT : timed interval wiping. Auto rain Long interval : Turn adjuster wheel
sensor (If equipped). downward. Turn the adjuster wheel to adjust the
LO : slow Short interval : Turn adjuster wheel sensitivity:
upward. Low sensitivity : Turn adjuster
HI : fast
Automatic wiping with rain wheel upwards
For a single wipe when the
windshield wipers are off, push the sensor (If equipped) High sensitivity : Turn adjuster
lever up. wheel downwards
INT : automatic wiping with rain
Turn off when in the car wash. sensor
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Windscreen Washer
Caution Caution (Continued)
Switch off the windscreen wiper Do not operate the windscreen
and automatic operation with rain wipers when the windscreen is
sensor in car washes. dry or obstructed, as with mud,
snow or ice. Using the wipers on
an obstructed windscreen can
damage the wiper blades, wiper
motor, and glass.
Check if the blades are not frozen
to the windows before operating
in cold weather. Wiper operation
while the blade is frozen can
Pull the lever. Washer fluid is damage the wiper motor.
sprayed onto the windshield and the Do not operate the windscreen
wiper wipes for a few strokes. washer continuously for more
than a few seconds, or when the
Caution washer fluid tank is empty. This
Keep the sensor free from dust, dirt can cause the washer motor to
Less than clear vision for the
and ice. overheat.
driver can lead to an accident
If you move the wiper to rain sensor resulting in personal injury and
mode or turn the adjuster wheel damage to your vehicle or other Outside Temperature
from low sensitivity to high property.
sensitivity when the ignition is A drop in temperature is indicated
(Continued) immediately and a rise in
switched on, the windscreen wipers
operate once to check the system. temperature after a time delay.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

See “Outside Air Temperature”
under Trip Computer 0 88. Caution (Continued)
With the ignition off and all doors
Clock closed, the power outlets will be
Time is shown in the Infotainment deactivated after 10 minutes.
display. Additionally, the power outlets are
See Overview 0 99. deactivated in case of low battery
voltage.
Power Outlets Do not connect any
current-delivering accessories,
e.g., electrical charging devices
A 12V power outlet may be located or batteries.
on the back of the front center Do not damage the sockets by
console. using unsuitable plugs.
Note
Quantity and positioning of power
outlets depends on vehicle version.
Caution
Do not exceed the maximum
power consumption of 120 Watts
The 12V power outlets are located
per power outlet.
on the front panel.
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Warning Lights, Follow this manuals advice. Waiting Odometer
to do repairs can be costly and even
Gauges, and dangerous.
Indicators Speedometer
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement.
Paying attention to the warning
lights and gauges can prevent
injury. Warning lights come on when
there could be a problem with a
vehicle function.
The bottom line displays the
Some warning lights come on briefly recorded distance.
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. Gauges Trip Odometer
can indicate when there could be a Indicates the vehicle speed.
problem with a vehicle function. The Trip display shows the current
distance traveled since the last
Gauges and warning lights often reset of the trip odometer.
work together to indicate a problem
with the vehicle. When one of the See Trip Computer 0 88.
warning lights comes on and stays
on while driving, or when one of the
gauges shows there may be a
problem, check this section for more
information.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Tachometer Fuel Gauge The arrow q near the symbol .
indicates that the fuel filler door is
on the left side of the vehicle.
Note
Before refueling, make sure that the
ignition is off.
If you operate the ignition switch
while refueling, the needle of the
fuel gauge may not indicate the
proper fuel level.
On uphill and downhill slopes, the
needle on the fuel gauge may not
indicate the proper fuel level due to
Displays the engine revolutions per Displays the fuel level in the tank. movements of the fuel in the
minute (rpm). fuel tank.
If the level in the tank is low, the
Drive in a low engine speed range control indicator . illuminates, the
for each gear as much as possible.
Control Indicators
chime comes on and the Driver
Information Center also displays a The control indicators described are
Caution message. not present in all vehicles. The
description applies to all instrument
If the needle is in the red warning Refuel immediately. versions. When the ignition is
zone, the maximum permitted Never run the tank dry. switched on, most control indicators
engine speed is exceeded. will illuminate briefly as a
Because of the fuel remaining in the functionality test.
Engine at risk. tank, the top-up quantity may be
less than the specified tank The control indicator colors mean:
capacity. Red : Danger, important reminder
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Amber : Warning, information, Right area : Temperature too high Flashes
failure If the engine is too hot, the gauge The control indicator flashes if a turn
Green : Confirmation of activation pointer will move toward the red signal or the hazard warning
Blue : Confirmation of activation area, a warning chime will activate, flashers is activated.
and the Driver Information Center
White : Confirmation of activation See Turn and Lane-Change Signals
will also display a message. Seek
0 94.
the assistance of a Chevrolet
Engine Coolant dealer.
Safety Belt Reminders
Temperature Gauge See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 81.
Caution
To avoid damage to the engine,
check the coolant level and seek
the assistance of a Chevrolet
dealer.
> for driver's seat illuminates or
flashes red.
When the ignition is switched on,
Turn Signal this control indicator is activated and
remains active for some seconds, to
remind the driver to fasten the
safety belt.
Displays the coolant temperature.
Soon after the ignition is switched
Left area : Regular operating
on or the engine is started, the
temperature not yet reached
control indicator begins to flash, and
Central area : Normal operating also a chime sounds, for a few
temperature G flashes green.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

seconds. Then the control indicator C for passenger's seat illuminates Rear Passenger Safety Belt
stops flashing and illuminates until or flashes red. Reminder (If equipped)
the driver safety belt is fastened.
When the vehicle is started this light
Additionally, if the driver remains flashes and a chime may sound to
with the safety belt unfastened while remind passengers to fasten their
the vehicle is moving, after reaching safety belt. Then the light stays on
a specific distance or speed, a solid until the belt is buckled.
chime sounds and the control
indicator flashes for several This cycle continues several times if
the passenger remains or becomes
seconds.
unbuckled while the vehicle is
>>> for rear passenger's seat
If the driver safety belt is already appears on Driver Information
moving.
fastened, neither the control Center.
indicator nor the chime comes on. If the passenger safety belt is
When the engine starts, the
buckled, neither the chime nor the
See Safety Belts 0 32. symbols will be displayed in the
light comes on.
lower part of the DIC. If a rear seat
If Safety Belt Reminder is active the The front passenger safety belt belt is buckled, the corresponding
Rear Parking Assistance chime will warning light and chime may turn on symbol will dim.
not operate. if an object is put on the seat such
Once the vehicle is travelling over
Passenger Safety Belt as a briefcase, handbag, grocery
10 km/h for approximately
bag, laptop, or other electronic
Reminder (If equipped) device. To turn off the warning light
10 seconds, the symbols will
extinguish. If a rear seat belt is
and/or chime, remove the object
unbuckled whilst driving, a chime
from the seat or buckle the
will sound and the corresponding
safety belt.
symbol will flash in the DIC.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Airbag and Safety Belt Warning (Continued)
Tensioner Light
while driving, it means the airbag
system might not be working
properly. The airbags in the
vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
9 illuminates red. right away. Have the cause of the
When the ignition is switched on, fault remedied immediately by a
the control indicator illuminates for Chevrolet dealer.
When the vehicle is started, the
approximately 4 seconds. If it does passenger airbag status indicator
not illuminate, does not go out after See Safety Belts 0 32 and symbols for on and off, will light for
4 seconds or illuminates while Airbag System 0 35. several seconds as a system check.
driving, there is a failure in the Then, after several more seconds,
airbag system. Seek the assistance Airbag On-Off Light either the on or off symbol will light
of a Chevrolet dealer. The airbags to let you know the status of the
and belt pretensioners may fail to (If equipped) front outboard passenger frontal
trigger in the event of an accident. If the vehicle has an airbag on-off airbag.
switch, it also has a passenger
When the front outboard passenger
{ Warning airbag status indicator located near
courtesy lights switch.
airbag is manually turned off using
the airbag on-off switch on the
If the airbag control indicator
instrument panel endcap, the
control indicator stays on after the
indicator light OFF and the off
ignition is switched on, or after symbol will come on and stay on as
the engine is started, or comes on a reminder that the airbag has been
(Continued) turned off. This light will go off when
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

the airbag has been turned on. See problem with the lights or the airbag
Airbag On-Off Switch 0 42 for more { Warning on-off switch. See your dealer for
information, including important service.
safety information. If the airbag and safety belt
tensioner light ever comes on and
stays on, it means that something
Charging System Light
{ Warning may be wrong with the airbag
If the front outboard passenger system. For example, the front
frontal airbag is turned off for a outboard passenger frontal airbag
person who does not fall under could inflate even though the
the conditions specified in this airbag on-off switch is turned off.
manual, that person will not have To help avoid injury to yourself or
the extra protection of an airbag. others, have the vehicle serviced " illuminates red.
In a crash, the airbag will not be right away. See Airbag and Safety
able to inflate and help protect the It illuminates when the ignition is
Belt Tensioner Light 0 73 for more switched on and goes out shortly
person sitting there. Do not turn information, including important after the engine starts.
off the front outboard passenger safety information.
frontal airbag unless the person Illuminates when the Engine is
sitting there falls under the Running
If the word ON and the on symbol is
conditions specified in this
lit, it means that the front outboard Stop, then switch off the engine.
manual. passenger frontal airbag is enabled The battery indicator provides
(may inflate). See Airbag On-Off warning for a problem with the
Switch 0 42 for more information, charging system, a high or low
including important safety system voltage, or a load
information. management problem. Seek the
If, after several seconds, both status assistance of a Chevrolet dealer.
indicator lights remain on, or if there See Driver Information Center (DIC)
are no lights at all, there may be a 0 81.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Malfunction Diagnosis and service are required. Illuminates when the parking brake
Failure to repair could result in is applied and if the brake or clutch
Indicator Lamp permanent engine damage. Seek fluid level is too low or if there is a
the assistance of a Chevrolet dealer brake system failure, see Brake
immediately. Fluid 0 263.
To avoid serious damage to the
vehicle: { Warning
. Reduce vehicle speed. If the brake system warning lamp
. Avoid hard acceleration. illuminates, check the brake fluid
* illuminates amber. level and contact an authorized
. Avoid steep uphill slopes.
Illuminates when the ignition is dealer immediately.
switched on and goes out shortly . If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo as soon as If the brake fluid level in the
after the engine starts. reservoir is low, do not drive the
possible.
Illuminates when the Engine is vehicle.
Running Brake and Clutch System This may mean your brakes are
Failure in the emission control Warning Light not working properly. Driving with
system. The permitted emission malfunctioning brakes can cause
limits are exceeded. Seek the personal injuries and damage to
assistance of a Chevrolet dealer your vehicle and other property.
immediately.
Flashes when the Engine is Illuminates after the ignition is
Running switched on if the manual parking
brake is applied, see Parking Brake
An error state has been detected in $ illuminates red. 0 226.
the high pressure fuel injection
system or the timing synchronization If the parking brake has not been
system. fully released and the vehicle is
moving, after reaching a certain
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

speed, the chime comes on and the If both the ABS and the brake
Driver Information Center also system control indicators are on, the { Danger
displays a message, see Driver vehicle antilock brakes are not
Information Center (DIC) 0 81. functioning and there is a problem The recommendation for upshift is
with the regular brakes. only an aid to the driver and not
Antilock Brake System substitute the driver attention.
Seek the assistance of a Chevrolet Choosing the right gear is the
(ABS) Warning Light dealer. driver's responsibility and
See Antilock Brake System (ABS) depends on the driving situation,
0 226 and such as overtaking, towing or hilly
Driver Information Center (DIC) stretches.
0 81.
Up-Shift Light Four-Wheel-Drive Light

! illuminates amber. Upshift Gear
Illuminates for a few seconds after *: For vehicles with manual
the ignition is switched on. The transmission, the upshift indicator
system is ready for operation when illuminates when a higher gear is
the control indicator goes out. recommended for fuel economy,
avoiding high engine revolutions.
In an event of fault, a chime will Lower engine revolutions generally The four-wheel-drive light comes on
sound when the control indicator allow for greater fuel economy. when a vehicle with a manual
comes on. transfer case is shifted into
If the control indicator does not go four-wheel drive and the front axle
out after a few seconds, or if it engages.
illuminates while driving, there is a Some delay between the shifting
fault in the ABS. The regular brake and the light coming on is normal.
system remains operational but
without ABS function. See Four-Wheel Drive.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Hill Descent Control Light Lane Departure Warning Electronic Stability
(LDW) Light Control (ESC) Indicator
@ If equipped, this light, located in Light
the center of the instrument panel,
comes on briefly while starting the
vehicle.
If it does not come on, have the
5 illuminates or flashes green. vehicle serviced.
Flashes to indicate that the Hill This light is green if LDW is on and
Descent Control (HDC) is activated, ready to operate. G illuminates or flashes amber.
reducing the vehicle’s speed. This This light changes to amber and
will happen in speeds between Illuminates for a few seconds after
flashes to indicate that the lane the ignition is switched on, if the
approximately 7 km/h and 30 km/h marking has been crossed without
(manual transmission) or system is working normally, the
using a turn signal in that direction. control indicator goes out.
approximately 4 km/h and 30 km/h
(automatic transmission). See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If the indicator does not go out after
0 239. a few seconds, there is a fault in the
Illuminates after pressing the 5 system. It is possible to keep driving
button to indicate that the system is Vehicle Ahead Indicator without Electronic Stability Control
enabled if vehicle speed is below (ESC) system activated
than 50 km/h. V If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is Have the cause of the fault fixed by
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) detected ahead. a Chevrolet dealer.
0 229.
The indicator will display amber See Driver Information Center (DIC)
when you are following a detected 0 81.
vehicle ahead much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 232.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Flashes When this control indicator comes If the indicator does not go out after
on, the Driver Information Center a few seconds, there is a fault in the
During ESC, TCS and/or TSC
also displays a message. system. It is possible to keep driving
activation the DIC indicator will
See Electronic Stability Control without Traction Constrol System
flash.
(ESC) 0 228 and (TCS) activated.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
Driver Information Center (DIC) Have the cause of the fault fixed by
0 227. See Electronic Stability
0 81. a Chevrolet dealer.
Control (ESC) 0 228. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 250 Flashes
Traction Control System
During ESC, TCS and/or TSC
Electronic Stability (TCS) Warning Light activation the DIC indicator will
Control (ESC) Off Light flash.
See Traction Control System (TCS)
0 227. See Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) 0 228. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 250
G illuminates or flashes amber. Traction Control System

g illuminates amber. Illuminates
(TCS) Off Light
i illuminates amber.
When the ignition is switched on, g Illuminates for a few seconds after
illuminates briefly or if it does not the ignition is switched on, if the Illuminates when the system is
illuminate, seek the assistance of a system is working normally, the deactivated.
Chevrolet dealer. control indicator goes out. See Traction Control System (TCS)
It illuminates when ESC has been 0 227.
switched off manually by pressing
the button g on the center console.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Pre-Heat Light A Driver Information Center (DIC) It illuminates for a few seconds after
tire pressure message may also the ignition is switched on. Also
display. See Tire Messages 0 86. illuminates when the engine oil
Stop as soon as possible, and pressure is low. In this case, the
inflate the tires to the pressure value Driver Information Center also
shown on the Tire and Loading displays a message.
Information label. See Tire Pressure See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 279. 0 81.
K illuminates amber. When the Light Flashes First and
Illuminates when the Engine is
Then Is On Steady
Illuminates when preheating is Running
activated. Only activates when If the light flashes for about a minute
outside temperature is low. and then stays on, there may be a
Caution
problem with the TPMS. If the
See Starting the Engine 0 216.
problem is not corrected, the light Engine lubrication may be
will come on at every ignition cycle. interrupted. This may result in
Tire Pressure Monitoring See Tire Pressure Monitor damage to the engine and/or
System Light Operation 0 282.
locking of the drive wheels.
7 For vehicles with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), Engine Oil Pressure Light
1. Manual transmission: depress
this light comes on briefly when the
clutch and select neutral gear.
engine is started. It provides
information about tire pressures and Automatic transmission: select
the TPMS. neutral gear by setting the
selector lever to N.
When the Light Is On Steady
2. Move out of the flow of traffic
This indicates that one or more of as quickly as possible without
the tires are significantly : illuminates red. impeding other vehicles.
underinflated.
3. Switch off ignition.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

When this control indicator High-Beam On Light
{ Warning illuminates, the chime comes on
and the Driver Information Center
When the engine is off, more also displays a message.
force is needed to brake and
steer. See Diesel Fuel System Bleeding
0 265 and
Do not remove key until vehicle Driver Information Center (DIC)
has come to a complete stop, 0 81.
otherwise the steering wheel lock $ illuminates blue.
could engage unexpectedly. Immobilizer Light It illuminates when high beams are
on and during headlight flash, see
Seek the assistance of a Chevrolet Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer
dealer. 0 92.
Low Fuel Warning Light Front Fog Lamp Light
L illuminates amber.
It illuminates for a few seconds after
the ignition is switched on.
This control indicator comes on if
the vehicle is immobilized. This
. illuminates amber. happens when an incorrect key or # illuminates green.
It illuminates when the level in the an unprogrammed key is used to It illuminates when the fog lights are
fuel tank is low. start the vehicle. Seek the on, see Front Fog Lamps 0 94.
assistance of a Chevrolet dealer.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Rear Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The Driver Information Center is
located on the instrument cluster.
The Driver Information Center
s illuminates amber. J illuminates white or green. displays information about your
vehicle. It also displays warning
It illuminates when the rear fog light It illuminates when the system is on, messages if a system problem is
is on, see Rear Fog Lamps 0 95. see Cruise Control 0 230. detected.
Lamps On Reminder Trailer Indicator Light See Vehicle Messages 0 82.
(If equipped) Selecting Functions
H Illuminates when the trailer is The menus and functions can be
connected to your vehicle. It will go selected by the buttons on the turn
out when the trailer is disconnected. signal lever.
; illuminates green.
It illuminates when the exterior lights
are on, see Exterior Lamp Controls
0 91.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Use the adjusting knob to scroll Vehicle Messages
through the items in each menu or
to set a numeric value. Messages are displayed on the
Driver Information Center to notify
Press the SET/CLR button to select
that the status of the vehicle has
a function or to confirm a message.
changed and that some action may
See Trip Computer 0 88. be needed to correct the condition.
Together with the message, a chime
may sound continually until the
problem is solved or for just a small
period of time.
Some messages may not require
Press the MENU button to switch immediate action. For those, press
between the menus. SET/CLR button to acknowledge
The following menus can be and clear the message.
selected: The vehicle or engine may be
. Vehicle Pages (Vehicle seriously damaged if you keep
Information Menu) driving while a vehicle message in
the Driver Information Center comes
. Trip Computer (Trip/Fuel on. Contact a Chevrolet dealer
Information Menu) immediately.
. ECO Menu (For vehicles
equipped with diesel engine) Warning Buzzers
When Starting the Engine or
While Driving
. If the seat belt is not fastened.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. If a certain speed is exceeded message is displayed. Turn off Press Brake to Start Engine
with parking brake applied. unnecessary accessories to allow This message displays when
. If a warning message appears in the battery to recharge. attempting to start a vehicle
the Driver Information Center. Low Battery equipped with automatic
. If the parking assist detects an transmission without pressing on the
This message displays when the brake pedal.
object. battery voltage is low.
. If the vehicle speed exceeds the Service Battery Charging System Cruise Control Messages
adjusted speed value.
This message displays when there Cruise Set to (...) Km/h
. If rear parking assist is activated. is a fault in the battery charging
system. Seek the assistance of a This message displays when the
When the Vehicle is Parked cruise control is set and shows the
Chevrolet dealer.
and/or a Door is Opened speed it was set to, see Cruise
. Control 0 230.
Until the engine starts with the Brake System Messages
key in the ignition switch.
. With exterior lights on with the
Brake Fluid Low Door Ajar Messages
engine off. This message displays when the Door Open
brake fluid level is low, see Brake
Fluid 0 263. This message displays when one or
Battery Voltage and more door is opened. Close the
Charging Messages Release Parking Brake doors completely.
Battery Saver Active This message displays while the Hood Open
parking brake is on. Release it
This message displays when the before driving the vehicle. This message displays when the
vehicle detects that the battery hood is opened. Close the hood
voltage is low. The battery saver completely.
system may disable some vehicle
features for battery saving and a
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Engine Cooling System Engine Power is Reduced Water in Fuel – Contact Service
Messages This message displays when the This message displays when the
vehicle engine power is reduced fuel sensor detects water in the
Engine Overheated – Idle Engine due to an engine issue. Reduced diesel fuel. See Diesel Fuel Filter
Stop in a safe location, shift to engine power can affect the vehicle 0 264 or seek the assistance of a
neutral, allow the engine to run for ability to accelerate. If this message Chevrolet dealer.
some seconds, and turn off the is on, but there is no reduction in
engine to avoid serious damage. performance, proceed to your Key and Lock Messages
This message is displayed and a destination.
continuous chime comes on if the X of Keys Programmed
The vehicle should be taken to a
engine cooling system reached Chevrolet dealer for service as soon This message displays when
unsafe temperatures for operation. as possible. programming new keys to the
This message will be excluded vehicle.
when the engine cools down to a Engine Oil Messages
safe temperature for operation. Replace Battery in Remote Key
Change Engine Oil Soon This message displays when the
Oil Pressure Low – Stop Engine battery in the Remote Keyless Entry
This message displays if low oil This message displays when the
(RKE) transmitter needs to be
pressure levels occur. Stop the engine oil needs to be changed.
replaced.
vehicle as soon as safely possible See Engine Oil 0 258 and
Scheduled Maintenance 0 303 for
and do not operate it until the cause
more information. Lamp Messages
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as Turn Signal ON
possible and seek the assistance of Fuel System Messages This message displays if the turn
a Chevrolet dealer. Fuel Level Low signal has been left on. Turn off the
turn signal.
This message displays when the
fuel level of the fuel tank is low.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Check Brake Lights Ride Control System Traction Control OFF
This message displays if the brake Messages This message displays when the
bulb needs to be replaced. Traction Control system has been
Service ESP switched off manually by pressing
Object Detection System This message displays if there is a the button g on the center console.
Messages problem with the Electronic Stability
Control and/or Traction Control Airbag System Messages
Park Assist Off system. Seek the assistance of a
Chevrolet dealer. Service Airbag
Parking Assist system has been ESP OFF This message displays if there is a
turned off or when there is a problem with the airbag system.
This message displays when the Have the cause of the fault
temporary condition causing the
Electronic Stability Control system remedied by a Chevrolet dealer.
system to be disabled.
has been switched off manually by
Service Parking Assist pressing the button g on the center Anti-theft Alarm System
This message displays if there is a console.
Messages
problem with the Parking Assist Traction Control ON
system. Do not use this system to Theft Attempted
help you park. See your dealer for This message displays when the
Traction Control system has been This message displays if the vehicle
service. detects a tamper condition.
switched on manually by pressing
the button g on the center console. Service Theft Deterrent System
Reduce Speed for Hill Descent This message displays if there is a
Control problem with the vehicle security
system. Seek the assistance of a
This message displays when HDC Chevrolet dealer.
is in stand-by mode with vehicle
speed above 30km/h and below
than 50km/h.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Steering System Tire Messages Tire Pressure Low Add Air To Tire
Messages (If equipped) Service Tire Monitor System If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
Steering Assist Is Reduced If equipped with the Tire Pressure message displays when the
Drive With Care Monitor System (TPMS), this pressure in one or more of the
message displays if a part on the vehicle's tires is low. This message
This message may display if a
system is not working properly. The also displays with a vehicle picture
problem occurs with the electric
tire pressure light also flashes and to indicate the location of the low
power steering system. If this
then remains on during the same tire. The low tire pressure warning
message appears, steering effort
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure light will also come on. See Tire
may be slightly higher than normal.
Monitoring System Light 0 79. Pressure Monitoring System Light
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
Several conditions may cause this 0 79. You can receive more than
caution while in reduced assist
message to appear. See Tire one tire pressure message at a
mode. If this message is persistent
Pressure Monitor Operation 0 282. time. If a tire pressure message
or appears repeatedly, take the
If the warning comes on and stays appears on the DIC, stop as soon
vehicle to your dealer for service.
on, there may be a problem with the as you can. Have the tire pressures
See Steering 0 208.
TPMS. See your dealer. checked and set to those shown on
Service Power Steering Tire Learning Active the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Tire Pressure 0 279 and
This message displays when there If equipped with the Tire Pressure Vehicle Weight 0 311. The DIC also
is a problem with electric power Monitor System (TPMS), this shows the tire pressure values. See
steering. Seek the assistance of a message displays when the system Driver Information Center (DIC)
Chevrolet Dealership or Authorized is relearning the tire positions on 0 81.
Repair Shop. See Steering 0 208. your vehicle. The tire positions must
be relearned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a sensor. See ,
Tire Rotation 0 285, Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 280, and Tire
Pressure 0 279.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Transmission Messages Service 4WD If a four-wheel drive shift out of
This message displays when there Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
Press Clutch to Start Engine and the vehicle speed is correct, but
is a problem with the four-wheel
This message displays when drive system. Check the transfer the transmission is not in
attempting to start a vehicle with a case, front axle and/or antilock N (Neutral), this message will
manual transmission without brake system on your vehicle and display until the transmission is
pressing on the clutch pedal. have it serviced by your Chevrolet shifted to N (Neutral).
Service Transmission dealer. For 4WD Low Slow To (...) Km/h

This message displays if there is a 4WD Shift in Progress If a four-wheel drive shift into
problem with the automatic This message will display while the Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
transmission. Seek the assistance four-wheel-drive system is shifting but the vehicle speed is too high,
of a Chevrolet dealer. from 2WD to 4WD and vice-versa. this message will display until the
correct vehicle speed is reached.
Shift Denied For 4WD Low Shift to Neutral
To Exit 4WD Low Slow To (...)
For automatic transmission, this This message is available in AT Km/h
message displays when a Tap Up/ vehicles only.
Down Switch Status transition If a four-wheel drive shift out of
occurs requesting a target gear that If a four-wheel drive shift into Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
cannot be allowed in the current Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, but the vehicle speed is too high,
operating conditions. and the vehicle speed is correct, but this message will display until the
the transmission is not in correct vehicle speed is reached.
Transmission Hot – Idle Engine N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is Vehicle In 4WD Low
transmission thermal monitoring shifted to N (Neutral). This message will display if the
suggests that immediate action by To Exit 4WD Low Shift To Neutral vehicle is driven in Four-Wheel
the driver is necessary to prevent Drive Low for about 10 minutes
transmission failure. This message is available in AT above 63 km/h.
vehicles only.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

4WD OFF Service Parking Assist Trip Computer
If equipped with four-wheel drive, This message displays if there is a
The trip computer is located in the
this message displays when the problem with the parking assist
Driver Information Center.
four-wheel-drive system is system. Seek the assistance of a
temporarily disabled due to an Chevrolet dealer. The trip computer is divided into 3
overheated condition. The vehicle sections:
will run in two-wheel drive when this Rain sense on
. Trip Pages
message is present. Once the This message will display on the
four-wheel-drive system cools down, driver information cluster when the . Vehicle Pages
the message turns off and the auto rain sensor is on . Eco Pages
four-wheel-drive system returns to
normal operation. Rain sense off Trip Pages
This message will display on the To operate the trip computer, press
Vehicle Reminder driver information cluster when the the MENU button in the turn signal
auto rain sensor is off
Messages lever.
Ice Possible. Drive with Care Vehicle Speed Messages Turn the adjusting knob to scroll
through the following menu items:
This message displays when ice Selected Speed Limit Exceeded
conditions are possible. . Digital Speedometer.
This message displays when the . Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Parking Assist Off vehicle speed is above the set
speed. . Fuel Range.
Parking Assist system has been Speed Limited to (...) Km/h . Instantaneous fuel economy.
turned off. See Parking Assist . Timer.
0 234. This message displays when the
vehicle speed reaches the limited . Outside Air Temperature.
vehicle speed.
Some modes can be reset by
pressing the SET/CLR button.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Digital Speedometer See Low Fuel Warning Light 0 80 To reset the driving time to zero,
This mode indicates the vehicle and press and hold the SET/CLR button
speed. Driver Information Center (DIC) for more than 1 second.
0 81.
Combined Trip 1 and Trip 2 Outside Air Temperature
The distance can be different
This mode indicates the current depending on driving patterns. This mode indicates the outside
distance travelled, average vehicle temperature in Celsius (°C)
Note degrees.
fuel consumption and average
vehicle speed since the last reset. As an auxiliary device, the trip
computer may differ from the actual Vehicle Pages
To reset, press and hold the SET/ distance for remaining fuel Depending on vehicle equipment,
CLR button. according to circumstances. some of the functions described
Fuel Range The driving distance for remaining below might not be available.
The Fuel Range display shows the fuel can be changed by the driver, Press the MENU button on the turn
approximate distance the vehicle the road, and the vehicle speed signal lever until Vehicle Pages
can be driven without refuelling. because it is calculated according to menu is displayed.
the changing fuel efficiency.
The fuel range estimate is based on Use the adjusting knob to scroll
an average of the vehicle fuel Instantaneous fuel economy. through the following menu items:
economy over recent driving history This mode indicates the . Battery Voltage.
and the amount of fuel remaining in instantaneous fuel economy of the . Coolant Temperature.
the fuel tank. vehicle to the user reflecting the
effect of acceleration on fuel . Engine and Idle Hours.
When the fuel range estimate is less
than 64 km, Fuel Level Low consumption . Transmission Fluid Temperature.
message will appear on the Driver Timer . Overspeed Warning.
Information Center and the low fuel
control indicator will start to flash. The timer function measures the . Oil Life (if available).
time that has passed since the last . Tire Pressure (if available).
reset, using the elapsed time.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

To change between menus, press Oil Life (if available) Eco Index
the MENU button. This display shows the This feature provides feedback to
Battery Voltage current percentage of oil life. the driver with a relative value of
how fuel efficient they are driving.
This display shows the current Tire Pressure (if available) The percentage is determined
battery voltage. This display shows the current tire based on current fuel consumption
Coolant Temperature pressure. compared to what is expected by
the calibration settings.
This display shows the current Tire Load (if available)
coolant temperature. A leaf is shown at ECO Index Page
This display shows the current
when driving economically, for that
Engine and Idle Hours tire load.
the indicator must be in the
The hourmeter is used to display The tire loads that can be selected ECO area.
the number of hours that the engine are the following:
Economy Trend
has been running. Light : Light loaded vehicle.
This page displays the average fuel
Transmission Fluid Temperature ECO : Best Economy. consumption of the last 50 km. Each
This display shows the current Max : Heavy loaded vehicle. column presents the average fuel
transmission fluid temperature. consumption of the last 5 km.
Eco Pages
Overspeed Warning Fuel Economy
Press the MENU button on the turn
This mode allows you to set the signal lever until ECO menu is The current instantaneous fuel
warning signal for the desired displayed. economy with the average and best
speed. obtained indicated by two labeled
Turn the adjusting knob to scroll arrows. The indicator slides left and
To set the overspeed warning, press through the following menu items: right within the bar depending the
the SET/CLR button and use the
. Eco Index. current instantaneous fuel economy.
thumbwheel to select the desired
The selectable ranges are 25 km,
speed. . Economy Trend. 100 km, and 500 km.
. Fuel Economy.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Lighting 91
Lighting Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 97 Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 91 Light Switch with Automatic
Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . 92 Light Control (If equipped)
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Headlamp Range
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . 94
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Misted Lamp Covers . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Turn light switch:
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
O : With automatic light system,
turn the switch to activate or
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
deactivate the system, switch turns
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 back to AUTO
AUTO : Headlights and exterior
Lighting Features lights are switched on and off
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 automatically depending on external
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 lighting conditions
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
92 Lighting
; : Sidelights, number plate lights See Lamps On Reminder 0 81. If the windscreen wipers continue to
and instrument panel lamps are operate 8 cycles when it is dark
illuminated Automatic Light Control enough outside, the exterior lamps
will illuminate automatically.
2 : Headlights
When lights are on, the control Headlamp High/
indicator ; lights up. Low-Beam Changer
See Lamps On Reminder 0 81.
Light Switch
When the automatic light function

AUTO is switched on, the system
switches on the headlights and
taillights automatically, depending
on the exterior illumination To switch from low to high beam,
conditions. push the lever.
This function operates with a short To switch to low beam, pull the
Turn light switch: delay in dependence of lighting lever.
9 : Lights off conditions.
; : Position lights
2 : Headlights
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Lighting 93
Headlamp Range Daytime Running
{ Warning Adjustment Lamps (DRL)
Always switch the high beam DRL increase the visibility of the
headlights to low beam when you Manual headlight range
adjustment vehicle during daylight. The DRL
approach oncoming vehicles or LEDs can operate in two different
other vehicles ahead. High beam intensities:
headlights can temporarily dazzle
other drivers, which could result • Normal intensity for position light
in a collision. • High intensity for DRL function
The DRL operate in high intensity in
Flash-to-Pass the following conditions:
To activate the headlight flash, pull • The ignition is in the ON/

the lever. RUN mode.
• The exterior lamp control is in
AUTO (if available) or OFF (vehicles
without AUTO light)
To adapt headlight range to the • The engine is running and the

vehicle load to prevent dazzling, selector lever is not in P.
turn the knob to the required When DRL is enabled, only LED
position. headlights will illuminate the
0 or 1 : One person in the instrument panel and other lights
driver’s seat. will not light up. The LED headlamp
will change the intensity of the
1 or 2 : All the seats occupied. display automatically according to
2 or 3 : All seats occupied and load the clarity. (If there is a sun sensor)
compartment full. or you can adjust the position of the
light switch.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
94 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change Move the lever to the resistance
point and hold for longer indication.
Signals
Switch the indicator off manually by
moving the lever to its original
position.
Front Fog Lamps
Operated with the | button.

Press again to turn the flashers off. Right : Lever Down
The hazard warning flashers will Left : Lever Up
activate automatically if the airbags
deploy. If the lever is moved past the
resistance point, the indicator is
switched on constantly. When the Operated with the # button when
steering wheel moves back, the position lights or headlights are on.
indicator is automatically
deactivated.
For three flashes, e.g. when
changing lanes, press the lever until
resistance is felt and then release.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Lighting 95
Rear Fog Lamps Misted Lamp Covers Interior Lighting
The inside of the light housing may
mist up briefly in poor, wet and cold Instrument Panel
weather conditions, in heavy rain or Illumination Control
after washing. The mist disappears
quickly by itself, switch on the
headlights to help.
Operated with the s button.

Light switch in position 2 or when
the front fog lights are on.
Brightness of the following lights
Reversing Lamps can be adjusted when the exterior
lights are on:
The reversing lights come on when . Instrument panel illumination
the ignition is on and reverse gear is
selected. . Driver Information Center
The letter R will appear on the . Illuminated switches and
Driver Information Center and the operation elements
chime comes on.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
96 Lighting
Turn knob D up or down and hold ON : Always on.
until the desired brightness is OFF : Always off.
obtained.
Reading Lamps
Courtesy Lamps
There is a parking ticket holder in

the middle of the reading lights and
switches. To use it, pull it down and
place the ticket in.
Operated with left and right buttons. Caution

When getting in or out of the
vehicle, the courtesy lights switch Do not force the holder trying to fit
on automatically and, after a short thick amounts of paper or hanging
period of time, they switch off again. objects, as this may cause the
They switch on for a short time even holder to break.
if the key is withdrawn from the
ignition lock.
Operate rocker switch:
DOOR : Automatic switching on
and off.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Lighting 97
Lighting Features Headlights illuminate the way for an
adjustable time after leaving the
If you turn off the ignition with the
exterior lights on, they will
vehicle. The exit lighting in the immediately turn off. If you turn the
Entry Lighting standard setting is activated exterior lights on when the ignition is
Welcome Lighting 30 seconds after the driver's door is off they will remain on.
closed.
Interior lights are switched on for a
short time when unlocking the The activation time can be changed,
vehicle with the remote control. This refer to Settings in the Infotainment
function facilitates locating the System.
vehicle when it is dark. To operate:
The lighting switches off 1. Switch off ignition.
immediately when the ignition is
2. Remove ignition key.
turned to the ACC position.
3. Open driver's door.
See Ignition Positions 0 214.
4. Pull turn signal lever.
Entrance Lighting
5. Close driver's door.
Some interior lights and switches
will additionally switch on when Battery Power Protection
driver's door is opened.
Switching Off Electric Lights
Exit Lighting To prevent discharge of the battery
The interior lamps will come on when the ignition is switched off,
when the key is removed from the some interior lights are switched off
ignition. The lamps will not come on automatically after some time.
if the sliding button of the courtesy
light is in the OFF position.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
98 Infotainment System
Infotainment Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . .
Problems with Route
123 Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
System Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the System Needs
124 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 152
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Introduction Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Steering Wheel Controls
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Database Coverage (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Steering Wheel Controls Voice Recognition Radio
(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Voice Recognition AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Radio Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 160
Phone
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 131 Audio Players
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Bluetooth (Infotainment USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 106 Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Audio Players Bluetooth (Voice
Recognition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Phone
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 168
Auxiliary Jack (If equipped) . . . 109 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Apple CarPlay and Bluetooth (Infotainment
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Navigation Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Using the Navigation Settings Hands-Free Phone (Apple
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 CarPlay and
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Android Auto) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Trademarks and License
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . 115 Agreements Trademarks and License
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Trademarks and License Agreements
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Trademarks and License
Global Positioning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Infotainment System 99
Introduction Introduction that may not be available in your
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 region, or changes subsequent to
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 178 the printing of this manual.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Keep this manual with the owner
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 manual in the vehicle, so it will be
Radio there if it is needed. If the vehicle is
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 sold, leave this manual in the
vehicle.
Audio Players Note
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and Some functions of the Infotainment
Personalization vehicle body designs appearing in System may not be compatible with
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 this manual including, but not limited all phones or smartphones available
to GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, in the market. Such features also
Phone the CHEVROLET Emblem, depend on the connection with the
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 internet and the service offered by
COLORADO/TRAILBLAZER, and
the COLORADO/TRAILBLAZER phone companies and apps
Emblem are registered trademarks availability.
and/or service marks of General
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, Overview
affiliates, or licensors.
Read the following pages to
This manual describes features that become familiar with the
may or may not be on the vehicle infotainment system features.
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

functions when driving. These operation support of the
{ Danger functions may gray out when they infotainment system. Contact your
are unavailable. Many infotainment dealer for assistance.
Taking your eyes off the road for features are also available through
too long or too often while using the steering wheel controls. Infotainment System
any infotainment feature can The infotainment system is
cause a crash. You or others Before driving:
controlled by using the touchscreen,
could be injured or killed. Do not . Become familiar with the the buttons below the touchscreen,
give extended attention to operation, faceplate buttons, and steering wheel controls, and voice
infotainment tasks while driving. screen buttons. recognition.
Limit your glances at the vehicle . Set up the audio by presetting
displays and focus your attention favorite stations, setting the
on driving. Use voice commands tone, and adjusting the
whenever possible. speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
{ Warning easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
It is illegal to touch your phone command if equipped with
when driving. Bluetooth phone capability.
Make sure that Bluetooth® is See “Defensive Driving” in the
activated before driving. If not, owner manual.
stop at a safe place to use a Customer Assistance 1. O (Power/Volume)
mobile phone.
Assistance is available to help with . Press to turn the audio on.
Bluetooth pairing, application . Press and hold to turn it off.
The infotainment system has built-in downloading and installation, other
features intended to help avoid mobile device interface, and . Press to mute the system.
distraction by disabling some Press again to unmute.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Turn to increase or . Turn to scroll through a list. Volume
decrease the volume. . Turn to manually select a Turn O to increase or decrease the
2. RADIO station. volume.
. Press to change the audio 6. o BACK Note
source between AM When changing the audio source, a
and FM. . Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu. difference in volume may be
3. g or l (Seek) 7. TONE
experienced.
. AM and FM: Press g or Home Page

. Press TONE in the AUDIO
l to seek to the previous screen to open the Tone
or next station with good Settings menu.
reception.
8. MEDIA
. AM and FM: Press and hold
. Press to change the audio
g or l to go to the source between USB, AUX,
desired station.
and Bluetooth Audio,
4. { (Home Page) if equipped and if
connected to the system.
. Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the Power (On/Off/Mute)
system. See “Home Page”.
. Press O to turn the system on.
5. MENU Press again and hold to turn
it off. The Home Page is where vehicle
. Press to access the menu
application icons are accessed.
for the current audio . Press O to mute the system. Some applications are disabled
source.
Press again to unmute the when the vehicle is moving.
. Press to select the system.
highlighted menu option.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

The Home Page can be set up to 4. To move an application to . Move the button downward
have up to five pages with eight another page, drag the icon to to - button to decrease the
icons per page. the edge of the screen toward volume.
h (Previous) : Touch to go to the the desired page.
2. 5 button
previous Home Page. 5. Continue dragging and
dropping application icons as . Press this button to decline
k (Next) : Touch to go to the next desired. an incoming call or end a
Home Page. current call.
l (Interaction Selector) : Touch to 6. Press { to exit edit mode. . Press this button to mute or
display the favorites list. unmute the infotainment
Touch and hold a location within the Steering Wheel Controls system when not on a call.
favorites area to begin the process (If equipped)
of saving a favorite application.
3. % button
. When there is no
Touch the application icon to store
as a favorite. The name of the connected Bluetooth
application will be shown in device, the Infotainment
favorites. system executes the
Bluetooth device
Managing Home Page Icons connection.
1. Touch and hold any of the . When there is a connected
Home Page icons to enter Bluetooth device, press the
edit mode. button to answer the call or
2. Continue holding the icon and enter the redial
drag it to the desired position. selection mode.
3. Release your finger to drop the 1. Volume button If the customer’s connected
icon in the desired position. phone supports Speech
. Move the button upward to Recognition, press and hold
VOL + button to increase
the volume.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

the button to activate the Using the System Settings
phone’s SR (Speech
Touchscreen Buttons Touch the SETTINGS icon to
recognition) mode.
display the Settings menu. See
. If an iPhone is connected, Touchscreen buttons show on the Settings 0 140.
press and hold to enter the screen when available. When a
Siri function. function is unavailable, the button Applications Tray
may gray out. When a function is
4. _ /^ (seek) selected, the button may highlight.
. When _ /^ are pressed Home Page Features
up/down.
Touch the icons on the Home Page
In Radio modes, changes screen to launch an application.
broadcast frequencies
saved in favorite. Audio
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth Touch the AUDIO icon to display the
audio modes, changes active audio source page. Available
the file. sources are AM, FM, My Media,
USB, Bluetooth, and AUX Input.
. When _ /^ are pressed
and held. Phone
The applications tray is at the
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth Touch the PHONE icon to display top-center of the screen. The
audio modes, rewind or fast the Phone main page. applications tray can have three to
forward the file. See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) five applications.
0 136 or
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 131 or To add an application from the
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) Home Page to the applications tray:
0 132. 1. Touch and hold any icon on the
Home Page to enter edit mode.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

2. Drag the icon to the Radio . Balance: Touch S or T for
applications tray. more sound from the left or right
To remove an item from the AM-FM Radio speakers. The middle position
applications tray, drag the icon balances the sound between the
from the applications tray back Playing the Radio left and right speakers.
to the Home Page. While on the Audio main page the . Fade: Touch y or z for more
Press { to exit edit mode. available sources are: AM, FM, My sound from the front or rear
Media, USB, Bluetooth, and AUX speakers. The middle position
Adding or removing applications Input. balances the sound between the
from the applications tray will not
. Touch the Audio screen button front and rear speakers.
remove them from the Home Page.
on the Home Page or Radio Finding a Station
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces button below the touchscreen to
and Vehicle Information and scroll through AM or FM. Seeking a Station
Radio Displays . Touch the Media screen button Press g or l on the faceplate to
For vehicles with high gloss on the Home Page or Media search for the previous or next
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a button below the touchscreen to station with good reception.
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. scroll through My Media USB,
Before wiping the surface with the Bluetooth, and AUX Input. Direct Tune
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle Infotainment System Settings Touch the TUNE screen button to
brush to remove dirt that could switch to Direct Tune for manually
scratch the surface. Then use the Touch the Audio screen button to searching for a station.
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to access broadcast sources.
If not equipped with Direct Tune,
clean. Never use window cleaners Touch the MENU screen button to touch the SEEK screen button to
or solvents. Periodically hand wash display the following menus: switch to TUNE. Touch again to
the microfiber cloth separately,
Tone Settings: change back. Turn the MENU knob
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
to manually search for a station.
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly . Bass, Midrange, Treble : Touch
and air dry before next use. + or − to adjust.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Press o BACK on the faceplate to . Slide a finger to the right or left interference, some static can occur,
to scroll through each page of especially around tall buildings or
return to the Home Page or touch S
favorites. hills, causing the sound to fade in
to return for the previous page. and out.
Tone Settings : Touch and hold a
Storing Radio Station Presets favorite screen button in the favorite AM
Favorites are stored in the area at area to save the current tone
settings as a favorite in the tone The range for most AM stations is
the bottom of the screen. greater than for FM, especially at
settings screen. Drag up on the
Up to 60 preset stations can be reveal button at the bottom to bring night. The longer range can cause
stored under the following: up favorites. Touch a favorite screen station frequencies to interfere with
AM or FM, Radio Stations : Touch button in the favorite area to recall a each other. Static can also occur
favorite tone setting. when things like storms and power
and hold a favorite screen button to
lines interfere with radio reception.
save the current station as a The number of favorites displayed is When this happens, try reducing the
favorite. Touch a favorite screen automatically adjusted by default,
button in the favorite area to recall a treble on the radio.
but can be manually adjusted in the
favorite station. Settings menu under Radio and Cell Phone Usage
Mixed-Audio Favorites then Number of Favorites Shown. Cell phone usage, such as making
or receiving phone calls, charging,
Favorites that can be stored include Radio Reception or just having the phone on may
radio stations, media favorites,
Unplug electronic devices from the cause static interference in the
contacts, destinations, navigation,
or applications. accessory power outlets if there is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
interference or static in the radio. if this happens.
To scroll through the favorites:
. Drag up on the top border of the FM
favorites bar to view the FM signals only reach about 16 to
favorites. To close the favorites, 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
drag them down. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Fixed Mast Antenna Whenever using the roof rack Audio Players
system, check if the antenna is not
obstructing the area that is being
used by the roof rack system or the USB Port
cargo. The vehicle may have a USB port
on the main storage under the
armrest.
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be
connected to the USB port.
Gracenote® (If equipped)
When plugging in a USB device,
Gracenote service builds voice tags
To remove the roof antenna, rotate it for music. Voice tags allow artists,
counterclockwise. To install the roof albums with hard to pronounce
antenna, rotate it clockwise. names, and nicknames to be used
to play music through voice
Caution recognition.
To avoid damaging the antenna or While indexing, infotainment
the roof panel, be sure to remove features are available.
the antenna before entering the My Media Library
automatic car wash or a place
Allows access to content from all
with a low ceiling. indexed media sources. Touch the
MEDIA screen button to scroll
Install the antenna firmly.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

through the options until My Media . Press MEDIA until the . Press and hold to advance
is selected. Use the screen buttons connected device is shown. quickly through playback.
to scroll through the content. Use the following when playing an Release to return to playing
active USB source: speed. Elapsed time displays.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
. The USB MP3 players and USB r (Play) : Press to play the current USB Menu
drives connected must comply media source. Touch Menu to display the USB
with the USB Mass Storage j (Pause) : Press to pause play of menu. The following may be
Class specification (USB MSC). the current media source. available:
. Hard disk drives are not g (Previous/Reverse): Shuffle: Touch to play the tracks
supported. randomly. Touch again to stop
. Press to return to the beginning shuffle.
. The following restrictions apply of the current or previous track.
for the data stored on a USB If the track has been playing for Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the
MP3 player or USB device: less than two seconds, the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio
‐ Maximum folder structure previous track plays. If playing 0 104.
level: 11 levels. longer than 2–5 seconds, USB Browse Menu
depending on the device, the
‐ Applicable audio extensions current track restarts. Touch anywhere between the top
are mp3, wma, aac, m4a, and bottom menus or touch the
and aif. . Press and hold to reverse BROWSE button to view the
quickly through playback. BROWSE menu. The following
‐ WMA and Apple lossless files Release to return to playing
are not supported. options are displayed along the
speed. Elapsed time displays. bottom of the screen:
‐ Supported file systems are l (Next/Forward):
FAT32 and NTFS. Playlists:
. Press to proceed to the next 1. Touch to view the playlists
To play a USB device, do one of the track.
following: stored on the USB.
. Connect the USB. 2. Select a playlist to view the list
of all songs in that playlist.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

3. Select a song from the list to Genres: 3. Select an album to view a list
begin playback. 1. Touch to view the genres on of songs.
Artists: the USB. 4. Select a song from the list to
1. Touch to view the list of artists 2. Select a genre to view a list of begin playback.
stored on the USB. all content of that genre. Audiobooks:
2. Select an artist name to view a 3. Select artist to view a list of 1. Touch to view the audiobooks
list of all albums by the artist. albums. Select an album to stored on the device.
view a list of songs.
3. To select a song, touch p to 2. Select the audiobook from the
play All Songs or touch the 4. Select a song to start playback. list. Select a chapter to begin
artist name and then select a Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, playback.
song from the list. Videos, and Folder View are shown Folder View (If Equipped):
Albums: when More is selected from the 1. Touch to view the directories
bottom of the screen. on the USB.
1. Touch to view the albums on
the USB. Podcasts: 2. Select a folder to view a list of
2. Select the album to view a list 1. Touch to view the podcasts on all files.
of all songs on the album. the USB. 3. Select a file from the list to
3. Select a song from the list to 2. Select a podcast. begin playback.
begin playback. 3. Select an episode to start File System and Naming
Songs: playback.
The songs, artists, albums, and
1. Touch to display a list of all Composers: genres are taken from the file’s
songs on the USB. 1. Touch to view the composers song information and are only
on the USB. displayed if present. The radio
2. To begin playback, select a displays the file name as the track
song from the list. 2. Select Composers to view a list name if the song information is not
of albums by that composer. available.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Loss of Audio Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Auto Volume : (If Equipped): This
If a phone currently paired over from the auxiliary device to the feature adjusts the volume based on
Bluetooth is plugged in with a USB auxiliary input jack. When a device the vehicle speed. See AM-FM
cable, the system will automatically is connected, the system can play Radio 0 104.
mute the Bluetooth audio. Playback audio from the device over the
can be resumed by changing the vehicle speakers. Bluetooth Audio
audio source from Bluetooth to USB If an auxiliary device has already If equipped, music may be played
cable. been connected, but a different from a paired Bluetooth device.
Source USB from the Audio MEDIA source is currently active, touch the See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition)
screen button to resume playback. MEDIA screen button to scroll 0 136 or
through audio source screens, until Bluetooth (Overview) 0 131 or
AUX Input source screen displays. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
Auxiliary Jack
Playing from the AUX Port 0 132 for help pairing a device.
(If equipped)
An auxiliary device is played The music can be controlled by
An auxiliary input jack is provided in either the infotainment controls or
the center console under the through the audio system and
controlled through the device itself. the controls on the device.
armrest. Possible auxiliary audio
sources include: Music can be launched by pressing
AUX Menu
the MEDIA faceplate button or
. Laptop computer Touch the MEDIA screen button to touching the MEDIA screen button
. Audio music player display the AUX Input menu and on the AUDIO Home Page.
then the following options may
This jack is not an audio output. Do To play music via Bluetooth:
display:
not plug headphones into the 1. Power on the device, and pair
auxiliary input jack. Set up an Tone Settings : Select to adjust
to connect the device.
auxiliary device while the vehicle is Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
in P (Park). Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
AM-FM Radio 0 104.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

2. Once paired, go into the audio paused on the screen. Press play Navigation
application from the Home on the device or press r to begin
Page or through the playback.
applications tray. Select MEDIA Using the Navigation
until Bluetooth displays. System
Bluetooth Audio Menu Touch the NAV button on the Home
Page or the Nav icon in the
Touch the MENU screen button to
applications tray to access the
display the Bluetooth Audio menu.
navigation application.
The following may be available:
Touch MENU from the map view or
Tone: Touch + or − to adjust the
MENU button on the faceplate to
tone settings. See AM-FM Radio
access the Navigation Menu.
0 104.
Features displayed in the
Touch [ to go back to the Navigation Menu can be selected to
previous menu. adjust navigation preferences.
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Touch It is advised to set up preferences
to go to the Bluetooth page to add before setting a destination. To set a
or delete devices. destination, see Destination 0 117.
When using the Bluetooth audio The buttons on the infotainment
source, the radio may not be able to screen display will time out when
launch specific applications on your not interacting. Tap anywhere on the
device. Use the device to start audio screen to reveal the controls, then
playback when it is safe to do so. select the desired control.
All devices launch audio differently. Additional navigation features are:
When selecting Bluetooth audio as . Cancel/Resume Route
a source, the radio may show as
. Navigation Voice Preferences
. Current Location
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Map View Navigation Voice Preferences Prompts During Phone Calls
. Routing Preferences Touch the Navigation Voice When enabled, the system plays a
. Display “Places of Interest” Preferences list item to adjust the shorter prompt while on a phone
Icons voice preferences. call. This setting can be configured
The following options can be as to whether a prompt would be
. Personal Data heard during a phone conversation.
adjusted:
Cancel/Resume Route . Voice Prompts ON-OFF When this setting is OFF, only the
. While under route guidance, this short alert tone is played when
. Voice Volume approaching the maneuver.
screen button displays Cancel
Route. Touch Cancel Route to . Prompts During Phone Calls Current Location
cancel route guidance. No ON-OFF
further prompts will be given. Touch the Current Location list item
Voice Prompts to display a Current Location list.
The list item then changes to
Resume To. Touch the Voice Prompts list item to The following information is
toggle voice prompts ON and OFF. displayed on the Current
. Touch the Resume To screen
button to resume route guidance Voice Volume Location list:
to the last entered destination. Adjust the loudness of the audio . Nearest Address
The last location that the system feedback by touching the − or + . Lat/Long
has provided guidance to can be button. If a maneuver prompt is
resumed by touching on this being played, and the main volume . Nearest Hospital
list item. is adjusted, the prompt volume will . Nearest Police
. If the route includes waypoints, update and be saved.
. Nearest Fuel
the entire route can be
suspended using the Cancel . Nearest Service
Guidance list item. When Touch on any of the options to
Resume Guidance is touched, display the destination details view
all waypoints are resumed for for the selected location to begin
guidance. guidance.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Touch the Nearest Address button below are shown. Touch the Audio Information On/Off
and then the Save screen button to grayed-out checkmark to turn all Touch to turn the audio information
store the current location to the of the icons for that category on view on or off from the main
Address Book. or off. map view.
Display Places of Interest Icons Map View The audio status screen contains
Places of Interest (POI) icons can Touch to select the desired map the following elements:
be displayed on the map using view. A checkmark appears to . Station Frequency
this view. indicate a view has been selected.
. Artist Information
. The POI icons can be turned ON 3D View
and OFF. Touch the check box . Song Information
The 3D View is a Heading Up view
next to the POI icon to display but it includes perspective. Map . r / j or g / l Station and
the icon. items will appear larger as the Channel Controls
. Touch Clear All to reset the vehicle comes closer.
icons that are displayed on Touch the g / l Station controls
Heading Up View to go to the next or previous strong
the map.
The Heading Up View keeps the signal station or digital channel.
. A subcategory can be selected
vehicle's current heading at the top When the audio status pane
instead of the entire category. of the view. The vehicle icon always
Touch the list item rather than displays Artist and Song
faces the top of the view as the map
the check box. The Information, touch the g / l
rotates.
subcategories will display. Select controls to go to the next or
any of those categories to North Up View previous track based on the current
navigate down the hierarchy. The North Up View keeps north at media mode.
. When a higher-level category the top of the view. The vehicle icon Day/Night Mode
has some of its subcategories is placed in the center of the view
and rotates to indicate the heading Touch to access the Day/Night
selected, the checkmark next to
for the vehicle. Mode menu.
it is grayed out. This indicates
that only some of the categories The options are:
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Day Mode: Brightens the map parameters are roof load and trailer. . Recent Destinations
background. For each parameter, the options are . My POIs (if equipped)
. Night Mode: Darkens the map None, Small, Medium, and Large.
Press to scroll through the list. The . Upload Saved Locations
background.
default for both is None. . Delete Autocomplete
. Automatic: Adjusts the screen
background automatically These preferences are used for all Contacts
depending on the exterior routes generated.
1. Touch Edit Contacts to display
lighting conditions. Route segment preferences are the Contacts to edit.
other options showing on the
Routing Preferences Routing Preferences menu. 2. Touch Delete All Entries to
Touch the Routing Preferences list delete the entire list of contacts
This includes: or touch Edit Contacts List to
item to access the Routing
Preferences menu. Options on how . Use Toll Roads ON-OFF delete one or more itens.
the routes are created for route A pop-up displays to confirm.
. Use Freeways ON-OFF
guidance are listed on this menu. Recent Destinations
. Use Carpool Lanes ON-OFF
Route Style . Touch Delete Individual
. Use Ferries ON-OFF
Touch this list item to change the Destinations to display a recent
route type preferences. . Use Tunnels ON-OFF destinations list. Select the
. Use Time Restricted Roads individual entry to delete.
The options are:
ON-OFF . Touch Delete All Destinations to
. Fast (default) delete the entire recent
Personal Data destination list. A pop-up
. Eco Friendly (if equipped)
Data that the system has saved displays asking to confirm the
. Short during the course of using the deletion.
. Edit Eco Profile navigation system can be managed My POIs
The Edit Eco Profile can be used to through:
. Touch My POIs to display a
configure two parameters for the . Contacts
menu of other options.
Eco Friendly route. These
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Select Delete Individual Delete Autocomplete . Touch a finger on the location on
Categories. A My POIs category . Touch Delete Autocomplete to the map; the map recenters to
list displays. delete all keyboard the location that was
. Select the individual entry to autocomplete history. A pop-up touched on.
delete. displays asking to confirm the . Touch a finger twice on a
. Touch Delete All My POIs to deletion. location on the map; the map
delete the entire list of zooms in one level to the
Map Adjustments location that was touched
categories. A pop-up displays
asking to confirm the deletion. ZOOM −/+ can be used to adjust twice on.
the scale of view on the map. When . When the map is recentered
. To exit out of a list, touch the the end of the zoom level is
Exit screen button in the top away from being locked to the
reached, ZOOM −/+ will gray out. vehicle position, the crosshairs
right corner of the map to return
to the main map view. The zoom scales can be configured will show in the center of the
for English or metric units. To map. As the map continues to
Upload Saved Locations: Touch to change from English to metric, see be recentered, the crosshairs
upload any saved locations such as “Instrument Cluster” in the owner will remain on the screen. When
downloaded POIs and all entries in manual. the crosshairs are shown on the
the vehicle address book to the screen, a callout with more
USB device. Scroll Features information displays. If the map
. Touch Upload Saved Locations . To scroll within the map, touch is moved from the current
to save the Vehicle Contacts list anywhere on the map screen. location, the crosshairs will
and any My POIs that have been disappear along with the callout.
. Nudge or slide a finger on the
saved to the vehicle. map; the map moves in the . Touch a finger on the callout
. Once saved locations have been direction of the finger. next to the crosshairs and the
uploaded to a USB, they can be destination details view displays.
. Fling a finger on the map; the
transferred to a different vehicle From this view, route guidance
map will start scrolling in a short can be received or saved to the
or restored to the current continuous scroll.
address book. vehicle's contact list.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. When the map is recentered, the Maps Navigation Symbols
straight-line distance from the
vehicle to the selected point is The map database is stored in the Following are the most common
displayed in the callout. In internal flash memory that is used in symbols that appear on a map
addition, a heading direction in the navigation system. screen.
the form of an arrow is displayed Detailed Areas
to indicate the direction. The
arrow is shown in relation to the Road network attributes are
current vehicle heading. contained in the map database for
detailed areas. Attributes include
. Touch a finger on a POI icon information such as street names,
shown on the map; the name of street addresses, and turn
the POI is shown in the address restrictions. A detailed area includes
callout, along with the city name or
all major highways, service roads,
and state. If the callout is and residential roads. The detailed
selected, the destination details areas include Places of Interest
view for the POI is shown. (POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
. After panning the map away banks, hospitals, police stations,
from the vehicle, touch RESET gas stations, tourist attractions, and
to return the map back to the historical monuments. The map
current position. database may not include data for
newly constructed areas or map The vehicle symbol indicates the
. Touch the Overview button to current position and heading
database corrections that are
quickly get a view of the entire direction of the vehicle on the map.
completed after production. The
route. The route Overview button When under route guidance, a circle
takes the place of the RESET navigation system provides full
route guidance in the detailed map with an arrow is added to the
button while under route vehicle symbol which indicates the
areas.
guidance. Touch the RESET direction to the destination.
button to return the map to the
current position.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Vehicle Address Callout
Tap on the vehicle icon, to have the
current address of the vehicle
overlaid on the map next to the
vehicle icon in a callout. Another tap
hides the information.
The waypoint symbol marks one or This symbol indicates the
Any address information about the
more set waypoints. recommended maneuver that
vehicle’s current location will be
should be performed. Touch it to
shown, including the street, city, and A waypoint is a stopover destination display the turn list or waypoint list.
state names. point added to the planned route.
Tap on this callout to save the
current address to the vehicle
address book.
The No GPS symbol appears when

The estimated time to the there is no Global Positioning
destination displays. Touch the System (GPS) satellite signal. When
Arrival button to toggle to duration the GPS is gone, the vehicle
The destination symbol marks the and to the distance of the position on the map may not be
final destination after a route has destination. accurate.
been planned.
Autozoom
As a maneuver is being
approached, the map automatically
zooms in to give greater detail.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

If lane guidance is available for the . POIs Alpha-Numeric Keyboard
maneuver, this is also shown. . Recent Destinations The keyboard is used in multiple
When the system begins to . Contacts locations throughout the system and
autozoom, it zooms in to its can be used with many features.
minimum level. After the maneuver Navigation Next Turn Maneuver The navigation system uses the
is performed, the system slowly Alert keyboard's alpha-numeric keyboard.
zooms back out. The keyboard can also be modified
to include characters appropriate for
Destination the region configured in the vehicle
If route guidance is not active, touch settings.
the NAV screen button on the Home @ GO : Touch to search for the
Page to access the map view. destination details of an address or
Touch the Destination icon from the place of interest entered in the text
map view to enter a destination. field. Once the GO screen button is
Available methods of entering a pressed, the activity indicator
destination are Address, Recent The navigation system has an alert displays in the list of possible
Destinations, Contacts, Intersection feature. The navigation system may matches.
and POIs. Several options can be need to get the attention of the
selected to plan a route. Some | (Dropdown Arrow) : Touch to
driver. display a list of matches.
destination items may be grayed out
if no destination was previously If not in the navigation application When there are multiple matches, a
entered or saved. when a near maneuver prompt is dropdown arrow is shown after the
given, it is shown as an alert. The autocomplete text. This dropdown
Touch the DESTINATION button to alert contains the turn indicator and
go to the destination entry views. displays an entire list of matches.
button to display the main Touch the appropriate match without
Available Methods of Search navigation view, or dismiss the alert. having to enter more text.
. Address The alert also contains the name of
the street to turn on and a
. Intersection countdown bar.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

z (Delete) : Touch to delete the last To select one of the special either have multiple addresses or no
typed character. Press and hold this characters, slide a finger left or right address at all. Touch the Quick
screen button to clear the entire text to select the special character. Route button to go to the
field. If the entire text field has been Destination Details view.
Special Character List
deleted, this screen button becomes Touch on an address, either from
an Undo button. Touching Undo will The following characters have the Quick Route on the contact list
restore the deleted text. special characters beneath them: or a specific address from the
Exit : Touch to return to the contact detail list, to go to the
previous Map view. destination view showing that
address on the map.
Sym : Touch to show the symbol
keyboard. Trips from Contacts can be saved
and recalled. The order is based on
Space : Touch to enter a space when the trip was last used. When
between characters or the words of the trips are saved, they are given a
a name. default title of the final destination
R (Up Arrow) : Touch to display name. If there are no saved trips,
the Interaction Selector. Saved Destinations this list item is hidden.
Special Characters Select a saved destination from the Favorite Destinations
As the characters are typed on the Contacts or Recent Destinations. . Destinations can be saved as
keyboard, a pop-up of the letter Contacts Favorites for recall later.
touched displays above the key that Depending on the favorite, when
Select the CONTACTS button to an address or POI favorite is
was touched.
view the vehicle’s contact list or a recalled, the Destination Details
Continue to touch and hold, and any connected Bluetooth device. If a View is shown.
additional special characters particular contact has a single
associated with that letter are address associated with it, that . When a favorite address is being
displayed around the current letter. contact has a Quick Route list item routed to, it is shown active.
function button next to it. Contacts Touch on the active favorite to
without this Quick Route button suspend that route.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Save locations as Favorites for Storing Favorites from Map . There is a maximum number of
recall later in the Destination Favorite locations can be stored waypoints that can be added to
Details View. from the Map View. the system. When the maximum
. Save trips from the number of waypoints has been
If not under route guidance, the reached, a pop-up displays
Address Book. current vehicle location will be indicating that a waypoint must
Storing Favorites from the Contact saved as a Favorite. If under route first be deleted before a new one
Details List guidance, the final destination will can be added. The system will
be saved. hold this waypoint into a
A contact name or any of the
contact’s information such as phone Touch and drag up on the row of Pending Waypoints list and will
number, e-mail address, or address Interaction Selector buttons to automatically be added to the
from Contact Details can be stored reveal the Favorite buttons. Touch route once a position is
as a Favorite. and hold on the favorite location available, either by arriving at a
from the Map View to save it. waypoint, or by deleting one.
. Touch and drag up on the row of
Interaction Selector buttons to Route Guidance . To save a location, tap on the Q
reveal the Favorite buttons. . Touch GO to go to the main to display the Favorite buttons.
. Touch and hold on the favorite Touch and hold on a favorite
navigation view and to start
location to save the shown
location while viewing a contact route guidance.
location as a Favorite.
on the Contact Details List. The . If the system has an active
contact name and all contact Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA)
route, a pop-up will display,
information can be stored. and Distance
“What would you like to do with
. Touch to save as a favorite. The this destination?” The options . When under route guidance, the
favorite label will be the name of are: Add As Waypoint, Set New system shows the ETA or travel
the contact. Destination, or Cancel. time, or the driving distance.
. Touch on the Favorite to display . If a waypoint is added, it is . The ETA and travel time are
the destination view. placed in the location that leads calculated using any available
to the most efficient route. traffic information.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. If in a waypoint trip, the ETA, End Guidance . The turn list is sorted in order
travel time, and driving distance Touch the End screen button to with the next maneuver at the
are all shown relative to the final suspend the current route in the turn top of the list and the
destination. list. When the End screen button is subsequent maneuvers listed
. The final ETA is shown taking touched, the turn list is exited, and below it. The next maneuver is
into consideration any time zone the display returns to the main always highlighted upon entry
crossings that the route has map view. into the Turn List to quickly show
traveled through. what the next maneuver is.
Avoid Areas . Each maneuver indicates the
. Touch the ETA information area
to switch between the estimated Touch the Avoid Areas screen distance between it and the
arrival time, total driving time button to select the highway name previous maneuver or the
resulting, and driving distance. that is to be avoided. The system vehicle’s current location. The
shows a pop-up asking how many next maneuver at the top will
Turn List miles or if the entire road should be count down until the maneuver
avoided. is reached, and then the next
Touch on the next turn indicator
maneuver will begin to
shown on the map to display the Turn List
count down.
turn list or waypoint list. The . When under a waypoint trip,
Interaction Selector is minimized . Each maneuver has an
touch on the TURN LIST
automatically. Touch Q to reveal the estimated time of arrival based
Interaction Selector button to
following options: on the current driving conditions.
show the turn list. When entering
Destination a turn list, the next maneuver Saved Trips
instruction is spoken. Waypoint trips can be saved for
Touch the DESTINATION screen
. The turn list title is the name or later recall. Touch the + add button
button to add a waypoint or change
the destination while viewing the address of the destination. in the waypoints list to save the trip
turn list. When the DESTINATION Touch on the information button to the Saved Trips list in the
screen button is touched, the next to the name of the vehicle’s contacts list. When trips
display shows the Destination destination to display the are saved, they are given a default
screens. destination information. title of the final destination. Saved
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

trips can be edited by selecting the . To indicate what segment of the . If a destination is already
Edit list item button to access the route is for the next waypoint, planned and a waypoint is
edit screen for the saved entry. The and what is for the remainder of added, it is either added before
only field that can be edited is the the route, they appear in or after the current destination,
name field. Touch on the name field different colors. whichever leads to the most
to access the keyboard view. Type optimal route.
the name change. This change is Optimized Route
. If under an existing waypoint trip
automatically saved when executed . Touch the OPTIMIZE screen
consisting of two or more
by the keyboard. button to optimize the current destinations, any additional
The saved trip can also be deleted waypoint trip. waypoints are added in the
from the edit mode. Touch the . The optimization is done location that would lead to the
delete button and a delete according to how the most optimal route.
confirmation pop-up will display. preferences are set for new
routes, e.g., fastest route, Edit Route
Waypoints shortest distance, or eco friendly. . Touch the EDIT screen button to
. When under a waypoint trip, . While the system is optimizing modify the order or remove a
touch on the next turn indicator the route, the waypoint trip has waypoint from the route. Press
to bring up the waypoint list. The the Activity Indicator displayed the delete screen button to
last waypoint view is shown, over top of it. If the system is remove a waypoint from the
which could be Waypoints, Turn calculating the ETA and travel route.
List, or Edit. distance for a waypoint, the . A pop-up displays asking for
. The waypoint list is sorted in Activity Indicator is displayed in confirmation of the waypoint
order with the next waypoint at the list header. deletion.
the top of the list. Each waypoint . When either a waypoint trip is
is indicated with a numbered first created, or additional
icon, starting with the next waypoints are added to an
waypoint. existing waypoint trip, they are
added in the location that would
lead to an optimized route.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Settings Prompt Length : Touch to change Low Fuel Alert
the prompt length to Short or Long.
Touch Settings on the Home Page
to adjust features and preferences, Audio Feedback Speed : Touch to
such as Time and Date, Language, change the audio feedback speed to
Valet Mode, or Radio. For setting Slow, Medium, or Fast.
options, see Settings 0 140. Display “What can I say?” Tips :
A few of the setting options change Touch to change the display tips to
the way the navigation system ON orOFF.
displays or reacts while in use. Display
1. Touch the Settings screen Mode : Touch Mode to change the
button on the Home Page. If the vehicle reaches a low fuel
screen background. This setting level, the system displays an alert
2. Touch the scroll bar until the controls map colors. about the low fuel condition. Touch
desired option displays. Select . The Auto setting adjusts the the MORE INFO screen button to
the desired settings to change. screen background automatically view nearby gas stations, and start
Voice depending on the exterior guidance if desired.
lighting conditions.
Voice recognition allows for
hands-free operation within the . The Day setting brightens the
navigation, audio and phone map background.
applications. See Voice Recognition . The Night setting darkens the
(If equipped) 0 125. map background.
Touch the voice screen button to Calibrate Touchscreen : Touch to
display the Voice menu. display the Touchscreen Calibration
Confidence Threshold : Touch to Screen.
change the confidence threshold to Turn Display Off : Touch to turn the
Confirm More or Confirm Less. Display option off.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

can affect the navigation system's Vehicle Positioning
ability to determine the accurate
position of the vehicle. At times, the position of the vehicle
on the map could be inaccurate due
The GPS shows the current position to one or more of the following
of the vehicle using signals sent by reasons:
GPS satellites. When the vehicle is
not receiving signals from the . The road system has changed.
satellites, a symbol appears on the . The vehicle is driving on slippery
map screen. See Navigation road surfaces such as sand,
Symbols 0 115. gravel, or snow.
This system might not be available . The vehicle is traveling on
or interference can occur if any of winding roads or long straight
If the remaining driving distance is the following are true: roads.
available from the system, this is
included in the alert. . Signals are obstructed by tall . The vehicle is approaching a tall
buildings, trees, large trucks, building or a large vehicle.
Global Positioning or a tunnel.
. The surface streets run parallel
System (GPS) . Satellites are being repaired or to a freeway.
improved.
The position of the vehicle is . The vehicle has been transferred
determined by using satellite For more information if the GPS is by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
signals, various vehicle signals, and not functioning properly, see
. The current position calibration
map data. Problems with Route Guidance
0 124 and is set incorrectly.
At times, other interference such as If the System Needs Service 0 124. . The vehicle is traveling at high
the satellite condition, road speed.
configuration, condition of the
vehicle, and/or other circumstances
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. The vehicle changes directions Problems with Route . The route prohibits the entry of a
more than once, or the vehicle is vehicle due to a regulation by
turning on a turn table in a
Guidance time or season or any other
parking lot. Inappropriate route guidance can regulation which may be given.
. The vehicle is entering and/or occur under one or more of the . Some routes might not be
exiting a parking lot, garage, or a following conditions: searched.
lot with a roof. . The turn was not made on the . The route to the destination
. The GPS signal is not received. road indicated. might not be shown if there are
. . Route guidance might not be new roads, if roads have
A roof carrier is installed on the
vehicle. available when using automatic recently changed, or if certain
rerouting for the next right or roads are not listed in the map
. Tire chains have been installed. left turn. data. See Maps 0 115.
. The tires are replaced or worn. . The route might not be changed To recalibrate the vehicle's position
. The tire pressure for the tires is when using automatic rerouting. on the map, park with the vehicle
incorrect. . There is no route guidance when running for two to five minutes, until
the vehicle position updates. Make
. This is the first navigation use turning at an intersection.
sure the vehicle is parked in a
after the map data is updated. . Plural names of places might be location that is safe and has a clear
. The 12-volt battery is announced occasionally. view of the sky and away from large
disconnected for several days. . It could take a long time to obstructions.
. The vehicle is driving in heavy operate automatic rerouting
traffic where driving is at low during high-speed driving. If the System Needs
speeds, and the vehicle is . Automatic rerouting might Service
stopped and started repeatedly. display a route returning to the If the navigation system needs
set waypoint if heading for a service and the steps listed here
destination without passing have been followed but there are
through a set waypoint. still problems, see Problems with
Route Guidance 0 124.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Map Data Updates Voice Recognition performed by pressing one or two
buttons, and are not supported by
The map data in the vehicle is the voice commands.
most up-to-date information Voice Recognition
available when the vehicle was Voice recognition can be used just
(If equipped) when the ignition is on.
produced. The map data can be
updated, provided that the map Voice recognition allows for
hands-free operation within the Using Voice Recognition
information has changed.
navigation, audio and phone Voice recognition becomes available
For questions about the operation of applications. This feature can be once the system has been
the navigation system or the update
started by pressing either the g initialized. This begins when the
process, contact your dealership. ignition is turned on. Initialization
button on the steering wheel or
may take a few moments.
Database Coverage touching g on the touchscreen
Explanations display. 1. Press g on the steering wheel
However, not all features within control to activate voice
Coverage areas vary with respect to these areas are supported by voice recognition, or touch g on the
the level of map detail available for commands. Generally, only complex infotainment touchscreen on
any given area. Some areas feature tasks that require multiple manual the center stack.
greater levels of detail than others. interactions to complete are
If this happens, it does not mean 2. The audio system mutes and
supported by voice commands.
there is a problem with the system. the system plays a prompt
As the map data is updated, more For example, tasks that take more followed by a beep.
detail can become available for than one or two button presses such
3. Wait until after the beep
areas that previously had limited as selecting a song or artist to play
completes, then clearly speak
detail. See Map Data Updates from a media device would be
one of the commands
0 125. supported by voice commands.
described in this section.
Other tasks, like adjusting the
volume or seeking up or down are Press g to interrupt any voice
audio features that are easily recognition system prompt. For
example, if the prompt seems
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

to be taking too long to finish, manual control, the dialog will . Press i on the steering wheel
press g again and the beep progress in the same way as if the controls to terminate the voice
should happen right away. selection was made through a voice session and display the screen
command. Once the system is able from which voice recognition
There are two voice prompt modes to complete the task, or the session
supported: was initiated.
is terminated, the voice recognition
. Long verbal prompts: The longer dialog stops. Helpful Hints for Speaking
prompts provide more An example of this type of manual Commands
information regarding the intervention is touching on an entry Voice recognition can understand
supported actions. of a displayed number list instead of commands that are either naturally
. Short prompts: The short speaking the number associated stated in sentence form, or direct
prompts provide simple with the entry desired. commands that state the application
instructions about what can be and the task.
Canceling Voice Recognition
stated. Most languages do not support
. Touch the Home screen button.
If a command is not spoken, the natural language commands in
Pressing this button will sentence form. For those
voice recognition system says a
terminate a voice recognition languages, use direct commands
help prompt.
session which was initiated by like the examples shown on the
Prompts and Screen Displays pressing the button on the radio display.
touchscreen.
While a voice recognition session is For best results:
active, there will be corresponding . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit”
buttons on screens displayed. to terminate the voice . Listen for the prompt and wait
Manual interaction in the voice recognition session and display for the beep before saying a
recognition session is permitted. the screen from which voice command or reply.
Interaction during a voice session recognition was initiated. . Say “Help” or look at the screen
may be completed entirely using display for example commands.
voice commands, or some
selections may expedite a session.
If a selection is made using a
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. A voice recognition system need to find a Place of Interest If the phone number has been
prompt can be interrupted while or POI,” or “Directions to a saved with a name and a place, the
it is playing by pressing g. Contact.” The system responds direct command should include
by requesting more details. After both, for example “Call Dave Smith
For example, if the prompt saying “Place of Interest,” only at work.”
seems to be taking too long to major chains are available by
finish, to speak the command name. Chains are businesses Using Voice Recognition for
without waiting for the prompt to with at least 20 locations. For List Options
complete, press g. other POIs, say the name of a When a list is displayed, a voice
. category like “Restaurants,” prompt will ask to confirm or select
Speak the command naturally,
“Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.” an option from that list. A selection
not too fast, not too slow. Use
direct commands without a lot of There is no need to memorize can be made by manually selecting
extra words. specific command words. Direct the item, or by speaking the line
commands might be more clearly number for the item to select.
. Usually Phone and Audio
understood by the system. An When a screen contains a list, there
commands can be spoken in a
example of a direct command would may be options that are available
single command.
be “Call 555-1212.” Examples of but not displayed. The list on a
For example say, “Call Dave these direct commands are voice recognition screen functions
Smith at work,” “Play” followed displayed on most of the screens the same as a list on other screens.
by the artist or song name, while a voice session is active. Scrolling or flinging can be used to
or “Tune” followed by the radio If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is help display other entries from
station number. stated, the system understands that the list.
. Navigation destinations are too a phone call is requested and will
respond with questions until enough Manually scrolling or paging the list
complex for a single command. on a screen during a voice
First, say a command that details are gathered.
recognition session suspends the
explains the type of destination current voice recognition event and
needed, such as I want plays the prompt “Make your
directions to an “Address,”
“Navigate to an intersection,” “I
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

selection from the list using the infotainment touchscreen. Touch the “Tune to <FM frequency> FM” :
manual controls or press the Back Dismiss button to make the pop-up Tune to the radio station whose
button to try again.” go away. frequency is identified in the
command (like “one o one
If manual selection takes more than Pressing g while the help prompt is point one”).
15 seconds, the session terminates playing will terminate the prompt
and prompts that it has timed out. and a beep will be heard. Doing this Voice Recognition for Audio
The screen returns back to the will stop the help prompt so that a My Media
screen where voice recognition was voice command can be used.
initiated. If browsing My Media when the
Voice Recognition for the voice button is selected, the voice
The Back Command recognition commands for My Media
Radio
Say “Back” or press the BACK features are available.
Some audio screens have a voice
button to go to the previous screen. “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to
recognition button (g) to launch
If in voice recognition, and “Back” is enter a specific artist name.
audio voice recognition. If the voice
stated all the way through to the button is touched in a radio screen, “Play Artist <artist name>” :
initial screen, then “Back” is stated the voice commands for radio and Begin playback of the media
one more time, the voice recognition media features are available. selection identified in the command.
session will cancel.
“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to
Help AM and tune to the last AM radio enter a specific album name.
Say “Help” on any voice recognition station. “Play Album <album name>” :
screen and the help prompt for the “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to Begin playback of the identified
screen is played. Additionally, a FM and tune to the last FM radio album name in the command.
pop-up displays a text version of the station. “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to
help prompt. Depending on how
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : enter a specific song name.
voice recognition was initiated, the
Help pop-up will either display on Tune to the radio station whose “Play Song <song name>” : Begin
the instrument cluster or the frequency is identified in the playback of the identified song
command (like “nine fifty”). name in the command.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to Voice command option changes
enter a specific genre. enter a specific name. through media content limits are:
“Play Genre <genre name>” : “Play Episode <episode . Song files including other
Begin playback of the media name>” : Begin playback of the individual files of all media types
selection identified in the command. media selection identified in the such as audiobook chapters and
“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to command. podcast episodes.
enter a specific playlist name. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to . Album type folders including
“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : enter a specific name. types such as albums and
Begin playback of the identified “Play Podcast <podcast audiobooks.
playlist in the command. name>” : Begin playback of the There are no restrictions if the
“Play <device name>” : Play media selection identified in the number of song files and albums is
music from a specific device command. less than 4,000. When the number
identified by name. The device “My Media” : Begin a dialog to of song files connected to the
name is the name displayed on the enter the desired media content. system is between 4,000 and 8,000,
screen when the device is first the content cannot be accessed
selected as an audio sourced. Handling Large Amounts of Media directly with one command like
Content “Play <song name>.”
“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name. It is expected that large amounts of The restriction is that the command
media content will be brought into “Play Song” must be spoken first;
“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : the vehicle. It may be necessary to the system will then ask for the song
Begin playback of the media handle large amounts of media name. The reply command would be
selection identified in the command. content in a different way than to say the name of the song to play.
“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog smaller amounts of media. The
Similar limits exist for album
to enter a specific name. system may limit the options of content. If there are more than
voice recognition by not allowing 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
“Play Audiobook <audiobook selection of song titles by voice at
name>” : Begin playback of the the content cannot be accessed
the highest level if the number of
media selection identified in the directly with one command like,
songs exceeds the maximum limit. “Play <album name>.” The
command.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

command “Play Album” must first be Voice Recognition for Not all brand names of businesses
spoken; the system will then ask for Navigation are available for voice entry. Most
the album name. The reply would major chains, such as chains with
be to say the name of the album Note more than 20 locations, should be
to play. The Navigation Speech Recognition available to search for by name, but
is not available when the radio is set the name must be precisely spoken.
Once the number of songs has on English language.
exceeded approximately 8,000, Nicknames or short names for the
there is no support for accessing the “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to businesses will not likely be found.
songs directly through voice enter specific destination Lesser known businesses might
commands. There will still be information. have to be located by category,
access to the media content by such as fast food, hotels, or banks.
“Navigation Commands” : Begin a
using commands for playlists, dialog to enter specific destination “Destination Contact” : Begin a
artists, and genres. information. dialog to enter a specific destination
The access commands for playlists, contact name.
“Destination Address” : Begin a
artists, and genres are prohibited dialog to enter a specific destination “Cancel Route” : End route
after the number of this type of address, which includes the entire guidance.
media exceeds 4,000. address consisting of the house Voice Recognition for the
The system will provide feedback number, street name, and city and
state. Phone
the first time voice recognition is
initiated if it has become apparent “Destination Intersection” : Begin “Call <contact name>” : Initiate a
that any of these limits are reached a dialog to enter a specific call to an entered contact. The
during a device initializing process. destination intersection. command may include location if
the contact has location numbers
“Destination Place of Interest” : stored.
Begin a dialog to enter a destination
Place of Interest category or major “Call <contact name> At Home,”
brand name (if equipped). “At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On
Other” : Initiate a call to an entered
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

contact and location at home, at Voice Pass-Thru Phone
work, on mobile device, or on
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
another phone.
voice recognition commands on the Bluetooth (Overview)
“Call <phone number>” : Initiate a cell phone, for example, Siri or
call to a standard phone number Voice Command. See the cell The Bluetooth-capable system can
seven or 10 digits in length. phone manufacturer's user guide to interact with many cell phones,
see if the cell phone supports this allowing:
“Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth
pairing process. Follow instructions feature. To activate the phone voice . Placement and receipt of calls in
on the radio display. recognition system, press and hold a hands-free mode.
g on the steering wheel for a few . Sharing of the cell phone’s
“Switch Phone” : Select a different seconds.
phone for outgoing calls. address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
“Voice Keypad” : Begins a dialog
to enter special numbers like To minimize driver distraction,
international numbers. The numbers before driving, and with the vehicle
can be entered in groups of digits parked:
with each group of digits being . Become familiar with the
repeated back by the system. If the features of the cell phone.
group of digits is not correct, the Organize the phone book and
command “Delete” will remove the contact lists clearly and delete
last group of digits and allow them duplicate or rarely used entries.
to be re-entered. Once the entire If possible, program speed dial
number has been entered, the or other shortcuts.
command “Call” will start dialing the
. Review the controls and
number.
operation of the infotainment
“Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice system.
mail numbers.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Vehicles with a Bluetooth system Infotainment System Controls
The system may not work with can use a Bluetooth-capable cell For information about how to
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in phone with a Hands-Free Profile to navigate the menu system using the
this section. make and receive phone calls. The infotainment controls, see Using the
infotainment system and voice System 0 103.
{ Danger recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used Phone : Touch this screen button
Taking your eyes off the road for while in ON/RUN or ACC/ on the Home Page to enter the
too long or too often while using ACCESSORY. The range of the phone main menu.
any infotainment feature can Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
Audio System
cause a crash. You or others (30 ft). Not all phones support all
could be injured or killed. Do not functions and not all phones work When using the Bluetooth system,
give extended attention to with the Bluetooth system. sound comes through the vehicle's
infotainment tasks while driving. front audio system speakers and
Bluetooth Controls overrides the audio system. Turn
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Use the buttons on the infotainment the volume knob during a call to
displays and focus your attention
system and the steering wheel to change the volume level. The
on driving. Use voice commands adjusted volume level remains in
operate the Bluetooth system.
whenever possible. memory for later calls. The system
Steering Wheel Controls maintains a minimum volume level.
g (Push to Talk) : Press to answer
{ Danger incoming calls, confirm system Bluetooth (Infotainment
information, and start voice Controls)
It is illegal to touch your phone recognition.
when driving. For information about how to
i (End Call) : Press to end a call, navigate the menu system using the
Make sure that Bluetooth is® decline a call, or cancel an infotainment controls, see Using the
activated before driving. If not, operation. Press to mute or unmute System 0 103.
stop at a safe place to use a the infotainment system when not
mobile phone. on a call.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are Step 3 or confirm the six-digit
within range of the system, the code shown on the display.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
system connects to the paired After the PIN is successfully
must be paired to the Bluetooth
cell phone in the order that they entered or the code is
system and then connected to the
were last used in the system. To confirmed, the system
vehicle before it can be used. See
link to a different paired phone, responds with “<Device name>
the cell phone manufacturer's user
see “Linking to a Different has been successfully paired”
guide for Bluetooth functions before
Phone” later in this section. when the pairing process is
pairing the cell phone.
complete.
Pairing a Phone
Pairing Information 6. If “Chevrolet MyLink” does not
. A Bluetooth phone with music 1. Touch the Phone screen appear, turn the phone off or
button. remove the phone battery and
capability can be paired to the
vehicle as a phone and a music 2. Select Phone and select Pair retry.
player at the same time. Device. 7. If the phone prompts to accept
. Up to 10 devices can be paired 3. A four-digit Personal connection or allow phone
to the Bluetooth system. Identification Number (PIN) book download, select always
. Pairing only needs to be appears on the display. The accept and allow. The phone
PIN, if required, may be used book may not be available if
completed once, unless the
in Step 5. not accepted.
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone 4. Start the pairing process on the 8. Repeat Steps 1−7 to pair
is deleted from the system. cell phone to be paired to the additional phones.
. The paring mode will disabled vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for Listing All Paired and Connected
when the vehicle is moved. Phones
information on this process.
. One Bluetooth device can be 1. Touch the Phone screen
5. Locate “Chevrolet MyLink” on
connected to the Bluetooth button.
the display. Follow the
system at a time.
instructions on the cell phone 2. Select Phones.
to enter the PIN provided in
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Disconnecting a Connected Phone 3. Select the new phone to link to Making a Call Using Contacts
1. Touch the Phone screen from the not connected and Recent Calls
button. device list.
Calls can be made through the
2. Select Phones. Switching to Handset or Bluetooth system using personal
Handsfree Mode cell phone contact information for all
3. Touch the z next to the phone phones that support the Phone
to disconnect and follow the on To switch between handset or Book feature. Become familiar with
screen prompts. handsfree mode, touch the Phone the phone settings and operation.
icon on the Home Page to display Verify the cell phone supports this
Deleting a Paired Phone “Call View.” feature.
Only disconnected phones can be . While the active call is
When supported, the Contacts and
deleted. hands-free, touch the Handset Recent Calls menus are
1. Touch the Phone screen screen button to switch to the automatically available.
button. handset mode. The screen
button changes to Handsfree The Contacts menu accesses the
2. Select Phones. once the Bluetooth device phone book stored in the cell phone.
3. Touch the M next to the phone confirms it is operating as The Recent Calls menu accesses
handset. the recent call list(s) from your cell
to delete and follow the on
screen prompts. . While the active call is handset, phone.
touch the Handsfree screen To make a call using the
Linking to a Different Phone button to switch to the hands Contacts menu:
To link to a different phone, the new free mode. The screen button
phone must be in the vehicle and changes to Handset once the 1. Touch the Phone screen
paired to the Bluetooth system. Bluetooth device confirms it is button.
operating as handsfree. 2. Select Contacts.
1. Touch the Phone screen
button. 3. Select the name to call.
2. Select Phones. 4. Select the desired contact
number to call.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

To make a call using the Recent . Press g on the steering wheel Declining a Call
Calls menu: controls. There are a few ways to decline a
1. Touch the Phone screen . Touch Answer on the center call-waiting call:
button. stack display. . Press i on the steering wheel
2. Select Recent. Declining a Call controls.
3. Select the name or number There are a few ways to decline . Touch Ignore on the center stack
to call. a call: display.
Making a Call Using the . Press i on the steering wheel Switching Between Calls (Call
Keypad controls. Waiting Calls Only)
To make a call by dialing the . Touch Ignore on the center stack To switch between calls, touch the
numbers: display. phone icon on the Home Page to
1. Touch the Phone screen display “Call View.” While in Call
button. Call Waiting View, touch the call information of
Call waiting must be supported on the call on hold to change calls.
2. Select Keypad and enter a
phone number. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Three-Way Calling
the wireless service carrier to work.
3. Select Call to start dialing the Three-way calling must be
number. Accepting a Call supported on the Bluetooth phone
There are a few ways to accept a and enabled by the wireless service
Accepting or Declining a Call carrier to work.
call-waiting call:
When an incoming call is received, To start a three-way call while in a
the infotainment system mutes and . Press g on the steering wheel
current call:
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. controls.
1. In the Call View, select Add to
Accepting a Call . Touch Switch on the center add another call.
stack display.
There are a few ways to accept
a call:
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

2. Initiate the second call by Dual Tone Multi-Frequency 4. Enter the DTMF tones using
selecting from RECENT, (DTMF) Tones the keypad if needed.
CONTACTS, or KEYPAD.
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
3. When the second call is active, send numbers during a call. This is
Bluetooth (Voice
touch Merge to conference the used when calling a menu-driven Recognition)
three-way call together. phone system.
Using Bluetooth Voice
4. Once all calls are merged, the 1. Touch the Phone screen Recognition
Merge button becomes an button.
Unmerge button. Touch to To use voice recognition, press the
unmerge the calls. Some 2. While in the Call View, touch g button on the steering wheel. Use
wireless service carriers may l to raise the Interaction the commands below for the various
not allow a merged call to Selector. voice features. For additional
become unmerged. 3. Select Keypad and enter the information, say “Help” while in a
number. voice recognition menu. See Voice
Ending a Call Recognition (If equipped) 0 125 for
Voice Mail help using voice recognition
. Press i on the steering wheel
The default voice mail number is the commands.
controls.
phone number of the currently Making a Call
. Touch End on the center stack connected phone. The voice mail
display to end all existing calls, number can be changed in Calls can be made using the
or touch End next to a call to Bluetooth settings. following commands.
end only that call.
To dial a voice mail number: Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Some wireless service carriers may Command
not allow a merged call to become 1. Touch the Phone screen
unmerged. button. To call a number:
2. Select Voice Mail. 1. Press g. The system responds
3. Select Call. “Command Please,” followed
by a tone.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

2. Say “Dial” or “Call” followed by 2. After the tone, say “Switch pairing information. For directions
the complete phone number. Phone.” The system displays a on how to delete this information,
Use the “Voice Keypad” command list of phones to select. see “Deleting a Paired Phone.”
for international numbers or special Using the “Voice Keypad”
numbers which include * or #. Command Text Messaging
Once connected, the person called If equipped, the infotainment system
1. Press g. The system responds may allow text messages to be
will be heard through the audio “Command Please,” followed
speakers. received and replied to. Received
by a tone. messages can also be read aloud.
To call using a contact from your 2. After the tone, say “Voice
phone book: Before using the text messaging
Keypad.” The system allows feature, check to see if the phone is
1. Press g. The system responds entry of special numbers and compatible.
“Command Please,” followed characters.
See your dealer for details.
by a tone. Using the “Voice Mail” Command
2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then Text Menu
1. Press g. The system responds
say the contact name. For Inbox : Touch to display incoming
example “Call John at Work.” “Command Please,” followed
by a tone. messages. To view a message,
Once connected, the person called press on the name of the sender.
will be heard through the audio 2. After the tone, say “Voice Mail.” Press > to listen to the text
speakers. The system dials the voice mail
number of the connected message. Press BACK on the
Using the “Switch Phone” phone. faceplate or press the Back screen
Command button to go back to the
Clearing the System
1. Press g. The system responds previous menu.
Unless information is deleted out of
“Command Please,” followed the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will Settings : See “Text Settings” later
by a tone. be retained. This includes phone in this section.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Reply : Touch to reply using a Viewing Sender Information or touch the Back screen
predefined text message. See “Text button to go back to the
If equipped, touch the name of the
Settings.” predefined messages list.
sender to view sender information if
Call : Touch to place a call to the this information matches contact 4. Touch M to delete a predefined
sender of the text message. information already stored. message
Note Select a Predefined Message : Memory Full
. There may be previous Touch to select from a set of quick
configuration required in your messages. Touch the message This message may display if there is
mobile to have this function to send. no more room on the phone to store
working properly. messages.
Predefined Messages
. Due to the variety of devices and Text Settings
These are short text messages that
their firmware versions, your Text Alerts : When on, this feature
can be used to send so responses
device may respond differently will display an alert when a new text
will not have to be typed.
when performing this function. message has been received. Touch
. Any inquiries regrading your The messages can be deleted or a to turn on or off.
new message can be added.
phone functionality, refer to the Manage Predefined Messages :
device manual. To add a new message: Touch to add, change, or delete
Viewing a Text Message 1. Touch Text Settings, then press predefined messages.
Manage Predefined Messages.
While viewing a text message: Apple CarPlay and
2. While in the predefined
. Touch Reply to reply using a messages list view, select Add Android Auto
predefined text message. New Predefined Message and
a keyboard displays. If equipped, Android Auto™ and/or
. Touch Call to place a call to the
Apple CarPlay™ capability may be
sender of the text message. 3. Type a new message and available through a compatible
touch the Check button when smartphone. If available, a
done to add the message.
Press BACK on the faceplate
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

PROJECTION icon will appear on Android Auto is provided by Google Note
the Home Page of the infotainment and is subject to Google’s terms For your safety, some applications
display. and privacy policy. CarPlay is are disabled while your vehicle is in
To use Android Auto and/or Apple provided by Apple and is subject to motion.
CarPlay: Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
For Android Auto support see Note
1. Download the Android Auto https://support.google.com/ To end Android Auto, disconnect the
app to your phone from the androidauto or Apple CarPlay phone from the USB port or change
Google™ Play store. There is support at https://www.apple.com/br/ the USB setting on the phone .
no app required for Apple ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may In some cases, it might be
CarPlay. change or suspend availability at necessary to unpair the phone from
2. Connect your Android phone or any time. Android Auto is a the radio before plugging the USB
Apple iPhone by using the trademark of Google Inc.; Apple cable to start the Android Auto.
compatible phone USB cable CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
If Android Auto does not start after
and plugging into a USB data If Android Auto device is connected plugged in the compatible device
port. For best performance, use while another device was paired, make sure that the android auto and
the device’s factory-provided the switch devices pop up message USB autorun in the settings menu is
USB cable. Aftermarket or will appear as following: working or not working.
third-party cables may
not work. “Connecting Android Auto, will
disconnect Bluetooth Device
The PROJECTION icon on the (Friendly Name Bluetooth)."
Home Page will change to Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay depending Note
on the phone. Android Auto and/or For using Android Auto function,
Apple CarPlay may automatically the date of Infotainment System
launch upon USB connection. If not, should be the same as the
press the ANDROID AUTO and/or Android Auto device.
APPLE CARPLAY icon on the
Home Page to launch.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Language .
Settings Manage Favorites: Touch to
highlight a favorite to edit. Touch
Note This will set the display language in
Rename to rename the favorite
the radio, instrument panel, and
Depending on vehicle version and or Delete to delete it. Touch and
voice recognition. Press Language
market, some of the functions hold the station to drag it to a
and select the appropriate
described below might not be new location. Touch Done to go
available. language. Press [ to go back to the back to the previous menu.
previous menu.
The Settings menu allows . Number of Favorites Shown:
adjustment of different vehicle and Valet Mode (If Equipped) Touch to set the number of
radio features. The menu may favorites to display. Select Auto,
This will lock the infotainment
contain the following: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,
system and steering wheel controls.
50, 55, or 60. Auto will adjust the
Time and Date It may also limit top speed, power,
number of favorite locations that
and access to vehicle storage
Touch SET TIME to edit the time locations (if equipped). can be seen. Touch [ to go back
and then touch y or z to increase to the previous menu.
To enable valet mode:
or decrease hours, minutes, and AM . Audible Touch Feedback: This
or PM. Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or 1. Enter a four-digit code on the feature adjusts the sound of the
24 hour clock. keypad. touch. This feature can be
Touch SET DATE to edit the date 2. Touch Enter to go to the turned ON or OFF.
and then press y or z to increase confirmation screen. . Auto Volume: If equipped, this
or decrease month, day, or year. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. feature adjusts the volume
based on the vehicle speed. See
Touch CLOCK DISPLAY to choose Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
AM-FM Radio 0 104.
ON or OFF to show the time in the unlock the system. Touch [ to go
screen. back to the previous menu. . Maximum Startup Volume: This
feature sets the maximum
Radio startup volume. If the vehicle is
started and the volume is
Touch to display the Radio Menu
and the following may display: greater than this level, the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

volume is adjusted to this level. Collision / Detection Systems ‐ Select On or Off.
To set the maximum startup . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (if
volume, touch + or − to increase Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
equipped).
or decrease. Touch [ to go back . Remote Unlock Light Feedback.
‐ Select On or Off.
to the previous menu. ‐ Select Off or Flash Lights.
. Side Blind Zone Alert (if
Vehicle . Remote Lock Feedback.
equipped).
1. Press Settings on main screen ‐ Select On or Off. ‐ Select the desired option from
of Infotainment System. the list.
Comfort and Convenience . Remote Door Unlock.
2. Select Vehicle menu.
. Chime Volume.
3. The following items will display: ‐ Select All Doors or
‐ Press – or + to set the chime Driver Door.
. Climate and Air Quality.
volume. . Relock Remote Unlocked Doors.
. Collision / Detection . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear ‐ Select On or Off.
Systems. (If equipped).
. Comfort and Convenience. . Remote Window Operation.
. Lighting. ‐ Select On or Off.
Lighting
. Power Door Locks. Bluetooth
. Vehicle Locator Lights.
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start. From the Bluetooth screen button,
Climate and Air Quality the following may be displayed:
. Exit Lighting.
. Auto Fan Speed. . Pair New Device: Touch to add a
‐ Select the desired option from new device.
‐ Select the desired option from the list. . Device Management: Touch to
the list.
Power Door Locks connect to a different phone
. Auto Rear Defog (if equipped). source, disconnect a phone,
. Auto Door Lock.
‐ Select On or Off. or delete a phone.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Ringtones: Touch to change the Confirm Less for the system to . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn
ring tone for the specific phone. proceed with the command the display off. Touch anywhere
The phone does not need to be without responding. on the display area or any
connected to change the . Prompt Length: Select Short for faceplate button again to turn
ring tone. brief, direct feedback or Long for the display on.
. Voice Mail Numbers: This more information feedback. Rear Camera
feature displays the voice mail Touch [ Back to go to the
number for all connected Touch to display the Rear Camera
previous menu. menu. See “Driver Assistance
phones. The voice mail number
may be changed by touching the . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Systems” in the owner manual.
EDIT button, typing in the new Slow, Medium, or Fast for . Guidance Lines: This feature
number, and touching SAVE. feedback speed. Touch [ to go can be turn ON or OFF.
Touch [ to go back to the back to the previous menu. . Rear Park Assist Symbols: This
previous menu. . Display “What can I say?” Tips: feature can be turn ON or OFF.
. Text Message Alerts: This Touch ON or OFF to change the
display tips. Return to Factory Settings
feature will turn text message
alerts on or off. Touch Text Touching Continue restores all
Display
Message Alerts and then select factory settings.
OFF or ON. Touch [ to go back From the Display screen button, the
Select Return to Factory Settings
following may be displayed:
to the previous menu. See Text and the following list may display:
Messaging 0 137. . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to
. Restore Vehicle Settings:
calibrate the touchscreen and
Voice Restores factory vehicle
follow the prompts. Touch [ to settings. Touch Restore Vehicle
From the Voice screen button, the go back to the previous menu. Settings. Touch Cancel or
following may be displayed: Continue. If continue is touched,
. Confidence Threshold: Select a confirmation pop-up will
Confirm More for a system appear indicating the vehicle
response to a command. Select settings have been restored.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Clear All Private Data: If
available, use to erase personal
Trademarks and Android Auto is a trademark of
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a
private data before loaning or License Agreements trademark of Apple Inc.
selling the vehicle. Touch Clear
All Private Data. Touch Cancel RMVB
or Continue. Touch the [ Back
screen button to go back to the
last menu.
. Restore Radio Settings:
Restores factory radio settings.
Touch Restore Radio Settings. "Made for iPod," and "Made for
Touch Cancel or Continue. iPhone," mean that an electronic
If continue is touched, a accessory has been designed to Portions of this software are
confirmation pop-up will appear connect specifically to iPod or included under license from
indicating the radio settings have iPhone, respectively, and has been RealNetworks, Inc. Copyright
been restored. certified by the developer to meet 1995-2012, RealNetworks, Inc. All
Apple performance standards. rights reserved
Press q BACK on the faceplate or
touch the Back screen button to go
Apple is not responsible for the Bluetooth®
operation of this device or its
back to the main settings menu. compliance with safety and The Bluetooth word mark and logos
regulatory standards. Please note are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,
that the use of this accessory with Inc. and any use of such marks by
iPod or iPhone may affect wireless General Motors is under license.
performance. iPhone®, iPod®, iPod Other trademarks and trade names
classic®, iPod nano®, iPod shuffle®, are those of their respective owners.
and iPod touch® are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.
and other countries.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Schedule I: Gracenote EULA (if the "Powered by Gracenote" logo content providers shall be entitled to
equipped) are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections
trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to
United States and/or other Gracenote.
countries. You agree that you will use
Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers
This application or device contains for your own personal
software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). not to assign, copy, transfer or
Music recognition technology and The software from Gracenote (the
related data are provided by transmit the Gracenote Software or
"Gracenote Software") enables this any Gracenote Data to any third
Gracenote®. Gracenote is the application to do disc or file
industry standard in music party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,
recognition technology and related music-related information, including
content delivery. For more THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,
name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
information visit information ("Gracenote Data") from
www.gracenote.com. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN.
Music-related data from Gracenote, databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data,
copyright © 2000 to present Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote. One or more patents End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if
owned by Gracenote may apply to application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your
this product and service. See the license terminates, you agree to
This application or device may cease any and all use of the
Gracenote website for a contain content belonging to
non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote patents. Gracenote, the restrictions set forth herein with
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote reserves all rights in
respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Gracenote logo and logotype, and also apply to such content and such
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Software, and the Gracenote Gracenote deems sufficient. No INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
Servers, including all ownership warranty is made that the Gracenote ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
rights. Under no circumstances will Software or Gracenote Servers are REVENUES.
Gracenote become liable for any error-free or that functioning of © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights
payment to you for any information Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved.
that you provide. You agree that Servers will be uninterrupted.
Gracenote may enforce its rights Gracenote is not obligated to MPEG4–AVC (H.264)
under this Agreement against you provide you with new enhanced or THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED
directly in its own name. additional data types or categories UNDER THE AVC PATENT
The Gracenote service uses a that Gracenote may provide in the PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
unique identifier to track queries for future and is free to discontinue its PERSONAL AND
statistical purposes. The purpose of services at any time. NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
a randomly assigned numeric GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE
identifier is to allow the Gracenote WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH
service to count queries without IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC
knowing anything about who you LIMITED TO, IMPLIED VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC
are. For more information, see the WARRANTIES OF VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY
web page for the Gracenote Privacy MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A
Policy for the Gracenote service. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, PERSONAL AND
The Gracenote Software and each TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
item of Gracenote Data are licensed GRACENOTE DOES NOT AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO
representations or warranties, WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO
express or implied, regarding the USE OF THE GRACENOTE LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
accuracy of any Gracenote Data. SOFTWARE OR ANY BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER
Gracenote reserves the right to GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
delete data from the Gracenote CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG
Servers or to change data LIABLE FOR ANY LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://
categories for any cause that CONSEQUENTIAL OR WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

VC-1 USE BY A CONSUMER Map End User License
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND Agreement
UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
END USER TERMS
PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE MP3
PERSONAL AND The Map Data Disc (“Data”) is
NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A MPEG Layer-3 audio coding provided for your personal, internal
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE technology licensed from use only and not for resale. It is
VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. protected by copyright, and is
THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 WMA subject to the following terms (this
VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE “End User License Agreement”) and
This product is protected by certain conditions which are agreed to by
VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS
ENCODED BY A CONSUMER intellectual property rights of you, on the one hand, and HERE
Microsoft. Use or distribution of North America, LLC (“HERE”) and
ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND
such technology outside of this its licensors (including their
NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
product is prohibited without a licensors and suppliers) on the
AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO license from Microsoft. other hand.
PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO For more information on the The Data for areas of Canada
LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL Software, including any open source includes information taken with
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER software license terms (and permission from Canadian
USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION available source code) as well as authorities, including: © Her Majesty
MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG copyright attributions applicable to the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// the Runtime Configuration indicated Queen's Printer for Ontario, ©
WWW.MPEGLA.COM. above, please contact the Canada Post Corporation,
Manufacturer or contact QSSC at GeoBase®.
MPEG4–Visual 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 HERE holds a nonexclusive license
MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH (licensing@qnx.com). from the United States Postal
THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR information.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

®
© United States Postal Service be transferred or sold as a complete comprehensive geographic data,
2014. Prices are not established, set as provided to you and not as a any of which may lead to incorrect
controlled, or approved by the subset thereof. results.
United States Postal Service®. The
following trademarks and Restrictions No Warranty
registrations are owned by the Except where you have been This Data is provided to you “as is,”
USPS: United States Postal specifically licensed to do so by and you agree to use it at your own
Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. HERE and without limiting the risk. HERE and its licensors (and
preceding paragraph, you may not their licensors and suppliers) make
TERMS AND CONDITIONS (a) use this Data with any products, no guarantees, representations,
Personal Use Only: You agree to systems, or applications installed or or warranties of any kind, express or
use this Data for the solely otherwise connected to or in implied, arising by law or otherwise,
personal, noncommercial purposes communication with vehicles including but not limited to, content,
for which you were licensed, and capable of vehicle navigation, quality, accuracy, completeness,
not for service bureau, timesharing positioning, dispatch, real time route effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
or other similar purposes. Except as guidance, fleet management or particular purpose, usefulness, use
otherwise set forth herein, you similar applications; or (b) with, or in or results to be obtained from this
agree not to otherwise reproduce, communication with, including Data, or that the Data or server will
copy, modify, decompile, without limitation, cellular phones, be uninterrupted or error free.
disassemble or reverse engineer palmtop and handheld computers,
any portion of this Data, and may pagers, and personal digital Disclaimer of Warranty
not transfer or distribute it in any assistants or PDAs. THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON
form, for any purpose, except to the AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL
extent permitted by mandatory laws. Warning FAULTS BASIS” AND BOSCH
You may transfer the Data and all This Data may contain inaccurate or (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND
accompanying materials on a incomplete information due to the SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY
permanent basis if you retain no passage of time, changing DISCLAIM ALL OTHER
copies and the recipient agrees to circumstances, sources used, and WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
the terms of this End User License the nature of collecting IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

WARRANTIES OF OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR Export Control
NON-INFRINGEMENT, INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT You agree not to export from
MERCHANTABILITY, FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION anywhere any part of the Data
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY provided to you or any direct
ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, product thereof except in
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR compliance with, and with all
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, licenses and approvals required
OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR under, applicable export laws, rules
BOSCH (OR ANY OF THEIR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES and regulations. Entire Agreement:
LICENSORS, AGENTS, ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF These terms and conditions
EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, constitute the entire agreement
PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR between HERE (and its licensors,
WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS including their licensors and
ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN suppliers) and you pertaining to the
SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION. AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR subject matter hereof, and
THIS DISCLAIMER OF TORT OR BASED ON A supersedes in their entirety any and
WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR all written or oral agreements
CONDITION OF THIS ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN previously existing between us with
AGREEMENT. ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY respect to such subject matter.
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
Disclaimer of Liability States, Territories, and Countries do Governing Law
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS not allow certain liability exclusions The above terms and conditions
(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS or damages limitations, so to that shall be governed by the laws of the
AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE extent the above may not apply State of Illinois, without giving effect
LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF to you. to (i) its conflict of laws provisions,
ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR or (ii) the United Nations Convention
ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE for Contracts for the International
NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE Sale of Goods, which is explicitly
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION excluded. You agree to submit to
ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

for any and all disputes, claims, and If the Contracting Officer, federal
actions arising from or in connection government agency, or any federal
with the Data provided to you official refuses to use the legend
hereunder. provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency,
Government End Users or any federal official must notify
If the Data is being acquired by or HERE North America, LLC prior to
on behalf of the United States seeking additional or alternative
government or any other entity rights in the Data.
seeking or applying rights similar to NOTICE OF USE
those customarily claimed by the Unicode
United States government, this Data CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Copyright © 1991-2014 Unicode,
is a “commercial item” as that term SUPPLIER) Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed
is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) NAME: under the Terms of Use in http://
2.101, is licensed in accordance www.unicode.org/copyright.html.
HERE North America, LLC
with this End User License
Agreement, and each copy of Data CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ Free Type Project
delivered or otherwise furnished SUPPLIER) Portions of this software are
shall be marked and embedded as ADDRESS: copyright © 2014 The FreeType
appropriate with the following Project (http://www.freetype.org). All
“Notice of Use,” and be treated in 425 West Randolph Street, rights reserved.
accordance with such Notice: Chicago, IL 60606.
Open Source SW
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject The open source code used in this
to the End User License Agreement device can be downloaded at the
under which this Data was provided. webpage shown in the information
at the center stack display. Further
© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. information concerning the OSS
All rights reserved. licenses is shown in the center
stack display.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

QNX you may make one backup copy of CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND,
Portions of this software are the Software as part of the Product EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
copyright © 2008-2014, QNX software. QSSC and its licensors INCLUDING, WITHOUT
Software Systems. All rights reserve all license+C31 rights not LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES
reserved. expressly granted herein, and retain OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE,
all right, title and interest in and to NON-INFRINGEMENT,
Part C – EULA all copies of the Software, including MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
Copyright 2014, Software Systems all intellectual property rights FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights therein. Unless required by ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER
Reserved. applicable law you may not PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE
reproduce, distribute or transfer, MANUFACTURER OR ITS
The product you have purchased or de-compile, disassemble or DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER
("Product") contains Software otherwise attempt to unbundle, FROM THIS LICENSE ARE
(Runtime Configuration No. 505962; reverse engineer, modify or create OFFERED BY THE
"Software") which is distributed by derivative works of, the Software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS
or on behalf of the Product You agree: (1) not to remove, cover DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND
manufacturer "Manufacturer") under or alter any proprietary notices, NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES
license from Software Systems Co. labels or marks in or on the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU
("QSSC"). You may only use the Software, and to ensure that all ASSUME ANY RISKS
Software in the Product and in copies bear any notice contained on ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE
compliance with the license terms the original; and (2) not to export the OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS
below. Product or the Software in LICENSE.
Subject to the terms and conditions contravention of applicable export EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
of this License, QSSC hereby control laws. OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
grants you a limited, non-exclusive, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN
non-transferable license to use the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR
Software in the Product for the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN
purpose intended by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS
Manufacturer. If permitted by the SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AFFILIATES OR THEIR
Manufacturer, or by applicable law, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the END USER NOTICE
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source The marks of companies displayed
NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and by this product to indicate business
OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as locations are the marks of their
INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to respective owners. The use of such
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated marks in this product does not imply
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES above, please contact the any sponsorship, approval,
OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS Manufacturer or contact QSSC at or endorsement by such companies
A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, of this product.
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
TO USE THE PRODUCT (licensing@qnx.com).
(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF Linotype
GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype
PRODUCT FAILURE OR Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent
MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL and Trademark Office and may be
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES registered in certain other
OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS jurisdictions in the name of Linotype
AFFILIATES OR THEIR Corp. or its licensee
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN Linotype GmbH.
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY Usage in text form of each of the
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Licensed Trademarks is:
WMA The trademark attribution
This product is protected by certain requirements for the Licensed
intellectual property rights of Trademarks may be viewed at http://
Microsoft. Use or distribution of www.linotype.com/2061-19414/
such technology outside of this trademarks.html.
product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Introduction Warning (Continued)
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
Infotainment displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands See Defensive Driving 0 204.
Note
whenever possible.
Some functions of the Infotainment Theft-Deterrent Feature
System may not be compatible with
all phones or smartphones available The infotainment system has built-in The infotainment system has an
in the market. Such features also features intended to help avoid electronic security system installed
depend on the connection with the distraction by disabling some to prevent theft.
internet and the service offered by functions when driving. These The infotainment system only works
phone companies and apps functions may gray out when they in the vehicle in which it was first
availability. are unavailable. Many infotainment installed, and cannot be used in
features are also available through another vehicle.
Read the following pages to
the steering wheel controls.
become familiar with these features.
Before driving: Overview
{ Warning . Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
Taking your eyes off the road for screen buttons.
too long or too often while using
. Set up the audio by presetting
any infotainment feature can
favorite stations, setting the
cause a crash. You or others
tone, and adjusting the
could be injured or killed. Do not
speakers.
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving. . Set up phone numbers in
Limit your glances at the vehicle advance so they can be called
easily by touching a single
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

1. O . USB/Bluetooth Music/ Home Page
Movies/Pictures: Press to
. Press to turn the power on. go to the previous content. Touchscreen Buttons
. Press and hold to turn the Press and hold to fast Touchscreen buttons show on the
power off. rewind. screen when available. When a
. Press to mute the system 4. { function is unavailable, the button
when on. may gray out. When a function is
. Press to go to the Home selected, the button may highlight.
. Turn to decrease or Page. See Home Page
increase the volume. 0 153. Home Page Features
2. d 5. b
. Radio: Press to . Press this button to access
automatically search for the Phone screen. (If there
available radio stations with is no connected phone, the
good reception. monitor will show the
. USB/Bluetooth Music/ Device Management Menu
Movies/Pictures: Press to to allow you to connect a
go to the next content. previously paired phone or
Press and hold to fast establish a new Bluetooth
forward. enabled phone connection.)
3. g
. Radio: Press to Press { to go to the Home Page.
automatically search for
available radio stations with Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,
good reception. USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio, or AUX.
Gallery : Touch to view a picture or
watch a movie.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Phone : Touch to activate the Note 1. Volume button
phone features (if equipped). . The edit mode exits after a . Move the button upward to
See Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) timeout of inactivity of VOL + button to increase
0 136 or 30 seconds. the volume.
Bluetooth (Overview) 0 131 or
. If you drag and drop the menu . Move the button downward
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls)
0 132. on the arrow, the menu will be to - button to decrease the
arranged on the previous or volume.
Projection : Touch to access next page.
supported devices when connected.
. The maximum number of edit 2. 5 button
See USB Port 0 106.
mode pages is three. . Press this button to decline
Settings : Touch to access the an incoming call or end a
Settings menu. See Operation Steering Wheel Controls current call.
0 155.
(If equipped) . Press this button to mute or
Edit Mode unmute the infotainment
system when not on a call.
In edit mode, the home page can be
rearranged. 3. % button
1. Press { on the control panel. . When there is no
connected Bluetooth
2. Press and hold the any menu
device, the Infotainment
to enter the edit mode.
system executes the
3. Drag and drop the desired Bluetooth device
menu to change the position. connection.
4. Press { to exit the edit mode. . When there is a connected
Bluetooth device, press the
button to answer the call or
enter the redial
selection mode.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

If the customer’s connected Operation Note
phone supports Speech When changing the audio source, a
Recognition, press and hold Radio Controls difference in volume may be
the button to activate the The infotainment system is operated experienced.
phone’s SR (Speech by using the pushbuttons, menus
recognition) mode. Radio Settings
shown on the display, and steering
. If an iPhone is connected, wheel controls. Auto Volume
press and hold to enter the This feature automatically adjusts
Turning the System On or Off
Siri function. the radio volume to compensate for
O : Press to turn the radio on. road and wind noise.
4. _ /^ (seek) Press and hold to turn the radio off.
The level of volume compensation
. When _ /^ are pressed Automatic Switch-Off can be selected, or the feature can
up/down. be turned off.
If the infotainment system has been
In Radio modes, changes turned on after the ignition is turned
broadcast frequencies off, the system will turn off
1. Press {, then touch Settings.
saved in favorite. automatically after 10 minutes. 2. Touch Radio.
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth If the ignition is turned off and the 3. Select Auto Volume.
audio modes, changes user opens the driver door of the 4. Select the desired setting.
the file. vehicle, the system is turned off
automatically. 5. Touch 3 to go back to the
. When _ /^ are pressed
Volume Control source screen.
and held.
In USB/iPod/Bluetooth O : Turn to increase or decrease. Tone Settings
audio modes, rewind or fast Press when the system is on to
mute and unmute the system.
forward the file.
2. Touch Radio.
3. Touch Tone Settings.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

4. Select a Preset tone setting or Setting the Month and Day Manage Favorites
a Custom tone setting and the Format
Fader/Balance: 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. 2. Touch Radio.
Preset
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set 3. Touch Manage Favorites, then
. Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop,
Date Format. select the number of favorite
Country, Classical,
or Custom. 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ list on the radio screen.
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
Custom (month/day/year), or YYYY/
Audible Touch Feedback
. Bass, Midrange, or Treble: MM/DD (year/month/day) 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
Touch − or +. format.
2. Touch Radio.
Fader or Balance 4. Touch 3. 3. Turn on or off the Audible
. Adjust the front/rear or left/ Setting the Time and Date Touch Feedback.
right speakers by dragging
the dot in the vehicle image 1. Press {, then touch Settings. Text Scroll
on the screen. 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
5. Touch 3 to go back to the Time or Set Date. 2. Touch Radio.
source screen. 3. Touch + or − to adjust the 3. Turn on or off the Text Scroll.
value.
Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Maximum Startup Volume
4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or
1. Press {, then touch Settings. PM for 12 hour format. 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
2. Touch Time and Date, then
select 12h or 24h format. 5. Touch 3 to go back to the 2. Touch Radio.
source screen. 3. Touch Maximum Startup
3. Touch 3. Volume, then set between 13
to 37.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Language ‐ Remote Door Unlock: . Sort Order: Change the
Select All Doors or sorting order of contacts.
1. Press {, then touch Settings. Driver Door (First/Last or Last/First)
2. Touch Language. ‐ Relock Remotely . Voice Mail Numbers:
3. Select language displayed on Unlocked Doors: Select Change the voice mail
the Infotainment system. on or off. number.
‐ Remote Window Apple CarPlay (If available)
Vehicle
Operation: Select on
1. Press {, then touch Settings. or off. 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
2. Touch Vehicle. Bluetooth 2. Touch Apple CarPlay.
3. Touch the desired item: 3. Select on or off.
. Comfort and Convenience: 2. Touch Bluetooth. Android Auto (If available)
Set Chime volume
3. Touch the desired item: 1. Press {, then touch Settings.
. Lighting: Set the desired
Exit Lighting timing. . Device Information: Check 2. Touch Android Auto.
the device information. 3. Select on or off.
. Power Door Locks: Turn
Auto Door Lock on or off. . Device management:
Note
Select the desired device
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start: Even though you set the Projection
and connect/disconnect or
feature "Off", connecting the device
‐ Remote Unlock Light delete.
and pressing the projection feature
Feedback: Select Off or . Change Pairing PIN: on home screen will display pop up
Flash Lights. Manually change/set the message as following: "While active,
‐ Remote Lock Feedback: PIN code. New device will be displayed on this
Select the desired . Ringtones: Change the screen".
option from the list. ringtone.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

USB Auto Launch . Rear Park Assist Symbols:
Select the Rear Park Assist
Radio
1. Press {, then touch Settings. Symbols feature to turn on
or off. AM-FM Radio
2. Touch USB Auto Launch.
3. Select on or off. Return to Factory Settings Playing the Radio
. On: If you connect the 1. Press {, then touch Settings. { : Press to go to the Home Page.
device through USB port, it
2. Touch Return to Factory
O : Press to turn on, mute,
will be launched or unmute the system. Press and
automatically. Settings. hold to turn off the system.
. Off: If you connect the . Restore Vehicle Settings:
Restore all vehicle settings. Selecting a Band
device through USB port, it
will not be launched . Clear All Private Data: 1. Press {.
automatically. Clear all private data from 2. Touch AUDIO.
the system.
Rear Camera (If equipped) 3. Touch Source.
. Restore Radio Settings:
The Rear Camera menu is available 4. Select AM, FM,USB, Bluetooth
Restore all radio settings.
in vehicles which has Rear Vision or AUX input.
Camera (RVC) option. (Vehicles
produced with Rear Vision Camera). The last station that was playing
starts playing again.
Selecting a Station
2. Touch Rear Camera.
Seek Tuning
. Guidance Lines: Select the
Guidance Lines feature to If the radio station is not known:
turn on or off. Press g or d to automatically
search for available radio stations.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Direct Tune . During the AM or FM 3. Touch and hold any of the
From the AM or FM menu: broadcasting list update, touch preset buttons to save the
Cancel to stop the updates. current radio station to that
1. Touch Tune. button of the selected
RDS favorites page.
2. Enter the station number.
Setting the RDS function in the FM To change a preset button, tune to
3. Touch Go. radio RDS supported. the new desired radio station and
Favorite . From the FM menu, turn on or touch and hold the preset button.
off the RDS.
1. Touch S or T to scroll through
the favorite pages. Menu Radio Reception
2. Touch the station to select it. Touch to choose between available Frequency interference and static
menus for the current source. can occur during normal radio
Station List reception if items such as mobile
1. From the AM or FM menu, Storing a Station as a Favorite phone chargers, vehicle
touch Menu. convenience accessories, and
Stations from all bands can be
external electronic devices are
2. Select Station List. stored in any order in the favorite
plugged into the accessory power
pages.
3. Touch Q or R to scroll through outlet. If there is interference or
Up to 25 stations can be stored. static, unplug the item from the
the list. Touch the station to
accessory power outlet.
select it. Storing Stations
Update Station List To store the station to a position in FM
. From the AM or FM menu, touch the list, touch the corresponding FM signals only reach about 16 to
button 1−5 until a beep is heard. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
Menu, then touch Update Station
List. The broadcasting list 1. Select the desired station. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
updating will begin. that automatically reduces
2. Touch S or T to select the interference, some static can occur,
desired page of saved
favorites.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

especially around tall buildings or Fixed Mast Antenna Whenever using the roof rack
hills, causing the sound to fade in system, check if the antenna is not
and out. obstructing the area that is being
used by the roof rack system or the
AM cargo.
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble
on the radio.
Cell Phone Usage To remove the roof antenna, rotate it
Cell phone usage, such as making counterclockwise. To install the roof
or receiving phone calls, charging, antenna, rotate it clockwise.
or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the Caution
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens. To avoid damaging the antenna or
the roof panel, be sure to remove
the antenna before entering the
automatic car wash or a place
with a low ceiling.
Install the antenna firmly.

2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Audio Players The USB port can play both lower USB Port (Audio System)
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,
The infotainment system can play
and .wav files stored on a USB
USB Port storage device.
the music files contained in the USB
storage device or iPod/iPhone
Using the USB Port USB Supported Folder Structure products.
The infotainment system can play The infotainment system supports Audio System Information
music or movies by connecting a up to 15 stages of folder structure.
device to the USB port. Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files
Connecting a USB Storage . Music files with .mp3, .wma,
USB Support Device or iPod/iPhone .ogg, and .wav file name
The vehicle may have a USB port To connect a USB storage device, extensions can be played.
on the main storage under the connect the device to the USB port. . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
armrest, and uses the USB 2.0
standard. To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
one end of the device’s cable to the Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
Not all iPods and USB drives are iPod/iPhone and the other end to 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
compatible with the USB port. the USB port. kHz, and 16 kHz.
Make sure the iPod has the latest The iPod/iPhone charges while it is . Files with a bit rate above
firmware from Apple® for proper connected to the vehicle if the 128 kbps will result in higher
operation. iPod firmware can be ignition is in position 1 or 2. See quality sound.
updated using the latest iTunes® Starting the Engine 0 216. When the . ID3 Tag information for MP3
application. See www.apple.com/br/ vehicle is turned off, the iPod/
itunes. files, such as the album name
iPhone automatically powers off and and the artist, can be displayed.
For help with identifying your iPod, will not charge or draw power from
. To display album title, track title,
go to www.apple.com/br/support. the vehicle's battery.
and artist information, the file
For more information on USB should be compatible with the
usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Information” under later in this
section.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Using USB Storage Devices and performance of the USB hub. . Some iPod/iPhone product
iPod/iPhone If there is not enough power models may not support the
. Use a USB or flash memory type supply, it may not operate connectivity or functionality of
storage device. Do not connect normally. this product.
using a USB adaptor. . Do not disconnect the USB . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
. Do not connect and reconnect storage device while it is playing. with connection cables
the USB device repeatedly in a This may cause damage to the supported by iPod/iPhone
short time, as this may cause product or affect the products. Other connection
static electricity and problems performance of the USB device. cables cannot be used.
using the device. . Disconnect the USB storage . The iPod/iPhone may be
. Use a USB device with a metal device when the ignition is damaged if it is connected to the
connecting terminal. turned off. If the ignition is turned vehicle with the ignition on.
on while the USB device is When not in use, disconnect the
. Connection with i-Stick Type connected, the USB device may iPod/iPhone.
USB storage devices may be be damaged or may not operate . When the iPod/iPhone is
faulty due to vehicle vibration. normally. connected to the USB port by
. Do not touch the USB . USB storage devices can only using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
connecting terminal. be connected for playing music/ Bluetooth music is not
. The time it takes to process files movies and viewing photo files. supported.
will depend on the USB storage . Do not use the USB terminal to . The iPod/iPhone playback
device type and capacity, and charge USB accessory functions and the information
the type of files stored. equipment. The heat generated displayed may be different when
. Some USB storage device files may cause performance issues played on the infotainment
may not be compatible. or damage. system.
. Up to two USB devices and one . Music files to which Digital Right
iPod can be played through a Management (DRM) is applied
USB hub. All devices may not be cannot be played.
supported, depending on the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Changing to Next/Previous Files
. Touch l to change to the
next file.
. Touch g within five seconds of
the playback time to play the
previous file.
Returning to the Beginning of the
. Refer to the table for the If the USB device is already Current File
classification items related to the connected:
search function provided by the Touch g after five seconds of the
iPod/iPhone. . Press {. playback time.
USB Player . Touch AUDIO. Scanning Forward or Backward
Playing Music from a USB Device . Touch Source. Touch and hold g or l during
. Touch USB. playback to rewind or fast forward.
. Connect the USB device to the
Release the button to resume
USB port. To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
. Play will start automatically after another media source, touch
Source, then select the other Playing a File Randomly
the system has finished reading
the USB device. source. Touch Z during playback.
. If a non-readable USB device is To remove the USB device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly.
connected, an error message another function, then remove the
USB device. . OFF: Returns to normal
displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio playback.
Pause
function. Using the USB Music Menu
. Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Touch r to resume. . Touch the desired menu.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Browse Music iPod/iPhone Player To stop the device and select
1. Touch Browse Music. This feature is limited to models another media source, touch
supporting the iPod/iPhone Source, then select the other
2. Touch the desired music. source.
connection.
Tone Settings To remove the device, select
Playing Music Files
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone another function, then remove the
. Connect the iPod/iPhone to the device.
Settings menu is displayed. See
“Tone Settings” under “Radio USB port.
Pause
Controls” in Operation 0 155. . Play will start from the previously
played point after the system . Touch j to pause.
Auto Volume
has finished reading the USB
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto . Touch r to resume.
device.
Volume menu is displayed. See Changing to Next/Previous Song
. If a non-readable USB device is
“Auto Volume” under “Radio
Controls” in Operation 0 155. connected, an error message . Touch l to change to the
displays and the system will next song.
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) switch to the previous audio
. Connect a MTP supported function. . Touch g within three seconds
device. If the iPod/iPhone is already of the playback time to play the
connected: previous file.
. Play will start automatically after
the system has finished reading Returning to the Beginning of the
1. Press {. Current File
the MTP device.
2. Touch AUDIO.
. If a non-readable MTP device is Touch g after three seconds of the
connected, an error message 3. Touch Source. playback time.
displays and the system will 4. Touch iPod.
switch to the previous audio
function.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Scanning Forward or Backward Auto Volume 2. Touch the screen to open to full
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto screen. Touch the screen again
Touch and hold g or l during to return to the previous
playback to rewind or fast forward. Volume menu is displayed. See
“Auto Volume” under “Radio screen.
Release the button to resume
playback at normal speed. Controls” in Operation 0 155. If the compatible USB device is
already connected:
Playing a File Randomly USB Port (Picture System)
The infotainment system can view 1. Press {.
Touch Z during playback.
picture files stored on a USB 2. Touch GALLERY.
. ON: Plays all files randomly. storage device and devices that
. OFF: Returns to normal support Media Transfer 3. Touch \.
playback. Protocol (MTP).
Caution
Using the iPod Menu Picture System Information
. Touch Menu during playback. . Supported file extensions: .jpg, Some features are disabled while
.bmp, .png, .gif. the vehicle is in motion.
. Touch the appropriate
play mode. . Animated GIF files are not
supported. Viewing a Slide Show
Browse Music
. Some files may not operate due 1. Touch z from the picture
1. Touch Browse Music.
to a different recording format or screen.
2. Touch the desired music. the condition of the file.
2. Touch the screen to cancel the
Tone Settings Viewing Pictures slide show during the slide
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone 1. Connect the USB device to the show playback.
Settings menu is displayed. See USB port. Viewing a Previous or Next
“Tone Settings” under “Radio
Picture
Controls” in Operation 0 155.
Touch S or T from the picture
screen.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Rotating a Picture USB Port (Movie System) ‐ ac-3: 640 Kbps
Touch w from the picture screen. The infotainment system can play ‐ aac: 449 Kbps
movie files stored on a USB storage . Movie files to which Digital Right
Enlarging a Picture device and devices that support Management (DRM) is applied
Touch x from the picture screen. Media Transfer Protocol (MTP). may not be played.
Movie System Information Playing a Movie File
Using the USB Picture Menu
. Available resolution: Lower than 1. Connect the USB device to the
1. Touch MENU from the picture
1280 x 720 (W x H) pixels. USB port.
screen.
. Frame rate: Less than 30 fps. 2. Touch the screen to open to full
2. Touch the appropriate menu:
. Playable movie file: mp4. The screen. Touch the screen again
. Slide Show Time: Allows
playable movie file may not be to return to the previous
selection of the slide show screen.
played according to the codec
interval.
format. If the USB device is already
. Clock, Temp. Display:
. Playable codec format: H.264 connected:
Allows selection of On or
codec.
Off to show the clock and 1. Press {.
temperature on the full . Playable Audio format: MP3,
screen. AC3, AAC, WMA. 2. Touch GALLERY.
. Display Settings: Adjusts . Max video bitrate: 3. Touch z.
for Brightness and Contrast. ‐ mpeg-1: 8 Mbps Movie is not available while driving.
3. Touch 0 to exit. ‐ mpeg-4 (mpg4, mp42, mp43): Pause
4 Mbps
. Touch j to pause.
. Max audio bitrate:
‐ mp3: 320 Kbps
. Touch r to resume.
‐ wma: 320 Kbps

2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Changing to Next/Previous Movie 2. Touch the appropriate menu: If equipped, the auxiliary input jack
. Tone Settings: shows the can be used to connect external
. Touch u to change to the audio devices such as an iPod®,
next file. sound setup. See “Tone
Settings” in Operation iPhone®, MP3 player, CD player,
. Touch t within five seconds of 0 155. and other supported devices for use
as another source for audio
the playback time to play the . Auto Volume: Automatically
previous file. listening. This input jack is not an
adjusts the volume audio output; do not plug
Returning to the Beginning of the according to the speed of headphones into the front auxiliary
Current Movie the vehicle. See “Auto input jack.
Volume” in Operation
Touch t after five seconds of the 0 155. If equipped with auxiliary input jack
playback time. the infotainment system can play
. Clock Temp. Display: music connected by the auxiliary
Scanning Forward or Backward Allows selection of On or device.
Off to show the clock and
Touch and hold t or u during temperature on the full Playing Music
playback to rewind or fast forward. screen. To play music from the device, if the
Release the button to resume device is already connected:
playback at normal speed. . Display Settings: Adjusts
for brightness and contrast. 1. Press {.
Viewing Full Screen
3. Touch 0 to exit. 2. Touch AUDIO.
Touch t from the movie screen.
3. Touch Source.
Touch t again to return to the Auxiliary Devices
previous screen. 4. Touch AUX.
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
Using the USB Movie Menu (if equipped) 5. Touch 0.
1. Touch MENU from the movie Settings menus and functions may
screen. vary depending on vehicle options.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

To adjust the tone settings, see .
“Preset Tone Settings” and “Custom
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
Tone Settings” under “System all cell phones. See “Pairing”
Settings” in Operation 0 155. Bluetooth (Overview) later in this section.
If equipped with Bluetooth®
capability, the system can interact { Danger
with many Bluetooth phones, PDAs,
or other devices to: Taking your eyes off the road for
. Place and receive hands-free too long or too often while using
calls. any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
. Transmit hands-free data. could be injured or killed. Do not
. Play audio streaming files. give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
The device must be paired first. See
“Pairing” later in this section. Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
To minimize driver distraction, on driving. Use voice commands
before driving, and with the vehicle whenever possible.
parked:
. Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and { Warning
contact lists clearly and delete
It is illegal to touch your phone
duplicate or rarely used entries.
when driving.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts. Make sure that Bluetooth® is
. Review the controls and activated before driving. If not,
operation of the infotainment stop at a safe place to use a
system. mobile phone.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell within range of the system, the
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to system connects to the first
must be paired to the Bluetooth
make and receive phone calls. The available paired cell phone in the
system and then connected to the
infotainment system is used to order that they were first paired.
vehicle before it can be used. See
control the system. The system can When the Bluetooth device and
your cell phone manufacturer's user
be used while in ignition position 1 infotainment system are
guide for Bluetooth functions before
or 2. See Starting the Engine 0 216. successfully paired, the phone book
pairing the cell phone.
Not all phones support all functions is downloaded automatically. This is
and not all phones work with the Pairing Information dependent on the type of phone
Bluetooth system. . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 paired. If the automatic download
There may be restrictions on using capability cannot be paired to does not occur, proceed with the
Bluetooth wireless technology in the vehicle as a phone and an phone book download on the
some locations. MP3 player via USB port at the phone.
Due to the variety of Bluetooth same time.
Pairing a Phone – SSP and No
devices and their firmware versions, . Up to 10 cell phones can be Paired Device
the device may respond differently paired to the Bluetooth system.
when performing over Bluetooth. When there is no paired device on
. Pairing only needs to be the infotainment system and Simple
completed once, unless the Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported:
Bluetooth (Infotainment pairing information on the cell
Controls) phone changes or the cell phone 1. Press {.
is deleted from the system. 2. Touch PHONE or press % on
To use infotainment controls to
access the menu system, see . Only one paired cell phone can the steering wheel.
Overview 0 99. be connected to the Bluetooth
3. Touch Search Device.
system at a time.
4. Touch the desired device to
pair on the searched list
screen.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

5. Touch Yes on the pop-up 5. Touch Search Device to search 2. Touch PHONE or press % on
screen of the Bluetooth device for the desired device. the steering wheel.
and infotainment system. 6. Touch the desired device to 3. Touch Search Device.
6. When the Bluetooth device and pair on the searched list
infotainment system are screen. 4. Touch the desired device to
successfully paired, the phone pair on the searched list
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up screen.
functions are displayed on the screen of the Bluetooth device
infotainment system. and infotainment system. 5. Input the Personal
Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired Identification Number (PIN)
. The connected phone is code (default: 1234) to the
Device
highlighted by 5. Bluetooth device. When the
When a paired device is on the Bluetooth device and
infotainment system and SSP is . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free infotainment system are
supported: and phone music functions are successfully paired, the phone
enabled. functions are displayed on the
1. Press {. infotainment system.
2. Touch Settings.
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
function is enabled. If the connection fails, a failure
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device message is displayed on the
Management. . Z indicates only Bluetooth infotainment system.
music is enabled.
4. Touch the desired device to If a Bluetooth device was previously
pair. When the Bluetooth Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No connected, the infotainment system
device and infotainment system Paired Device executes the auto connection.
are successfully paired, the When there is no paired device on However, if the Bluetooth setting on
device name is highlighted on the infotainment system and SSP is the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
the pair device screen. If no not supported: failure message is displayed on the
desired device is available go infotainment system.
to Step 5. 1. Press {.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Pairing a Phone – No SSP and Bluetooth device and 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
Paired Device infotainment system are Management.
When a paired device is on the successfully paired, the device 4. The paired device will show
infotainment system and SSP is not name is highlighted on the pair highlighted.
supported: device screen.
Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device
1. Press {. . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free
and phone music functions are 1. Press {.
2. Touch Settings. enabled. 2. Touch Settings.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . 5 indicates only the hands-free
Management. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
function is enabled. Management.
pair. When the Bluetooth . Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device
device and infotainment system music is enabled. to be disconnected.
are successfully paired, the Connecting a Paired Bluetooth 5. Touch Disconnect.
device name is highlighted on Device
the pair device screen. If no Deleting a Bluetooth Device
desired device is available go 1. Press {. 1. Press {.
to Step 5.
2. Touch Settings. 2. Touch Settings.
5. Touch Search Device to search
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
for the desired device.
Management. Management.
4. Touch the device to be 4. Touch the device to delete.
pair on the searched list
connected.
screen. 5. Touch Y.
7. Input the Personal Checking the Bluetooth
Connection 6. Touch Delete.
Identification Number (PIN)
code (default: 1234) to the 1. Press {.
Bluetooth device. When the
2. Touch Settings.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Note . Bluetooth music can be played Note
If the device to be deleted is only when a Bluetooth device Depending on the phone device
connected, the disconnecting has been connected. To play and/or player used, the music name
procedure needs to be performed Bluetooth music, connect the might not be displayed while playing
previously to the deleting procedure. Bluetooth phone to the the music.
infotainment system.
Bluetooth Music Playing Bluetooth Music
. If the Bluetooth device is
Before playing Bluetooth music, disconnected while playing 1. Press {.
read the following information: phone music, the music is 2. Touch AUDIO.
. A cell phone or Bluetooth device discontinued. The audio
that supports Advanced Audio streaming function may not be 3. Touch Source.
Distribution Profile (A2DP) supported in some Bluetooth 4. Touch Bluetooth.
versions over 1.2 must be phones. Only one function can
registered and connected to the be used at a time between the Pause
vehicle. Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
music function. For example,
Touch j to pause.
. From the cell phone or Bluetooth
device, find the Bluetooth device
if you convert to Bluetooth Touch r to resume.
hands-free while playing Phone
type to set/connect the item as a music, the music is Playing the Next Song
stereo headset. discontinued. Playing music from
Touch l.
. e will appear on the screen if the car is not possible when
the stereo headset is there are no music files stored in Playing the Previous Song
successfully connected. the cell phone.
Touch g within approximately
. The sound played by the Note two seconds of playback time to
Bluetooth device is delivered Verify the volume of your phone and play the previous song.
through the infotainment system. its music player. If it is too low, you
might not be able to hear the
Bluetooth music.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Returning to the Beginning of the . The infotainment system The infotainment system and voice
Current Song transmits the order to play from control are used to operate the
the Bluetooth device in the system. Not all phones support all
Touch g after approximately Bluetooth music play mode. functions and not all phones work
two seconds of playback time. If this is done in a different with the Hands-Free Phone system.
Search mode, then the device transmits
the order to stop. Depending on Hands-Free Phone Controls
Touch and hold g or l to rewind the Bluetooth device options, Use the buttons on the infotainment
or fast forward. this order to play/stop may take system and the steering wheel to
time to activate. operate the Hands-Free Phone
Playing Music Randomly
. If the Bluetooth music playback system.
Touch Z during playback. Touch is not functioning, then check to Steering Wheel Controls (if
again to return to normal play. see if the Bluetooth device is in equipped)
This function may not be supported the waiting screen mode.
Steering wheel controls can be
depending on the Bluetooth device. . Sounds may be cut off during used to:
Do not change the track too quickly the Bluetooth music playback.
. Answer incoming calls.
when playing Bluetooth music. . The infotainment system outputs
the audio from the cell phone or . Confirm system information.
Conditions that may occur when
playing Bluetooth music: Bluetooth device as it is . End a call.
transmitted. .
. It takes time to transmit data Decline a call.
from the Bluetooth device to the Hands-Free Phone . Cancel an operation.
infotainment system.
. Make outgoing calls using the
. If the cell phone or Bluetooth General Information call list.
device is not in the waiting Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
screen mode, it may not system can use a Bluetooth-capable
% : Press to answer incoming calls.
automatically play. cell phone with a hands-free profile 5 : Press to end a call, decline a
to make and receive phone calls. call, or cancel an operation.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Making a Call by Entering a Phone . Press % on the steering wheel 4. If there is more than one
Number controls to display the redial number associated with the
guidance screen. name, touch the number
. Press {, then touch PHONE on to dial.
the screen. . Touch 5 on the phone screen. Note
. Press % on the steering wheel. Redialing is not possible when there When the Bluetooth of your cell
If a wrong number is entered, touch is no call history. phone and the radio are
} to delete the number one digit at Taking Calls successfully paired, the phone book
is downloaded automatically. But the
a time, or touch and hold } to When a phone call comes through phone book may not be downloaded
delete all digits of the number. the connected Bluetooth cell phone, automatically according to the type
Switching a Call to the Cell Phone the audio system will be muted or of the phone. In this case, use the
(Private Mode) paused and the phone will ring with phone book on your phone. We
the relevant information displayed. recommend that you “Always”
To switch the call from the cell accept the Phone book connection
phone to hands-free: Press % on the steering wheel
request on the initial pairing of the
1. Touch 0. controls or touch 5 on the screen. phone.
2. Touch 0 again to switch back To decline the call, press 5 on the If there is a connected Bluetooth
steering wheel controls or touch device previously, the Infotainment
to hands-free.
K on the screen. system executes the auto
Turning the Microphone On connection. But if the Bluetooth
and Off Using the Contacts Menu setting on your device is turned off,
1. Touch Contacts on the phone failure message is displayed on the
Touch 3 to turn the microphone on screen. Infotainment system.
or off.
2. Touch Q or R to scroll through Searching for Contacts Entries
Calling by Redial
the list. 1. Touch Contacts on the phone
To call by using redial: screen.
3. Touch the phone book entry
to call.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

2. Touch 9 on the contacts screen. As more characters of the Making a Call with Speed Dial
screen. name are entered, the list of Numbers
possible names is shortened. Touch and hold the speed dial
3. Use the keypad to input the
name to search. For details, To search for the name Alex: number using the keypad on the
see “Searching for a Name” 1. Touch (abc) to select the first phone screen.
following. character. Only speed dial numbers already
4. Touch the phone book entry 2. Touch (jkl) to select the second stored on the cell phone can be
to call. character. used for speed dial calls. Up to
two-digit speed dial numbers are
5. If there is more than one 3. Touch (def) to select the third supported.
number associated with the character.
name, touch the number For two-digit speed dial numbers,
to dial. 4. Touch (wxy) to select the fourth press and hold the second digit to
character. make a call to the speed dial
When the Bluetooth device and number.
infotainment system are Making a Call from Call History
successfully paired, the phone book 1. Touch Call History on the Hands-Free Phone (Apple
will download. Some phones may phone screen.
not download automatically. If this CarPlay and
2. Touch one of the following for:
happens, connect it again or Android Auto)
proceed with the phone book . W All calls history. Apple CarPlay and
download on the phone.
. [ Dialed calls. Android Auto
Searching for a Name
. Y Missed calls. For more information see Apple
Select characters by using the CarPlay and Android Auto 0 138
keypad on the phone book screen. . X Received calls.
As characters are selected, the
names that include those characters 3. Select the contact entry to call.
will display on the phone book
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Trademarks and
License Agreements
DivX Certified® to play DivX® video, “Made for iPod” and “Made for
including premium content. iPhone” mean that an electronic
Covered by one or more of the accessory has been designed to
following U.S. patents: 7,295,673; connect specifically to iPod or
The Bluetooth word mark and logos 7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274. iPhone respectively, and has been
are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, certified by the developer to meet
Inc. and any use of such marks by DivX®, DivX Certified® and Apple performance standards.
General Motors is under license. associated logos are trademarks of Apple is not responsible for the
Other trademarks and trade names Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries operation of this device or its
are those of their respective owners. and are used under license. compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note
that the use of this accessory with
iPod, iPhone may affect wireless
performance.
iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Android Auto is a trademark of Introduction Note
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a Some functions of the Infotainment
trademark of Apple Inc. General System may not be compatible with
all phones or smartphones available
The Infotainment system provides
in the market. Such features also
Infotainment in your car, using the
depend on the connection with the
latest technology.
internet and the service offered by
The radio can be easily used by phone companies and apps
registering up to 24 AM-FM radio availability.
stations with the − buttons 1 ~ 4 per
every six pages. Specifications
The USB player can play connected ‐ Maximum output power : 20 W
USB storage devices or iPod/ per channel (4 channels)
iPhone products. ‐ Speaker impedance : 4 ohms
The function of the Bluetooth phone The system can be easily adjusted
connection allows for the use of with the carefully designed adjusting
wireless hands-free phone calls, as device, smart displayer, and
well as a phone music player. multifunctional menu dial regulator.
Connect a portable music player to . The "Overview " section
the exterior sound input and enjoy provides a simple overview of
the rich sound of the Infotainment the Infotainment system
system. functions and a summary of all
The digital sound processor regulatory devices.
provides a number of preset . The "Operation " section
equalizer modes for sound explains the basic controls for
optimization. the Infotainment system.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Theft-Deterrent Feature . When power is on, press When pressed and held,
and hold to turn power off. continuously changes the
The Infotainment system is
. When power is on, press station until g or d is
equipped with an electronic security
system for the purpose of theft shortly to turn the mute released. When releasing,
deterrence. function on or off. the system stops on the
current frequency displayed
The Infotainment system therefore . Turn to control volume.
or seeks the next station.
functions only in your vehicle and is 2. RADIO . In USB/iPod/Bluetooth
worthless to a thief.
Select Radio mode. Each time audio playback:
RADIO is pressed, the system
Overview switches between AM RADIO
When pressed shortly,
move to the previous or
→ FM RADIO. next file.
3. MEDIA When pressed and held,
Change the mode in the order rewind or fast forward
of USB/iPod → Bluetooth the file.
music. 6. PHONE
4. DISPLAY Enter the phone
Display for Play, Reception, application mode.
Menu state and information. 7. BACK
5. g /d (seek) Cancel input content or return
. In Radio mode: to the previous menu.
1. P When pressed shortly, 8. MENU
. When power is off, press to automatically seeks station . Turn to search the station/
turn power on. with superior reception. file on the list screen or
move/change setup content
or setup values.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Press to display the Operation
currently functioning menu
or select/practice setup Buttons and controlling device
content and setup values. The Infotainment system is operated
9. − BUTTONS by using the function buttons,
. In Radio mode: multifunctional dial, and the menu
indicated on the screen display.
When pressed shortly,
recall the stored radio System on/off
station. Press P to turn the power on.
When pressed and held,
store the current radio When the power is off, pressing P
station to the will turn the power on and play a When the System is turned off, the
Favorites page. radio broadcast. time of Day is displayed.
. In Menu mode: Press and hold P to turn the Volume control
Press to select the function power off.
Turn P to control the volume.
linked to −.
. Available volume range : 0~ 63.
10. FAV (favorites)
. When the volume is turned down
Select the page of saved to zero, this is not equivalent to
favorite channels. mute mode.
. Turning on the Infotainment
system power will set the
volume level to its previous
selection (when it is less than
the maximum starting volume).
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Mute control . Turning MENU will change the Select function
tone setting value and the
Press P to turn mute on. changes will be reflected in the AM-FM radio
bar graphic on the display. Press RADIO to select the AM
. Mute symbol “$ ” will display in
Press MENU to store the new or FM.
the status field and mute the
sound. setting and return to the Tone Press MENU to open the AM or FM
Settings screen. menu that includes options for
. Press P again or turn P to selecting broadcast stations.
restore sound. Tone setting menu
. Bass : Sets the bass sound USB/iPod/Bluetooth music
. In USB mode, when the system
is set to mute, playback is level. Press MEDIA to select the audio
paused. . Midrange : Sets the middle player functions.
sound level. Each time MEDIA is pressed, the
Tone settings
. Treble : Sets the treble sound system switches between USB/iPod
Press MENU > select Settings > → Bluetooth music.
level.
select Tone Settings to enter the
Tone Settings screen. . Balance : Sets the sound Press MENU to open the menu with
balance between the right and options for the relevant function or
. Turn MENUto select the Tone the menu of the relevant device.
left speaker.
Settings mode. Use MENU to
switch between Bass ↔ . EQ : Sets one of the 7 EQ styles Bluetooth hands-free phone
Midrange ↔ Treble ↔ Balance (Custom, Pop, Rock, Country, device
↔ EQ. Jazz, Talk, Classical). Press PHONE to enter the
. Highlight the desired tone setting . The tone settings values range Bluetooth hands-free phone
option and press MENU to be between -12 and +12. function.
able to change its current value.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. The playing screen contains the .
Radio data elements related to the
It is possible to setup the
number of the Favorites pages
broadcast audio source. being used in Menu → Set
AM-FM Radio Number of Favorite Pages.
Station search
Listening to radio station . If a new radio station is stored to
Press g / d to automatically a − previously stored, its
Selecting the radio mode search for radio station with superior previous content will be deleted
reception. and replaced with the new radio
station that is stored.
Pressing and holding g / d
continuously changes the station . The maximum number of
until the button is released. After the Favorites that a user can store
release, the system seeks for the is 24.
next station. Selecting presets
Tuning a radio station manually Repeatedly press FAV to select the
Turn MENU to manually find the desired FAV preset page.
desired broadcasting frequency. . The number 1 broadcasting
Storing favorites information of the selected FAV
preset page will be displayed.
Press RADIO repeatedly to switch Repeatedly press FAV to select the
desired page of stored favorites. Press a − to directly listen to the
between AM RADIO → FM RADIO. radio station stored to that button.
. The previously chosen Press and hold any of the − buttons
broadcasting station will be to store the current radio station to Waveband menus
received. that button of the selected While listening to the radio, press
Favorites page. MENU to enter the AM or FM list.
. When changing Radio mode/
band by pressing RADIO, the . Up to 6 Favorites pages can be
system displays radio intro view stored, and each page can store
firstly. up to four radio stations.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Turn MENU to move to the desired . Connection with i-Stick Type
menu item, and then press MENU to
Audio Players USB storage devices may be
select the relevant item or to enter faulty due to vehicle vibration, so
the item's detailed menu. Auxiliary Devices their operation cannot be
USB player guaranteed.
AM-FM menu
. Be careful not to touch the USB
. Station list : Selects a station in Cautions for using USB devices
connecting terminal with an
the list of stations with good . Operation cannot be guaranteed object or any part of your body.
reception. if the HDD built-in USB mass . The USB storage device can
. Update station list : storage device or CF or SD
only be recognized when it is
Automatically searches and memory card is connected by
formatted in FAT16/32 file
saves receivable frequencies to using a USB adaptor. Use a
format. Only devices with an
the Station List. USB or flash memory type
allocated unit size of 512 byte/
. Categories: Select a category storage device.
sector or 2,048 byte/sector can
and then select a station from . Take caution to avoid static be used. NTFS and other file
the list. electricity discharge when systems cannot be recognized.
. Set number of favorites page : connecting or disconnecting the . According to the type and
USB. If connection and
Set the number of Favorites capacity of the USB storage
disconnection are repeated
pages. device and the type of the stored
many times in a short time, this
. Settings: Adjust the settings of file, the time it takes to recognize
may cause a problem in using
the radio. the files may differ. This is not a
the device.
problem with the product in this
. Operation is not guaranteed if case, so please wait for the files
the connecting terminal of the to be processed.
USB device is not metal. . Files in some USB storage
devices may not be recognized
due to compatibility problems,
and connections with a memory
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

reader or a USB hub are not Caution for using USB music files
supported. Please check the Caution
. Damaged music files may be
device’s operation in the vehicle cut-off during playback or may
before use. USB storage devices can only be
connected to this product for the not be played at all.
. When devices such as an MP3 purpose of playing music files.
player or digital camera are About MP3 (WMA) music files
connected through a mobile The product's USB terminal . The MP3 files that can be played
disc, it may not operate normally. should not be used to charge are the following:
USB accessory equipment since
. Do not disconnect the USB ‐ Bit rate : 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps
the heat generation using the
storage device while it is being ‐ Sampling frequency:
USB terminal may cause
played.
performance issues or damage to 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz (for
This may cause damage to the the product. MPEG-1)
product or the performance of
the USB device. 24 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 16 kHz (for
. When the logical drive is MPEG-2)
. Disconnect the connected USB separated from a mass USB
storage device when the vehicle . This product displays MP3
storage device, only the files
ignition is turned off. If the from the top-level logical drive (WMA) files with the mp3, .wma
ignition is turned on while the can be played as USB music (lower case letters) or .MP3 or
USB storage device is files. This is the reason that the .WMA (capital letters) file name
connected, the USB storage music files to be played should extensions.
device may be damaged or may be stored in the top-level drive of . This product can display ID3 tag
not operate normally in some the device. Music files on (Version 1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4)
cases. particular USB storage devices information about album, artist,
may also not be normally played etc. for MP3 files.
if an application is loaded by . This product can play MP3 files
partitioning a separate drive which use VBR. When a VBR
inside the USB device. type MP3 file is being played,
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

the remaining time displayed . If there is no device connected, Selecting playing file
may be different from the actual “No Media Available ” will be
time remaining. displayed with a DISMISS and While playing, press g / d to
PAIR option on the display select the previous or next file.
Connecting the USB storage screen.
device Turn MENU to move the desired file
. The information displayed in the file list, and then press MENU
Connect the USB storage device in includes the file name, folder to instantly change it.
which music files are stored to the
name, and ID3 Tag information Fast-forwarding and re-winding
USB connection terminal. saved with the song. the file
Once the product finishes reading If incorrect ID3 Tag information
the information on the USB storage While playing, press and hold g /
(e.g. artist, song title) was added
device, it will automatically start
to MP3 (WMA) files before they d to rewind or fast-forward
playing. were saved to the mass storage through the song until released.
If a non-readable USB storage device, this information will be Once released, the file will begin
device is connected, an error displayed as is by the playing at normal speed.
message will appear and the Infotainment system.
product will automatically switch to Using the USB menu
Incorrect ID3 Tag information
the previously used function or the cannot be modified or corrected While playing the file, press MENU
FM radio function. on the Infotainment system. to enter the USB Menu.
If the USB storage device to be The information for songs Turn MENU to move to the desired
played is already connected, expressed in special symbols or menu item, and then press MENU to
repeatedly press MEDIA to select in unavailable languages may be select the relevant item or to enter
the USB player. the item’s detailed menu.
displayed as “****” or are not
. It will automatically play from the displayed at all. . Folder View : Enter the Folder
previous playing point. View mode, and move to the
Ending USB music files playback previous or next folder.
Press RADIO or MEDIA to select . Shuffle : Press MENU to turn
other functions. the shuffle feature on or off.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Browsing/indexing device . The default setting is Scan All Folder : Select the All
. Browsing is not supported until Charge Only. Folder scan option for the MTP
indexing is completed for the . When the Charge Only option is device.
connected device. selected in the Media Transfer . The device indexing time takes
. When a single device with Protocol (MTP) Setting Menu, longer than the setting of Scan
greater than 6,000 songs is the audio source is not changed Music Folder Only. It depends on
connected, a pop-up “Media and the connected device is only the smartphone and the files/
indexing memory full Use charged. folders on the smartphone.
folder view or remove other . If you change to USB mode . With some phones featuring
device ” will display. while charging the device, a Media Transfer Protocol (MTP),
Charge message with charging music search can take a
Remove USB activity indicator is shown on the long time.
Remove the USB device from the display screen. In this case, the . If the phone screen is locked,
USB connection terminal. system will not index the files on you cannot search for music. To
If the USB device is removed, the the device. access music on the phone,
system will display the No . Charging may not be supported unlock the phone screen.
Connection message for each by some MTP devices. If you connect the abnormal device,
source on the display screen and Scan Music Folder Only : Select the system may not properly
keep the current status until the the Music Folder Scan option for the operate.
device is reconnected. MTP device.
Using the Media transfer protocol
iPod player
The system can display the Artist
(MTP) menu Name/Song Name/Elapsed Time Connecting iPod player
Charge Only : Select the charge regarding the current song and Connect the iPod device in which
option for the MTP device. The MTP access the playlist on the MTP the music files are stored to the
device will be charged, and the device. USB connection terminal.
system will show the pop-up
message, when it is connected. Some iPod/iPhone product models
may not be supported.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

If you connect the abnormal device, If the iPod device to be played is . Browse “Device Name” :
the system may not properly already connected, repeatedly press Selects a list item in the list of
operate. MEDIA to select the iPod player. browse names such as Playlists,
Only connect the iPod to this . It will automatically play from the Artists, Albums, Tracks, Genres,
product with connection cables previously played point. Audio Books, and Composers.
supported by iPod products. Other . The playback functions and the . Shuffle : Turn the shuffle feature
connection cables cannot be used. information display items of the on or off.
. In some cases, the iPod product iPod player used with this Remove iPod
may be damaged, if the ignition product may be different from
is turned off when it is connected the iPod in terms of play order, Remove the iPod from the USB
to the product. method, and the information connection terminal.
When the iPod product is not displayed. When the iPod is removed, the
being used, keep it separately Afterwards, the functions to play the system will display the No
from this product with the car iPod are operated similarly to USB connection message for each
ignition turned off. playback. source on the display screen and
keep the current status until the
. Once the product finishes Ending iPod playback device is reconnected.
reading the information on the
iPod device, it will play To end playback, press RADIO or
automatically. MEDIA to select other functions.
. If a non-readable iPod device is Using the iPod menu
connected, then the relevant While playing the file, press MENU
error message will appear and to enter the Menu iPod.
the product will automatically
Turn MENU to move the desired
switch to the previously used
menu item, and then press MENU to
function or the FM radio
select the relevant item or to enter
function.
the item’s detailed menu.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Turn MENU to change the hour, . Turn MENU to change the Year,
Personalization and then press MENU to move and then press MENU to finish
How to use the Settings menu for to the Minute Setting. the Date Setting. When MENU is
personalization . Turn MENU to change the pressed, the Time and Date
minute, and then press MENU to menu is automatically displayed.
Select Settings in the Menu > turn
MENU to move to the desired menu move to the AM or PM Setting. Setting the tone
item > press MENU to enter the . Turn MENU to select the AM or . For details, see Operation 0 179.
item’s detailed menu. PM, and then press MENU to
. Settings menus and functions finish the Time Setting. When Setting the auto volume
may differ according to car MENU is pressed, the Time and Auto Volume adjusts the volume of
model. Date menu is automatically the audio based on the speed or
. The settings menu comprises a displayed. ambient noise of the vehicle.
detailed list for the relevant Set date : Manually set the current . Off : Auto Volume does not act.
setup menu or functioning state. year, month or date.
. Low : A lower range volume
. If there is another detailed list Press MENU to enter the Set Date curve is used to adjust audio
from the relevant detailed list, in the Time and Date menu. volume with changes in vehicle
you can repeat this action. Press − to select the Date format. speed.
Setting the time and date The format shows: DD/MM/YYYY : . Medium-Low : Medium-Low will
15. Oct. 2014 adjust Auto Volume to
Set time : Manually set the hours MM/DD/YYYY : Oct. 15. 2014 approximately the range
and minutes for the current time. YYYY/MM/DD : 2014. Oct. 15 between low to medium
. Press MENU to enter the Set . Turn MENU to change the respectively.
Time in the Time and Month, and then press MENU to . Medium : A middle range
Date menu. move to the Day Setting. volume curve is used to adjust
. Press - to select the Time format . Turn MENU to change the Day, the audio volume with changes
12HR or 24HR. and then press MENU to move in vehicle speed.
to the Year Setting.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Medium-High : Medium-High Return to Factory Settings > press
will adjust Auto Volume to MENU to enter the item’s
Phone
approximately the range detailed menu.
between medium to high Bluetooth
Restore all settings to the default
respectively. settings. About Bluetooth
. High : A more aggressive
Software information Before connecting the
volume curve is used to adjust
Bluetooth unit
the audio volume with changes Turn MENU to select Vehicle
in vehicle speed. Settings in the Settings menu > . Before connecting the head unit
press MENU > turn MENU to select with the mobile phone, check to
Setting the maximum startup Software Information > press MENU see that the mobile phone
volume to enter the item’s detailed menu. supports Bluetooth features.
Manually set maximum limit for the Shows the current Software version. . Even if the phone supports
start-up volume. Bluetooth Wireless Technology,
Setting the language the phone will not be found in a
search, if the phone has been
Turn MENU to select the Vehicle set to hidden mode or if the
Settings in the Settings menu > Bluetooth power is turned off.
press MENU > turn MENU to select
Languages > press MENU to enter . Disable the hidden mode or turn
the item’s detailed menu. on the Bluetooth power prior to
searching or connecting with the
Select the desired language for head unit.
displaying.
. If Auto Connection is used, the
Return factory settings Bluetooth phone automatically
Turn MENU to select the Vehicle connects to the system when the
Settings in the Settings menu > ignition is turned on.
press MENU > turn MENU to select
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. If you do not want automatic . Pairing Bluetooth devices and distortion, but under some
connection with your Bluetooth the use of Bluetooth features are conditions there may still be
device, turn the Bluetooth not recommended when the some echo and noise
feature off on the Bluetooth vehicle is in motion. Please park experienced within the vehicle.
device. your vehicle first. It is recommended to keep the
. Park the vehicle when . The process of downloading car windows closed during
connecting the unit with the contacts may differ depending hands-free calls for best results.
mobile phone. on the mobile phone. . This unit uses the following
. Bluetooth connection may be In case of events not described Bluetooth profiles:
intermittently disconnected within this manual, see the ‐ Phone Book Access
depending on the phone. Follow mobile phone manufacturer's Profile (PBAP)
these steps to try again. user guide. ‐ Hands Free Profile (HFP)
‐ Turn the Bluetooth® function . As a Bluetooth wireless ‐ Advanced Audio Distribution
within the mobile phone OFF/ connection can have a range of Profile (A2DP)
ON and try again. up to 10 meters, your Bluetooth
device may automatically ‐ Audio Video Remote Control
‐ Turn the mobile phone power Profile (AVRCP)
OFF/ON and try again. connect to the system even if
the device is not inside the . If the Bluetooth profiles do not
‐ Completely remove the mobile vehicle. Please consider this, match, the system will display
phone battery, reboot, and try especially when pairing or the “Action not supported by
again. connecting Bluetooth devices to this device ” pop-up on the
‐ Reboot this unit and try again. the Infotainment system when display screen (e.g. device is not
other Bluetooth devices may be able to control the MENU dial).
‐ Delete all paired devices, pair within range.
and try again. If you connect the abnormal device,
. This unit uses the latest Digital the system may not properly
. The hands-free call volume and Noise & Echo suppression
quality may differ depending on operate.
system to provide the best
the mobile phone. sound clarity with little or no
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Connecting Bluetooth 1. Turn on Bluetooth on your . If a Bluetooth device is
phone. connected, a new device cannot
Registering the Bluetooth device be paired. If you want to pair a
2. Search and select “Device
Register the Bluetooth device to be name ” in the Bluetooth menu. new phone, first disconnect the
connected to the Infotainment connected Bluetooth device.
system. 3. Enter this item on your phone.
. This unit can pair up to 5
Firstly, set up the Bluetooth device To learn more about searching from Bluetooth devices (not
to be connected from the Bluetooth Bluetooth devices and pairing, refer connected at the same time).
settings menu to enable other to the user's manual of your
Bluetooth device. Adding/Connecting/
devices to search for the Bluetooth
Disconnecting/Deleting the
device. After a while, the Bluetooth device is Bluetooth devices
Press PHONE to enter the Phone automatically registered.
Firstly, set up the Bluetooth device
application mode. . If the registration of the device to to be connected from the Bluetooth
To select Pair, press −. The be connected to the system is setup menu to enable other devices
information “Pairing with your successful, “Bluetooth to search for the Bluetooth device.
vehicle ” appears in the display Connected ” appears in the
display screen. Press PHONE > press MENU to
screen and then the Pairing
select the Bluetooth Devices to
progress starts. . After Pairing is completed, a enter the Phone List menu > turn
. If no phone source is connected, contacts download request is MENU to move to a device list item
the status region displays “No sent to your mobile phone. > press MENU to select the desired
Device Paired ”. Please check your phone and menu item.
accept the download request if
. To change the PIN, press − and necessary. . Select Add : The information
select New Pin in the Pair menu. “Pairing with your vehicle ”
Turn and press MENU to change When pairing a second device, appears in the display screen
the PIN. repeat the above steps. and then the Pairing progress
From the Bluetooth device, search starts.
for this unit and pair the device.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Select Connect : After a while, pressing Play on the mobile . Shuffle : Turn the shuffle feature
the Bluetooth device is device itself, try to start music on or off.
automatically connected, and playback by pressing the Play . Manage Bluetooth devices :
“Bluetooth Connected ” button again. Enter the Phone List menu.
appears on the display screen.
While playing, press g / d to Operation
. Select Disconnect : Disconnect move to the previous or next track.
the connected Bluetooth device Incoming call
from the Phone List menu. . If the Bluetooth device is
disconnected while Bluetooth When a phone call comes in on the
. Select Delete : Delete the music is playing, the music will connected Bluetooth mobile phone,
registered Bluetooth device from also stop. the playing track will be cut off and
the Phone List menu. the phone will ring with the relevant
Afterwards, the functions to play
Bluetooth music player information displayed.
Bluetooth Music are operated
similarly to USB playback. To receive a call, press − to select
Connecting Bluetooth music Answer to move to the Active Call
player Using the Bluetooth music menu screen.
Connect the Bluetooth device on While playing, press MENU to enter To reject a call, press − to select
which the music files are stored. the Bluetooth Audio Menu. Turn Ignore.
Repeatedly press MEDIA to select MENU to move to the desired menu
the Bluetooth Music mode. item, and then press MENU to Call waiting
select the relevant item or to enter If another person calls while you are
. Audio file within the Bluetooth the item’s detailed menu.
device will automatically play already on the phone, the system
. Browse “Device Name” : displays a second incoming call
once "Bluetooth Music " is
displayed on the display screen. Select a list item in the list of pop-up.
browse names. If the Bluetooth Press PHONE to switch between
. If music is not yet playing from profiles do not match, the
your mobile device after 1st call and 2nd call.
system will display “Action not
switching to streaming audio supported by devices ”.
(Bluetooth Music) mode or after
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

If two calls are active (call waiting End : End an active phone call. a message is displayed notifying
mode), a call waiting alert is not When a call is ended, the system the user that the transfer could
displayed. returns to the screen active before not be carried out. Please retry.
Phone volume control the call. Keypad : Enter the Keypad screen.
Turn P to adjust the Phone Mute/Unmute : Mute the vehicle Ending a call
Volume while in an active phone call microphone while in an active call
by pressing the button. If a call is ended while the system is
(e.g. through volume steps 0 ~ 63). displaying any other screen than the
If the microphone is muted, the label Active Call screen, the Call Ended
Caution changes Unmute. Press the button message is displayed.
again to unmute the microphone.
. The call may be ended by the
It is possible to transfer your Handset/hands-free : Switch from person on the other end of the
ringtone depending on the mobile hands-free mode to the phone line or from the Bluetooth
phone. handset mode by pressing − handheld device.
Adjust the ringtone volume of the directly.
. After 5 seconds, the display
mobile phone if the volume is . If the phone call on the active returns to the previous screen.
too low. phone source is handled in
handset mode, the label Re-dialing a call
You can use the volume control to changes to hands-free. If the phone call was dropped, you
adjust the Ring Tone Volume while . Pressing the button now returns can re-dial the number before the
the ring tone is given out starting at the phone conversation to time out by pressing − directly
a defined minimum volume. The hands-free mode. below the display labeled Redial.
volume ranges from level 3 to max. . The hands-free mode is default Calling a number in the call log
During a call when a call is initiated. Press PHONE to enter the Phone
During the active call, the Active . If there is an issue and the call is List menu > turn MENU to select the
Call screen displays information not transferred to hands-free or Recent Calls > press MENU > turn
relevant for the active phone call. handset as the user requested,
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

MENU to select Missed Calls, Downloading the phone book . If a paired phone is deleted, its
Received Calls or Sent Calls, then If the Bluetooth device supports a call history lists will also be
press MENU. phone book synchronization deleted from the system.
The recent calls list displays an function, the phonebook is . The system only uses
intermediate menu containing downloaded automatically after the information coded in UTF-8
missed calls, received calls, and connection has been established. format.
sent calls. . The call history lists can be Dial a number by keypad
Turn MENU to select a name or downloaded from the connected
phone number, and press MENU to Bluetooth device. Press PHONE to enter the Phone
make a call. List menu > turn MENU to select the
. Sorting call histories by time is Keypad and press MENU to enter
Calling a number in the not supported. the Keypad screen.
phone book . It is possible to download the . When users select Keypad from
Press PHONE to enter the Phone call history even when the Phone Home Screen, a
List menu > turn MENU to select proceeding another action. phone dialer keypad is
Contacts > press MENU > turn . It is not possible to start the displayed.
MENU to select a name or phone download process when the call Turn MENU to highlight the desired
number, and press MENU to make history download feature is digit to dial and press MENU to
a call. turned off within the Bluetooth select it.
The last outgoing phone source is device.
You can enter max 24 digits.
retained at the next ignition cycle, . After Pairing is completed, a
if that phone device is connected, . If the user continues to turn
contacts download request is
and it is the outgoing phone source. sent to your mobile phone. MENU when the end of the
Some phones require additional keypad is reached, it jumps to
confirmation. Please check your the other side of the keypad.
phone and accept the download . Digits are displayed in the digit
request if necessary. screen as they are entered.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. The Call is not active until the . From the Bluetooth Device List
user has input a digit. menu, the user may add (pair) a
. Once the user has entered the device, delete a device, and
desired phone number, press − connect a device.
to begin calling that number. Text messages
. While the connection is When a Text Message is received
established, the system displays by the connected Bluetooth mobile
the Active Call screen. phone, the playing track will be cut
. If the user made a mistake while off and the phone will display the
entering a phone number, turn relevant information.
MENU to highlight Delete and . If the sender is registered in the
press MENU to delete the last phone book, the first and last
digit entered. name are displayed.
Bluetooth devices view . If the number is not stored in the
Press PHONE to enter the Phone phone book, the phone number
menu > turn MENU to select the is displayed.
Bluetooth Devices > press MENU to . The Text Message alert is
enter the Phone List menu. displayed as soon as all
. The list contains the device information is available.
names of all Bluetooth devices To display the entire message,
that have been paired with the press − directly below the display
system. labeled “View ”. The detail message
. If the device name received is screen is now displayed.
blank, Unknown is displayed. This feature is not available while
vehicle is moving.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Climate Controls 195

.
Climate Controls Climate Control Temperature (C)
Systems . / (D)
Air recirculation
Climate Control Systems . Heated rear window 1 (E)

Climate Control Systems . . . . . 195 { Warning . Cooling u (F)
Electronic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning system on. It may Temperature
Air Vents cause serious harm or death due Adjust the temperature by turning
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . 200 to a drop in oxygen content and/ the knob (C).
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 or body temperature. Turn the knob (C) clockwise for
Maintenance cooler temperatures.
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Air Conditioning Regular Air Distribution
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Select air outlet by turning the
knob (A).
Y : To head area via adjustable air
vents
) : To head area and foot well
6 : To foot well
Fan Speed
Adjust the air flow by turning the
knob (B) to the desired speed.
Controls for:
. Air distribution (A)
. Fan speed (B)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
196 Climate Controls

Heated Rear Window To turn off the air conditioning
Warning (Continued) system, press the u button (F)
Operated by pressing the 1
air humidity increases, so the again or turn the fan knob (B) to 0.
button (E), see Heated Rear
Window 0 24. windows may mist up. The quality If the cooling system u (F) is on
of the passenger compartment air and you turn the fan knob (B) to 0,
Air Recirculation System deteriorates and may cause the the cooling system remains on but
The air recirculation mode is vehicle occupants to feel drowsy. inactive, since the fan is on 0. When
operated with the / button (D). you turn it back to motion, the air
Cooling conditioning will work again.
Use recirculation system whenever
you need to cool down the air faster Press button u (F). Cooling is
and for maximum cooling. Use it Caution
functional only when the engine and
also whenever driving on dusty or
fan are running. Use only correct refrigerant.
smelly roads, to avoid particles and
odors to penetrate the passenger The air conditioning system cools
compartment. and dehumidifies (dries) when
outside temperature is a little above { Warning
{ Warning the freezing point. Therefore
condensation may form and drip It is recommended to service the
Driving in recirculation mode for a from under the vehicle. climate control systems by a
prolonged period of time can If no cooling or drying is required, Chevrolet Dealership Network or
make you sleepy. Periodically turn switch the cooling system off to Authorized Repair Shop. Improper
to the outside air mode for save fuel. service methods may cause
fresh air. personal injury.
The air conditioning will not operate
The exchange of fresh air is when the fan control knob (B) is in
reduced in air recirculation mode. the 0 position. Normal Cooling
In operation without cooling, the . Operate the air conditioning
(Continued) system u (F).
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Turn the temperature control Electronic Climate . Air distribution (C).
knob (C) to the desired area for
cooling.
Control System . Demisting and defrosting (D).
. Temperature (E).
. Turn the air distribution knob (A)
to the desired position.
{ Warning . Heated rear window (G).
. Adjust the fan control knob (B) to Do not sleep in a vehicle with the . Air recirculation (H).
the desired speed. air conditioning or heating system AUTO : Automatic mode, all
on. It may cause serious harm or settings except temperature are
Maximum Cooling death due to a drop in oxygen chosen automatically by the
Briefly open the windows so that the content and/or body temperature. system (F).
hot air can disperse quickly.
A / O : System ON/OFF (I).
. u (F).
Switch on cooling
Temperature
. Press button / (D) to Set temperature to the desired value
activate air recirculation. by turning the knob (E).
. Turn the air distribution knob (A) Blue : Cold.
to position Y.
Red : Warm.
. Set temperature control knob (C) If the minimum temperature is set,
to the coldest level. the climate control system runs at
. Set fan speed knob (B) to the maximum cooling.
highest level.
Heating
. Open all the vents.
. Turn the temperature control
Indication of Settings Controls for: knob (E) to the red area for
. Fan speed (A). heating.
The selected functions are indicated
by the LED of the activated button. . Air conditioning (B). . Select the air distribution (C) to
the desired position.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Turn the fan control knob (A) to Demisting and Defrosting the
the desired speed. Windows { Warning
Maximum Heating . Press button 0 (D). The exchange of fresh air is
Use the maximum heating mode for reduced in air recirculation mode.
. Recirculation will switch to In operation without cooling, the
quick heating. fresh air. air humidity increases, so the
. Turn the temperature control . Air distribution and fresh air are windows may mist up. The quality
knob (E) all the way to the red set automatically. of the passenger compartment air
area for heating. deteriorates, which may cause
The air conditioning will be
. Turn the fan control knob (A) to automatically switched on. the vehicle occupants to feel
maximum speed. drowsy.
Switch on heated rear window
Air Distribution 1 (G).
Press the respective button for See Heated Rear Window 0 24.
Air conditioning
desired adjustment, the setting of air Activate or deactivate with the A/C
distribution is indicated on the Air Recirculation System (B) button. The air conditioning is
Info-Display. The air recirculation mode is only functional when the engine and
- : To windshield and foot well. operated with the / (H) button. Climate Control System are running.
6 : To foot well. When activated, external air inlet is The air conditioning system cools
closed and internal air is and dehumidifies (dries) when
E : To head area via adjustable air recirculated within the cabin. outside temperature is above a
vents. specific level. Therefore
To speed up the cool down and
) : To head area via adjustable air reach the desired temperature condensation may form and drip
vents and foot well. faster, if not in the AUTO mode, the from under the vehicle.
air recirculation function is Even though the air conditioning is
Fan Speed recommended. turned on, the vehicle will produce
Adjust the air flow by turning the fan warm air if the temperature knob is
knob (A) to the desired speed. set in the red area.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

If no cooling or drying is required, The following functions can be The electronic climate control
switch the cooling system off to adapted manually, however, the system is only fully operational
save fuel. system will no longer function in when the engine is running.
automatic mode. Do not cover the sensor on the
Automatic Mode AUTO
. Fan speed (A). instrument panel for correct
Basic setting for maximum comfort: operation.
. Air conditioning (B).
. Press AUTO button, the air
conditioning is activated . Air distribution (C). Manual Settings
automatically. . Demisting and defrosting (D). Climate control system settings can
. Open all air vents. be changed by activating the
. Air recirculation (H). buttons and turning the rotary
. Set preselected temperature knobs. Changing a setting can
turning knob (E).
. Power O (I).
deactivate the automatic mode.
The preselected temperature is
Proper adjustment of the cabin To return to automatic mode, press
automatically regulated. In the
temperature should start from 22° C AUTO button (F).
automatic mode, the fan speed and
and wait until the interior
air distribution automatically
temperature of the cabin begins to
regulate the air flow.
stabilize. Then adjust the
temperature as needed to get the The system can be manually
most comfortable air. If it feels hot or adapted by the use of air distribution
hot air blowing out from the air vent and fan speed controls.
adjust the temperature to be lower Each change of settings is indicated
accordingly. in the Info-Display.
All air vents are actuated Activated functions are also
automatically in automatic mode. indicated by the LED in the button in
The air vents should therefore some cases.
always be open.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Air Vents { Warning
Adjustable Air Vents Do not attach any objects to the
slats of the air vents. Risk of
At least one air vent must be open
while cooling is on in order to damage and injury in case of an
prevent the evaporator from icing up accident.
due to lack of air movement.
Fixed Air Vents
Additional air vents are located
beneath the windscreen, door
windows and in the foot wells.
Direct the air flow by tilting and
swivelling the adjuster knob.
Push the adjuster knob up to open

and down to close the vent or to
adjust the volume of air.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Maintenance Air Conditioning Regular
Operation
Air Intake In order to ensure continuous and
efficient performance, cooling must
be operated for a few minutes once
a month, irrespective of the weather
and time of year.
{ Warning
Climate control systems have to
be serviced exclusively by
qualified personnel. Improper
service methods may cause
personal injury.
The air intake in front of the

windshield in the engine
compartment must be kept clear to
allow air intake. Remove any
leaves, dirt or snow.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
202 Driving and Operating

Driving and Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 219
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Operating Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 219
Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Object Detection Systems
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Electronic Driving System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Driving Information Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . 203 Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 237
Driving for Better Fuel Lane Departure
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Interruption of Power
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Manual Transmission Fuel
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 221
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . 241
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Drive Systems Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 211 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 213
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 214 Brakes Trailer Towing
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 General Towing
Starting and Operating Antilock Brake Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 214 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Driving Characteristics and
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Overrun Cut-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 227 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 250
Parking over Things Ride Control Systems
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engine Exhaust Electronic Stability
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 229
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Driving and Operating 203

The air conditioning system uses a .
Driving Information hydrocarbonate fluorochloride-free
The uncontrolled combustion of
lubricating oil generates harmful
refrigerant. The pollutant percent in residual gases to the
Driving Environment the exhaust has been reduced. environment;
Environmental Policy of . Recycling is the proper disposal
General Motors method for this residue.
“General Motors is engaged in Recycling Requirements
preserving the environment and When the lubricant needs to be
natural resources through the changed, look preferably for a
establishment of goals and targets Chevrolet dealer.
that enable continuous improvement
of its environmental performance,
waste reduction, compliance to laws
Driving for Better Fuel
and rules, the prevention of Economy
pollution, and good communication Important information about fuel
with the community.” consumption:
General Motors is continuously Note . Whenever it is possible, turn off
concerned with environmental . The use of lubricating oil results
protection and has used the engine. Even for a short
in its partial damage, which is period of time, the fuel
environment-friendly materials and reflected in the formation of
recycled materials as much as consumption will be decreased.
carcinogenic compounds, resins,
possible in the design and assembly . Avoid accelerating the vehicle
among others;
of products. too much. Abrupt changes of
. The disposal of used lubricating speed will increase the
The production methods also meet oil in soil or waterways is
the requirements for environmental consumption.
prohibited by law and create
protection. The use of harmful serious environmental damage;
materials, such as asbestos and
cadmium has been discontinued.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Low air pressure in tires will For the urban and rural areas, the Pedals
decrease the performance, best method is to drive defensively.
increase the fuel consumption The unsuspected reaction of the
and result in premature tire wear. front vehicle can result in an abrupt
. A low quality fuel will damage turn or stop.
the engine and increase the
consumption. Control of a Vehicle
Never Coast with Engine Not
Defensive Driving Running
Driving with a defensive attitude is Many systems will not operate in
the best recommendation. this situation (e.g. brake servo unit,
Start by fastening the seat belt. power steering). Driving in this
manner is a danger to yourself and
A defensive attitude when driving
others. To ensure there is no interference
results in being ready for
unforeseen situations of any kind. on the pedal travel course check the
Assume that other drivers or correct installation of the floor mats.
pedestrians will lack attention or The brake and accelerator pedal
make a mistake. have different heights for providing
Try to foresee what the behavior of easier foot motion, whenever
the other drivers will be and changing the foot position – from
consider every possible mistake. the brake to the accelerator pedal
and vice versa. The clutch pedal
The most common accidents involve has a longer travel for proving more
the rear end of the vehicle. responsiveness for controlling it.
Maintaining safe distance is one
more measure to avoid crashes.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Sudden accelerations lead to fuel
{ Warning consumption increase. Whenever Caution
the engine revolution rises, try to
If a floor mat is the wrong size or shift into the next gear. Do not shift suddenly a low gear
is not properly installed, it can when driving on slippery roads.
interfere with the throttle pedal Clutch Pedal This may cause brake effect on
and/or brake pedal. Interference the traction wheels, and cause
with the pedals can cause skidding.
unintended acceleration and/or
increased stopping distance
Brake Pedal
which can cause a crash and
injury. Make sure the floor mat
does not interfere with the throttle
or brake pedal.
Accelerator Pedal
Note
Do not drive resting the foot on the
clutch pedal. This habit may result
in damages to the clutch system
and engine, besides increasing the
fuel consumption. When pressing the brake pedal, the
brake light is switched on the rear
lights and the high-mount brake.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Floor Mat
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
. Apply the brake pedal softly deplete, losing the brake { Warning
and progressively. Avoid assistance in the brake
. Make sure that the floor mat
abrupt applications, which application. Consequently
can cause dangerous the brake pedal must be does not interfere with the
skidding, along with fully pressed with greater pedals.
excessive tyre wear. See pedal pressure and the . If a floor mat is the wrong
Antilock Brake System distance required for size or is not properly
(ABS) Warning Light 0 76. braking will be greater. installed, it can interfere with
. Pay attention to the fault . If the brake pedal does not the accelerator pedal and/or
indicator lamps on brake return to the initial height or the brake pedal.
systems. the travel of the brake pedal Interference with the pedals
has increased, this indicates can cause unintended
. Do not drive with the engine acceleration, increased
switched off, the brake that there is a failure in the
brake system. Consult a stopping distance or
servo will not operate, difficulty on gear shifting,
requiring more foot pressure Chevrolet dealer
immediately. which can result in a crash
to actuate the brakes. and injury.
. . The brake fluid level in the
If the engine stops . The original floor mats have
functioning with the vehicle reservoir should be checked
regularly. been designed for your
in movement, brake vehicle. If they need to be
normally, pressing and . Check the brake lamps replaced, choose original
holding the brake pedal regularly. Chevrolet replacements.
without pumping it, Floor mats which were not
otherwise the vacuum on designed for your vehicle
the brake servo unit will
(Continued)
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

it. This is reaction time. Average . Avoid needless heavy braking -
Warning (Continued) reaction time is about 3/4 of a some people drive in spurts -
second, but that is only an average. heavy acceleration followed by
may not fit properly and It might be less with one driver and heavy braking - rather than
interfere with the pedal as long as two seconds or more keeping pace with traffic. This is
functions. with another. Age, physical a mistake. Your brakes will wear
condition, alertness, coordination much faster if you do a lot of
Follow the instructions in order to and eyesight will play a part. So will heavy braking. There is also the
use your floor mats properly. the use of alcohol and drugs. But risk of dangerous skids.
. Always ensure that the floor even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle . To increase your brake life, try to
moving at 100 km/h travels 20 m. follow the traffic pace, avoid
mats are not interfering with the
That could be a lot of distance in an needless braking and allow for
pedals.
emergency, so keeping enough safe following distances. If you
. Use the floor mat facing up. Do space between your vehicle and ever have to use the brakes to
not use it facing down. others is important. And of course, slow down, apply them gently
. Do not place anything on the actual stopping distances vary and continuously.
floor mat on the driver's side. greatly with the surface of the road
(whether it is pavement or gravel); . Do not drive with the engine off.
. Use only one floor mat on the the condition of the road (wet, dry); The brake booster will not
driver's side. Never put one floor tire tread and your brakes. function, requiring more effort to
mat on top of the other. Nevertheless, some people make the brakes work.
overload the brake system when . If your engine stops while you
Braking they use the brakes incorrectly. are driving, brake normally but
Applying the Brakes Observe the following do not pump your brakes,
otherwise the vacuum of power
Braking action involves perception . Do not obstruct the brake pedal assist will be used up, resulting
time and reaction time. First, you travel. the brake pedal being harder to
have to decide to push on the brake push and longer braking
pedal. This is perception time. Then distances.
you have to bring up your foot to do
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Brake Pedal Travel brake pedal if you feel or hear the If the steering assist is used for an
wheels drag. This will help you keep extended period of time, power
Take the vehicle to a Chevrolet
steering control. assist may be reduced.
dealer anytime you notice the brake
pedal does not return or the brake If your vehicle is equipped with Normal use of the power steering
pedal travel becomes longer. This Antilock Brake System, see Antilock assist should return when the
may be an indicator of brake system Brake System (ABS) 0 226. system cools down.
failure. See specific vehicle steering
Steering messages under Steering System
Braking in Emergencies
Electric Power Steering (if Messages (If equipped) 0 86. See
Everybody has faced a your dealer if there is a problem.
heavy-braking situation. If the equipped)
vehicle is not equipped with an For vehicles with electric power Emergency Steering
Antilock Brake System, a driver's steering. It does not have power Under some situations, steering
first reaction is to push the brake steering fluid. Regular maintenance may be more efficient than braking.
pedal and hold. In fact this is wrong, is not required.
because it may cause the wheels to For example, if you get closer to a
lock. When this happens the vehicle If power steering assist is lost due hill and find a truck parked in your
may not follow the direction of the to a system malfunction, the vehicle lane or if suddenly a vehicle comes
steering and may follow the wheel can be steered, but may require into sight from somewhere or if a
direction before they locked; your increased effort. child runs from behind parked
vehicle may leave the road. Brake See your dealer if there is a vehicles and stops right in front
gradually. This method provides you problem. of you.
with maximum braking and steering You could avoid these problems by
If the steering wheel is turned until it
control. Press the brake pedal applying the brakes – if it is possible
reaches the end of its travel and is
gradually and harder. In case of an to stop in time. But sometimes this
held against that position for an
emergency, you are likely to want to is not possible because there is no
extended period of time, power
apply the brakes hard without room. It is the time for a defensive
steering assist may be reduced.
locking the wheels. Release the action – by steering around the
problem.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

First apply the brakes – do not do it . Be sure that all repair and Be Familiar with the Off-road
enough to lock the front wheels. maintenance services have been Driving
With the risk of collision, it is always performed.
advisable to slow down first. Then, Before starting any trip, it is
. Check the fuel level. advisable to practice in a safe area.
steer around the problem, to the
right or to the left, depending on the . Check spare tire pressure as The off-road driving requires some
space available. An emergency specified in technical data new and different abilities, such as
situation, as described above, will chapter. being alert to the types of different
require the driver's full attention and signs. Your vision, for example,
. Check fluid levels as specified in should constantly observe the
a quick decision. vehicle care chapter. ground for unexpected restrictions.
If you are holding the steering wheel Try to hear uncommon noises from
After Driving Off-road
as recommended in the nine and tires and engine.
three o'clock position, you could Remove all material packed in the
make a 180° quick turn without vehicle lower end, chassis or under The vehicle control is the main point
taking the hands off the steering the engine hood. This may be a fire to a good off-road drive. A better
wheel. But you have to move fast, hazard. After driving over mud or way to control the vehicle is to
steer quickly and then straighten the sand, clean and check the brake control the speed. There are some
wheel as soon as you have linings. aspects that must be observed. At
overcome the object. The fact that high speeds:
These substances may cause
emergency situations are always abnormal braking and glazed . You get closer to objects more
possible is reason enough to linings. Check the body, frame, quickly and have less time to
practise defensive driving and use steering, suspension, wheels, tires, observe the ground restrictions.
the safety belts correctly. exhaust system, fuel lines and . You have less time to react.
cooling system. .
Off-Road Driving The vehicle swings more when
During the off-road use, your vehicle being driven over obstacles.
Before Driving Off-road will require shorter intervals . You need more braking distance,
between maintenance procedures.
Some items should be observed especially if you are driving on
before driving off-road. For example: unpaved roads.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

High-level humidity in the air and . If it is almost impossible to see
Caution heavy frost increase the possibility the outside and you need to
of fog, which may impair the stop, but you are not sure if you
When driving off-road, sudden visibility. are on the road, turn on the
motion and manoeuvres can headlights, activate the hazard
make you lose control of the When driving through fog, the driver
should slow down and maintain a warning ligths and sound the
steering. This could cause a horn periodically or when you
collision. Therefore, when driving safe distance from the vehicle in
front. Do not underestimate the notice an approaching vehicle.
on-road and off-road, you and
change of the fog density, thus . While driving through fog, do not
your passengers should wear
avoiding the risk of an accident. Fog pass vehicles unless you have
seat belts.
density is better estimated by good front visibility and it is safe
observing the hazy view of the front to do so. If attempting to pass,
Driving through Fog vehicles lights. be prepared to drop back in
case of an approaching vehicle.
Tips to Drive through Fog
. Turn on the front fog lights or Driving Over Mud or Sand
low beam headlights, even
during daylight.
. Do not turn on the high beam
headlights.
. Use the rear window heater.
Activate the windscreen wiper
and washer for a few moments.
The humidity on the outside of
the windows might seem
like fog.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

When driving over mud or sand, Avoid driving near large vehicles.
maintain vehicle motion by using a They may create waves that can
low gear. cause damage.
Due to the loss of traction, it
becomes more difficult to steer, Caution
accelerate and brake. For better
traction while driving through very Water can enter the engine
loose sand, slightly relieve the tire through the air intake system.
air pressure. If this happens and the vehicle
stops, do not try to operate the
Note engine again because this will
After driving in mud or sand, clean increase the engine damages.
and check brake linings. If this is not
performed, it may cause irregular Drive at low speed through any
braking or glassy lining. Check body flooded area and make sure the
structure, steering, suspension, water limit does not exceed the
wheel center of height.
Caution
wheels, tires and the exhaust
system. Water may have a chance to get
into the drive shaft. When driving
Driving on Wet Roads through a flooded and leveled
road water is over half a wheel.
Driving through Flooded Areas Should visit the service center to
Flooded areas should be avoided in check. Examine or change the
any situation. A water covered road drive shaft lubricant.
prevents the driver from evaluating
its conditions properly.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can mean
driving trouble. On a wet road you
cannot stop, accelerate or turn as
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

well because the tire to road grip is even people walking. The road . Turn on the wiper blades.
not as good as it is on dry roads. spray can make vision harder than . Slow down and be cautious.
And, if the tires do not have much the rain itself, especially on a
tread left, you will get even less dirty road. . Increase the distance from the
traction. If rain starts to fall while vehicle in front.
It is wise to keep your wiping
you are driving, it is always wise to equipment in good shape and have . Use the rear window heater if
go slower and be cautious. the windshield washer tank filled. required.
Replace the windshield wiper Note
blades when they show signs of When it is raining, the tires and the
wear or miss areas on the wiper blades have a higher
windshield, or when strips of rubber workload. Therefore, always keep
start to separate from the blades. the tires and the wiper blades in
The water may affect your brakes. good condition.
Try to avoid flooded areas, but if
you cannot, try to slow down before Hydroplaning
you hit them. Wet brakes can cause
accidents. They will not work well in
a sudden stop and may cause
pulling to one side. You could lose
control of the vehicle.
The surface may suddenly get wet
while your reflexes are still used to After driving through a large puddle
driving on dry roads. The heavier of water or a car wash, apply the
the rain, the harder it is to be seen. brake pedal lightly until the brakes
Even if your windscreen wiper work normally.
blades are in good shape, a heavy Some Tips to Observe for Rainy
rain can make it harder to see road Weather
signs and traffic signals, roads
. Turn on the low beam
markings, the edge of the road, and
headlights, even during daylight.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Excess water on the ground may Driving at Night Hill and Mountain Roads
lead the vehicle to hydroplane.
When hydroplaning occurs, the If the vehicle is driven frequently on
vehicle loses contact with the road mountains and hills, it must be in
and the driver cannot control it. good condition. The fluids, tires and
brake pads must be checked in
Note specific intervals, see Scheduled
It is possible that the driver does not Maintenance 0 303.
realize when the vehicle is
hydroplaning and continues to drive Downhill Road
even when the wheels are not in On a downhill slope, avoid the
contact with the ground. unnecessary use of brakes. The
To avoid hydroplaning, the driver vehicle speed can be slowed
must slow down the vehicle when through a shift to a reduced gear.
passing through a water puddle or The Hill Descent Control (HDC)
when the road is wet. While driving at night, the
system can be activated to avoid
driver must:
using the brakes on a downhill
Caution . Keep extra distance from the slope, if it is available on your
vehicle in front. The reflexes are vehicle.
If the tire tread is overly worn out slowed due to the darkness.
Note
it may easier cause hydroplaning. . Slow down the vehicle and be The advice for driving a vehicle on a
cautious. downhill slope is to keep the engine
. When an oncoming vehicle is running and a gear engaged. Do not
noticed in the opposite lane, drive with the engine turned off or
switch the high beam to with the gear shifted into neutral.
low beam.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

If the Vehicle Is Stuck Starting and Ignition Positions
Bouncing the vehicle Operating
The bouncing method may help
while the vehicle is stuck. To do New Vehicle Break-In
that, the driver must follow the steps Use the following precautions for
below. the first few hundred kilometres to
1. Turn the steering wheel to the improve the performance and
right and to the left. economy of your vehicle:
2. Alternate the transmission . Avoid full-throttle starts.
between first, second and . Do not race the engine.
reverse gear, releasing the
throttle when shifting. . Avoid hard stops except in
emergencies. This will allow
3. After the transmission is your brakes to bed in properly. 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF
shifted, slightly press the
accelerator. . Avoid quick starts, sudden 1. ACC/ACCESSORY
accelerations, and prolonged 2. ON/RUN
4. If the vehicle is still stuck after high-speed driving in order to
a few tries, it has to be towed. avoid damage to the engine and 3. START
to save fuel. The ignition switch has four
Caution . Avoid full throttle acceleration in positions.
The movement of the wheels low gear. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
while the vehicle is stuck can . Do not tow any other vehicle. must be ON/RUN and the brake
cause tyre blow out and pedal must be applied.
transmission overheating.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ 3. Continue to hold the brake
OFF) : This position turns off the pedal, then set the parking { Warning
vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the brake. See Parking Brake
transmission, and the steering 0 226. Turning off the vehicle while
column, if equipped with a locking moving may cause loss of power
4. Push the key all the way in assist in the brake and steering
steering column. toward the steering column, systems and disable the airbags.
then turn the key to While driving, turn off the vehicle
LOCK/OFF. only in an emergency.
5. Remove the key.
6. Release the brake pedal. In an emergency, if the vehicle
See your dealer if the key can be cannot be pulled over and must be
removed in any other position. turned off while driving:
A warning chime will sound when 1. Push the key all the way in
the driver door is opened and the toward the steering column,
key is in the ignition. then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If equipped with a locking steering
column, the steering can bind with 2. Brake using firm and steady
To turn off the vehicle: the front wheels turned off center, pressure. Do not pump the
which may prevent key rotation out brakes repeatedly. This may
1. Make sure that the vehicle is
of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move deplete power assist, requiring
stopped. increased brake pedal force.
the steering wheel from right to left
2. Shift to P (Park) with an while turning the key to ACC/ 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
automatic transmission, ACCESSORY. If this does not work, This can be done while the
or Neutral with a manual then the vehicle needs service. vehicle is moving. Continue
transmission. braking and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
4. Come to a complete stop.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

5. Shift to P (Park) with an while the vehicle is off. It also when the engine is running. The
automatic transmission, unlocks the steering column, transmission is also unlocked in this
or Neutral with a manual if equipped with a locking steering position.
transmission. column. Use this position if the If the key is left in ON/RUN with the
6. Continue to hold the brake vehicle must be pushed or towed. engine off, the battery could drain
pedal, then set the parking From ON/RUN, push the key all the and the vehicle may not start.
brake. See Parking Brake way in toward the steering column, 3 (START) : This is the position that
0 226. then turn the key to ACC/ starts the engine. When the engine
7. Push the key all the way in ACCESSORY. starts, release the key. The ignition
toward the steering column, If the key is left in ACC/ returns to ON/RUN for driving.
then turn the ignition to ACCESSORY with the engine off,
LOCK/OFF. the battery could drain and the Starting the Engine
8. Remove the key. vehicle may not start.
Starting Engine with the
9. Release the brake pedal. A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
Ignition Switch
key is in the ignition.
Caution
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
Use the correct key, make sure it used to operate the electrical
is all the way in — or pushed all accessories and to display some
the way in toward the steering instrument cluster warning and
column when turning off the indicator lights. This position can
vehicle — and turn it only with also be used for service and
your hand. diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This for emission inspection purposes.
position allows features such as the The switch stays in this position
infotainment system to operate
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

. Turn the key to position 1. Move These features work when the key . Switch off the engine and
the steering wheel slightly to is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ignition. Turn the steering wheel
release the steering wheel lock. ACCESSORY. Once the key is until the steering wheel lock
. Manual transmission: press the turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, engages.
clutch pedal. power to these features continue to . If the vehicle is on a level
work for up to 10 minutes or until a surface or uphill slope, engage
Automatic transmission: when door is opened.
the ignition key is in the position first gear or set the selector lever
2, press the brake pedal to move to P before switching off the
Overrun Cut-Off ignition. On an uphill slope, turn
the selector lever in P or N. Do
not accelerate. The fuel supply is automatically cut the front wheels away from
off during overrun, i.e. when the the curb.
. Diesel engines: turn the key to vehicle is driven with a gear If the vehicle is on a downhill
position ON (2) for preheating. engaged but the throttle is released. slope, engage reverse gear or
Untill the indicator K goes out. set the selector lever to P before
. Turn the key to position 3 and Parking switching off the ignition. Turn
release when engine is running. . Do not park the vehicle on an the front wheels towards
easily ignitable surface. The high the curb.
To restart the engine, turning the
key to position 0 is not necessary. temperature of the exhaust . Lock the vehicle and activate the
The engine can be switched off by system could ignite the surface. anti-theft alarm system.
turning to position 1. . Always apply the parking brake
Retained Accessory without pressing the release
button. Apply as firmly as
Power (RAP)
possible on downhill or uphill
These vehicle accessories can be slopes. Press the foot brake at
used for up to 10 minutes after the the same time to reduce
engine is turned off: operating force.
. Power Outlet
. Power Windows
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Caution (Continued)
That Burn
{ Danger components. Unburnt petrol will
overheat and damage the
Engine exhaust gases contain catalytic converter. Therefore
poisonous carbon monoxide, avoid excessive use of the starter,
which is colourless and odourless running the fuel tank dry and
and could be fatal if inhaled. starting the engine by pushing or
If exhaust gases enter the interior towing.
of the vehicle, open the windows.
Have the cause of the fault
In the event of misfiring, uneven
rectified by a Chevrolet Dealer. engine running, a reduction in
Avoid driving with an open load engine performance or other
compartment, otherwise exhaust unusual problems, have the cause
gases could enter the vehicle. of the fault rectified by a Chevrolet
Before parking the vehicle, be sure dealer as soon as possible. In an
the ground does not contain any emergency, driving can be
flammable material like grass, Catalytic Converter continued for a short period,
shrubs, fuel drops, etc. The engine The catalytic converter reduces the keeping vehicle speed and engine
exhaust is heated and can start amount of harmful substances in the speed low.
a fire. exhaust gas.
Caution
Fuel grades other than those
listed could damage the catalytic
converter or electronic
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Automatic Selector Lever To engage from P to R, press the
brake pedal and push the release
Transmission button.
The automatic transmission permits To start the engine, press the brake
manual gear shifting (manual mode) pedal in either P or N position.
or automatic gear shifting (automatic Do not accelerate while engaging a
mode) of the gears. gear. Never depress the throttle
pedal and brake pedal at the
Transmission Display same time.
When a gear is engaged, the
vehicle slowly begins to move when
the brake is released.
Engine Braking
P : Parking position, wheels are To utilize the engine braking effect,
locked, engage only when the select a lower gear when driving
vehicle is stationary and the parking downhill.
brake is applied Rocking the Vehicle
R : Reverse gear, engage only Rocking the vehicle is only
when vehicle is stationary permissible if the vehicle is stuck in
N : Neutral sand, mud or snow. Move the
The mode or selected gear is shown selector lever between D and R in a
in the central display of the D : Automatic mode
repeated pattern. Do not race the
instrument panel. The selector lever is locked in P. To engine.
move, switch on ignition, apply
brake pedal and push the release
button.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Parking If the engine speed is too low, the Have the cause of the fault rectified
transmission automatically shifts to by a Chevrolet dealer.
Apply the parking brake, engage P
a lower gear.
and remove the ignition key.
No automatic shifting to a higher Interruption of Power
Manual Mode gear takes place at high engine Supply
speed.
In the event of an interruption of
power supply, the selector lever
Electronic Driving cannot be moved out of the P
Programs position. The ignition key cannot be
. Following a cold start, the moved out of the ignition lock.
operating temperature program If the battery is discharged, start the
increases engine speed to bring vehicle using jump cables, see
the catalytic converter quickly to Jump Starting 0 293.
the required temperature. If the battery is not the cause of the
Kickdown fault, release selector the lever and
remove the ignition key from the
If the throttle pedal is pressed down ignition lock.
completely in automatic mode,
Move the selector lever out of depending on the engine speed, the Release Selector Lever
position D towards the left and then transmission shifts to a lower gear. 1. Apply the parking brake.
forwards or backwards as desired.
+ : Upshift Fault
− : Downshift In the event of a fault, the
If a higher gear is selected when the malfunction indicator light *
vehicle speed is too low or a lower illuminates. The transmission will no
gear when vehicle speed is too longer shift automatically or
high, the shift is not executed. manually because it is locked in a
certain gear.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

3. Insert a screwdriver in the hole Manual Transmission
until the lever is unlocked,
move the selector lever out of To engage reverse, with the vehicle
P position and move to the N stationary, press the clutch pedal.
position. Press and hold the lever down while
4. Close cover. moving the lever to the right and
back towards the position R.
If the gear does not engage, set the
lever in neutral, release the clutch
pedal and depress again; then
repeat gear selection.
2. Open the cover to the right of

the selector lever.
Do not press the clutch pedal

unnecessarily.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

When operating, depress the clutch Drive Systems or to the side of the parking brake
pedal completely. Do not use the handle on the console between the
pedal as a foot rest. front seats.
Four-Wheel Drive
Caution If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
you can send the engine driving
It is inadvisable to drive with hand power to all four wheels for extra
resting on the selector lever. traction.
To get the best performance out of
four-wheel drive, you must be
familiar with its operation. You
should use two-wheel drive high for
most normal driving conditions.
Note
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four- wheel drive for an extended
Rotate the shift control switch to
period of time can cause premature
shift into and out of four-wheel drive.
wear on the vehicle drivetrain.
You can choose from the following:
Note
Do not engage four-wheel drive if 2m (Two-Wheel High) : This setting
wheels of different sizes are fitted is for driving in most street and
as damage to the vehicle can result. highway situations. The front axle is
The repair would not be covered by not engaged in two-wheel drive.
the warranty. N (Neutral) : Shift the vehicle
The transfer case shift control transfer case to N (Neutral) only
switch is located either on the when towing the vehicle.
central area of the instrument panel
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

off engine traction control and reached or has been engaged.
{ Warning stability control, see Traction Control Once the new setting is fully active,
System (TCS) 0 227. the switch indicator lamp for the
Shifting the transfer case to new setting will remain on
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Indicator lights on the shift control
switch indicate which setting you constantly.
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or someone else are in. The indicator lights will come Shifting from Two-Wheel High
on briefly when you turn on the
could be seriously injured. Be to Four-Wheel High (2m to 4m)
sure to set the parking brake ignition and the selected setting will
remain on. If the lights do not come Rotate the shift control switch from
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking 0 217
on, you should take the vehicle in two-wheel high 2 m to the four-wheel
for service. An indicator light will
high 4 m setting. This can be done at
flash while shifting. It will stay on
when the shift is completed. If the any speed below 120 km/h.
4m (Four-Wheel High) : This setting
engages the front axle to help drive transfer case does not shift, it will Shifting from Four-Wheel High
return to the last chosen setting.
the vehicle. Use four-wheel high to Two-Wheel High (4m to 2m)
when you need extra traction, such When the ignition key is in the
as on snowy or icy roads, or in most Rotate the shift control switch to the
position 2, the transfer case shift
off road situations. control module monitors the transfer two-wheel high 2 m position. This
case shift control switch to can be done at any speed. It is
4n (Four-Wheel Low) : This setting determine if the driver desires a new normal to hear and feel the vehicle
also engages the front axle to give setting. At a turn of the transfer case transfer case shift out of four-wheel
you extra traction. It sends the shift control switch, the lamp of the high 4 m.
maximum power to all four wheels. new desired setting will begin to
You might choose four-wheel low if flash to inform the driver that the
you were driving off-road in sand, transfer case shift control module
mud, or deep snow and while has received the request for a new
climbing or descending steep hills. setting. The lamp continues to flash
Shifting into four‐wheel low will turn until all shifting criteria has been
met and the new setting has been
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Shifting from Two-Wheel High Shifting from Four-Wheel Low flash for 30 seconds but will not
or Four-Wheel High to Four- to Two-Wheel High or complete the shift and the light will
Wheel Low (2m or 4m to 4n Four-Wheel High (4n to 2m or 4m) go back to the original setting.
To shift from Two-Wheel High 2 m or To shift from four-wheel low 4 n to Shifting to Neutral (2m, 4m or 4n
to Neutral)
four-wheel high 4 m to four-wheel two-wheel high 2 m or four-wheel
Use N (Neutral) when you plan to
low 4 n, the vehicle must be stopped high 4 m, the vehicle must be
tow the vehicle. See Towing the
or moving less than 5 km/h with the stopped or moving less than 5 km/h Vehicle 0 294 for towing
transmission in N (Neutral) for an with the transmission in N (Neutral) instructions. The vehicle must be
automatic transmission or the clutch for an automatic transmission or the stopped. To shift the transfer case
pedal pressed for a manual clutch pedal pressed for a manual into N (Neutral) with the key on
transmission. The preferred method transmission. The preferred method position ON, do the following:
for shifting into four-wheel low 4 n is for shifting out of four-wheel low 4 n
to have your vehicle moving 1.6 to is to have your vehicle moving 1.6 1. Set the parking brake.
3.2 km/h . Rotate the shift control to 3.2 km/h. Rotate the shift control 2. Start the vehicle.
switch to the four-wheel low 4 n switch to the two-wheel high 2 m or 3. Press the brake pedal and shift
setting. You must wait for the four-wheel high 4 m position. You the transmission in N (Neutral),
four-wheel low 4n indicator light to must wait for the two-wheel high or or press the clutch for vehicles
stop flashing and stay on before four-wheel high indicator light to with a manual transmission.
shifting the transmission into gear or stop flashing and stay on before 4. Shift the transfer case to
releasing the clutch pedal. shifting the transmission into gear or
two-wheel high 2 m.
If four-wheel low setting is selected releasing the clutch pedal.
when the vehicle is in gear and/or If two-wheel high or four-wheel high 5. Rotate the shift control switch
moving faster than 5 km/h, the setting is selected when the vehicle clockwise past four-wheel low
four-wheel low indicator light will is in gear and/or moving faster than 4 n to N (Neutral). Hold the
flash for 30 seconds but will not 5 km/h, the two-wheel high or switch in the N (Neutral) setting
complete the shift and the light will four-wheel high indicator light will for at least 20 seconds or wait
go back to the original setting. until the red Neutral indicator
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

light stops flashing and stays 8. Place the transmission selector 4. Rotate the transfer case shift
on. The N (Neutral) red lever in P (Park), or 1 (First) for control switch from the
indicator light will come on vehicles that have a manual four-wheel low 4 n setting to the
when the transfer case shift to transmission. desired setting.
N (Neutral) is complete. 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Note This N (Neutral) setting is a
Upon releasing the shift control four-wheel drive neutral, meaning
switch from NEUTRAL (N) setting, the front and rear outputs of the
the switch will rotate to the transfer case are disengaged. With
four-wheel low (4 n) setting. The a disengaged transfer, there is no
transfer case will remain in power flow the either axle, thus
NEUTRAL with RED NEUTRAL (N) allowing towing without the driveline
indicator light illuminated until a new binding.
setting is selected.
Shifting Out of Neutral
6. Press and hold the brake pedal
and shift the transmission to R After towing the vehicle, you will
(Reverse) for 1 second, then have to shift out of N (Neutral) in
shift the transmission to D order to drive. To shift out of N
(Drive) for 1 second, or 1 (First) (Neutral), do the following:
for vehicles with manual 1. Apply the parking brake.
transmissions and let out the
2. Start the vehicle or keep the
clutch to insure the transfer
engine off and turn the key to
case is in N (Neutral). If the
the ON (2) position.
transfer case is not in N
(Neutral), repeat this procedure 3. Apply the brake pedal and shift
starting at Step 3. the transmission to N (Neutral)
position or, for vehicles with a
7. Turn the engine off by turning
manual transmission press the
the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
clutch pedal.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Brakes Antilock Brake Fault
System (ABS)
The brake system comprises two
independent brake circuits. Antilock brake system (ABS)
{ Warning
If a brake circuit fails, the vehicle prevents the wheels from locking. If there is a fault in the ABS, the
can still be stopped using the other ABS starts to regulate brake wheels may be liable to lock due
brake circuit. However, braking is pressure as soon as a wheel shows to braking that is heavier than
achieved only when the brake pedal a tendency to lock. The vehicle normal. The advantages of ABS
is depressed firmly. More force is remains steerable, even during hard are no longer available. During
needed for this. The braking braking. hard braking, the vehicle can no
distance is increased. Seek longer be steered and may
ABS control is made apparent
immediately the assistance of a swerve.
through a pulse in the brake pedal
Chevrolet dealer before continuing
and the noise of the regulation
your journey.
process. Have the cause of the fault rectified
When the engine is not running, the by a Chevrolet dealers.
For optimum braking, keep the
brake assist disappears once the
brake pedal fully depressed
brake pedal has been pressed once Parking Brake
throughout the braking process,
or twice. Braking is not reduced, but
despite the fact that the pedal is Always apply parking brake firmly
braking requires significantly greater
pulsating. Do not reduce the without pressing the release button
force. It is especially important to
pressure on the pedal. and apply as firmly as possible on a
bear this in mind when being towed.
After starting off, the system downhill or uphill slope.
See Brake and Clutch System
performs a self test which may be To release the parking brake, pull
Warning Light 0 75.
audible. the lever up slightly, press the
See Antilock Brake System (ABS) release button and fully lower the
Warning Light 0 76. lever.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

To reduce the operating forces of This feature is designed to prevent Ride Control Systems
the parking brake, press the foot the vehicle from rolling, either
brake at the same time. forward or rearward, during vehicle
drive off. After you completely stop Traction Control
See Brake and Clutch System
Warning Light 0 75. and hold the vehicle in a complete System (TCS)
standstill on a grade, HSA will
Traction Control System (TCS)
automatically activate. During the
Brake Assist transition period between when you
improves driving stability when
necessary, regardless of the type of
Brake Assist detects rapid brake release the brake pedal and start to
road surface or tire grip, by
pedal applies due to emergency accelerate to drive off on a grade,
preventing the driving wheels from
braking situations and provides HSA holds the braking pressure for
spinning.
additional braking to activate the a maximum of 2 (two) seconds to
Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the ensure that there is no rolling. The As soon as the driving wheels start
brake pedal is not pushed hard brakes will automatically release to spin, engine output is reduced
enough to activate ABS normally. when the accelerator pedal is and the wheel spinning the most is
Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, applied within the 2 (two) second braked individually. This
and/or pedal movement during this window. The HSA system will not considerably improves the driving
time may occur. Continue to apply activate if the vehicle is in a drive stability of the vehicle on slippery
the brake pedal as the driving gear and facing downhill or if the road surfaces.
situation dictates. Brake Assist vehicle is facing uphill and in
disengages when the brake pedal is R (Reverse). There may be When TCS is active, d flashes.
released. situations on minor hills (less than
5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or { Warning
Hill Start Assist (HSA) while pulling a trailer where HSA will
Do not let this special safety
not activate. If you release the brake
In vehicles equipped with Electronic pedal and then reapply the brake feature tempt you into taking risks
Stability Control (ESC) system the pedal while HSA is activated, the when driving. Adapt speed to the
Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature is brake pedal typically feels firmer road conditions.
available. HSA may be useful when with less pedal travel.
the vehicle is stopped on a grade.
See Control Indicators 0 70.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Deactivation Electronic Stability See Control Indicators 0 70.
Control (ESC) Deactivation
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
improves driving stability when
necessary, regardless of the type of
road surface or tire grip. It also
prevents the driving wheels from
spinning.
As soon as the vehicle starts to
swerve (understeer/oversteer), the
engine output is reduced and the
wheels are braked individually. This
considerably improves the driving
Traction Control can be switched off stability of the vehicle on slippery
when spinning of the traction wheel road surfaces.
For very high-performance driving,
is required: press button g for ESC is operational as soon as the ESC can be deactivated: hold
approximately 2 seconds and a control indicator d turns off. button g for approximately
message will appear on the Driver
Information Center. When ESC is active d flashes. 7 seconds.
Traction Control is reactivated by Control indicator g illuminates.

pressing the g button again. { Warning ESC is reactivated by pressing the
Traction Control is also reactivated Do not let this special safety g button again. If the TC System
the next time the ignition is feature tempt you into taking risks was previously disabled, both TC
switched on. when driving. Adapt speed to the and ESC are reactivated.
road conditions. ESC is also reactivated the next
time the ignition is switched on.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

When the ESC system is actively At speeds below 30 km/h, press
improving the stability of the vehicle, Caution button 5. The green control
reduce the speed and pay extra
Use only when descending steep indicator 5 will turn on in the
attention to the road conditions. The
ESC system is only a grades while driving off-road. Do instrument panel. The green control
supplementary device for the not use when driving on normal indicator 5 will flashes in the
vehicle. When the vehicle exceeds road surfaces. Unnecessary instrument panel when the HDC is
its physical limits, it can no longer usage of the HDC function, such in operation. HDC will neither
be controlled. Therefore do not rely as while driving on normal roads, activate nor operate at speeds
on this system. Keep driving safely. may damage the brake system above 30 km/h, even if the button is
and the ESC function. pressed.
Hill Descent HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
Control (HDC) Activation between minimum speed of
approximately 7 km/h and 30 km/h
The Hill Descent Control system (manual transmission) or
(HDC) allows the vehicle to travel approximately 4 km/h and 30 km/h
on a steep decline at a low speed (automatic transmission) on an
without pressing the brake pedal. incline greater than or equal to a 5%
If equipped, HDC can be used when grade. A blinking HDC light
driving downhill. It sets and indicates that the system is actively
maintains vehicle speed while applying the brakes to maintain
descending a very steep incline in a vehicle speed. When HDC is set,
forward or reverse gear. Some noise that is the initial set speed. It can be
or vibration from the brake system increased or decreased by applying
may be noticed, when the system is the accelerator or brake pedal. This
in operation. adjusted speed becomes the new
set speed. When enabled, if the
vehicle is at a speed above 30 km/h
and below than 50 km/h, the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

message "Reduce Speed for Hill longer active. The system will Cruise Control
Descent Control" will display automatically deactivate once the
on DIC. vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h. The cruise control can store and
maintain speeds of approximately
When the HDC is active and the System Protection 40 to 180 km/h. Deviations from the
vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h, the
Operated continuously for long stored speeds may occur when
green control indicator will turn off,
periods of time may increase driving uphill or downhill.
while the HDC function remains on
stand by. temperatures within the brake For safety reasons the cruise
system. If this occurs the system will control cannot be activated until the
Once the vehicle speed goes below be automatically put on hold, foot brake has been operated once.
30 km/h, the green control indicator temporarily disabling HDC.
will illuminate, indicating that the
system is activated again. In this mode, all other braking
functions will continue to operate
When the HDC is on stand by, and normally. When this occurs the
the vehicle speed exceeds 50 km/h, system gradually releases the
the HDC deactivates. Following this brakes and the green control
the system will need to be indicator will turn off.
reactivated through the HDC switch
once the vehicle speed falls below Once the system returns to normal
30 km/h. operating temperatures, the system
will be able to be reactivated using
Deactivation the HDC switch at speeds below
While HDC is active and the vehicle 30 km/h as usual.
speed is below 30 km/h, press See Hill Descent Control Light 0 77
Do not use the cruise control if it is
button 5 to deactivate the system. not advisable to maintain a constant
The green control indicator will turn speed.
off indicating the system is no
With automatic transmission, only
activate cruise control in
automatic mode.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

See Cruise Control Light 0 81. Increase Speed . The clutch pedal is pressed for
more than a few seconds
Switching On With cruise control active, hold the
(depending on the vehicle
lever pushed up to RES/+ or briefly
Press the ON OFF push-lock button. configuration).
push to RES/+ repeatedly; speed
The control indicator I illuminates increases continuously or in small . Selector lever in N.
white. increments. . The Traction Control System or
Activation Alternatively accelerate to the Electronic Stability Control is
desired speed and store by turning operating.
Accelerate to the desired speed and
to SET/−.
push the lever down to SET/−. The Resume Stored Speed
current speed is stored and Reduce Speed Move the lever up to RES/+ at a
maintained. The control indicator
With cruise control active, hold the speed above 40 km/h. The stored
I changes from white to green to lever pushed up to SET/− or briefly speed will be obtained. The control
indicate that the cruise control is
active. The accelerator pedal can be turn to SET/− repeatedly; speed indicator I changes from white to
released. decreases continuously or in small green to indicate that the cruise
increments. control is active. If the difference
Vehicle speed can be increased by between the current speed and the
pressing the accelerator pedal. Deactivation
stored speed is more than 40 km/h,
When the throttle pedal is released, Press the CANCEL push-lock the vehicle cannot resume the
the previously stored speed is button. The control indicator I stored speed.
resumed. Cruise control will remain
illuminates white. Cruise control is Switching Off
activated while shifting gears with
deactivated. The stored speed is
manual transmission. Press the ON OFF push-lock button.
memorized.
Automatic deactivation: The control indicator I turns off.
The stored speed is deleted.
. Vehicle speed is below Switching off the ignition also
approximately 40 km/h. deletes the stored speed.
. The brake pedal is pressed.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Object Detection Warning (Continued)
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
Systems closely, FCA may not provide a
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
warning with enough time to help
Forward Collision Alert avoid a crash. It also may not
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
(FCA) System provide any warning at all. FCA vehicle ahead until it is completely
If equipped, the FCA system may does not warn of pedestrians, in the driving lane.
help to avoid or reduce the harm animals, signs, guardrails,
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
{ Warning
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing action and apply the brakes. See FCA does not provide a warning
alert and rapidly beeps. FCA also Defensive Driving 0 204. to help avoid a crash, unless it
lights a amber visual alert if detects a vehicle. FCA may not
following another vehicle much too detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
FCA can be disabled with the FCA
closely. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
steering wheel control.
FCA detects vehicles within a or ice, or if the windshield is
distance of approximately 60 m Detecting the Vehicle Ahead damaged. It may also not detect a
(197 ft) and operates at speeds vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
above 40 km/h (25 mph). or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
{ Warning or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
FCA is a warning system and proper condition. Keep the
does not apply the brakes. When windshield, headlamps, and FCA
approaching a slower-moving or FCA warnings will not occur unless sensors clean and in good repair.
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, the FCA system detects a vehicle
or when following a vehicle too ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

When your vehicle approaches of selectable alert sensibility may
{ Warning another detected vehicle too rapidly, not be appropriate for all drivers and
the red FCA display will flash and driving conditions.
Poor illumination conditions will sound several high-pitched beeps
prejudice the camera from the front. When this Collision Tailgating Alert
identification of vehicles ahead. Alert occurs, the brake system may
Motorcycles may not be detected prepare for driver braking to occur
by the camera when its is dark more rapidly which can cause a
enough outside. brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
Cruise control may be disengaged
Collision Alert when the Collision Alert occurs.
The amber Collision Alert display
Cluster Alert
Press [ on the steering wheel to will stay continuously illuminated
adjust the alert sensibility. Each when following a detected vehicle
press cycles the alert sensibility ahead much too closely.
through three settings: Far, Medium,
Near or Off.
When pressed, the current alert
sensibility setting displays briefly on
Reflected LED Alert the instrument cluster. The alert
sensibility setting will be maintained
until it is changed.
Note
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the
following alert sensibility. The range
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Selecting the Alert Timing conditions when selecting the alert Parking Assist
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
The Collision Alert control is on the
operate properly, cleaning the
steering wheel. Press COLLISION
outside of the windshield in front of
ALERT to set the FCA timing to far,
the rearview mirror may correct the
medium, near, or off. The first button
issue.
press shows the current control
setting on the DIC. Additional button
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is
changed and will affect both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
the farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

The system consists of four
{ Warning ultrasonic parking sensors in the
rear bumper and four ultrasonic
The parking assist makes parking parking sensors in the front bumper
easier by measuring the distance (if equipped).
between the vehicle and the
obstacles and giving acoustic
signals. It is the driver, however,
{ Danger
who bears full responsibility for The Parking Assist system does
the parking maneuver. not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
With Rear Parking Assist (RPA), located below the bumper or that
and if equipped with Front Parking The instrument cluster may have a are too close or too far from the
Assist (FPA), as the vehicle moves parking assist display with bars that vehicle. It is not available at
at speeds of less than 11 km/h show “distance to object” and object speeds greater than 11 km/h
(7 mph) the sensors on the bumpers location information for the Parking (7 mph). To prevent injury, death,
may detect objects up to 2.3 m (8 ft) Assist system. As the object gets or vehicle damage, even with
behind and 1.0 m (3 ft) in front of the closer, more bars light up. parking assist, always check the
vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) area around the vehicle and
high off the ground and below For vehicles with rear view camera,
the information display will show the check all mirrors before moving
bumper level. These detection forward or backing.
distances may be shorter during symbol {. As the object gets
warmer or humid weather. Blocked closer, the symbol will get bigger
sensors will not detect objects and and its color changes from amber Note
can also cause false detections. to red. Attached parts in the detection area
Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt, cause system malfunction.
snow, ice, and slush; and clean
sensors after a car wash in freezing Activation
temperatures. Beeps for FPA are When reverse gear is engaged, the
higher pitched than for RPA. system is activated automatically.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

An obstacle is indicated by acoustic Pressing the X button while . If one acoustic signal is
warnings. The interval between the Parking Assist is off will allow the given followed by separate
warnings becomes shorter as the system to turn on when activation acoustic signals like when
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. parameters are met. the vehicle gets closer to an
When the distance is less than object: Seek the assistance
30 cm, the acoustic warning sounds Fault of a Chevrolet dealer.
continuously. To test a possible fault: . If two acoustic signals are
Note 1. Park the vehicle on an area given:
The acoustic warning sounds stop with no obstacles in a range of Seek the assistance of a
to work if vehicle stop for 3 seconds 2 meters of the rear bumper. Chevrolet dealer.
or more (except in continuous
sound) 2. Apply the parking brake firmly. Turning the Features On or Off
3. Turn the ignition key to ON.
Deactivation
4. Engage reverse.
The system is deactivated
automatically when: 5. When the reverse gear is
engaged:
. The vehicle is driven above
11 km/h — front and rear parking . If there is no acoustic
assist is deactivated. signal: Check the power
supply of the kit module, by
. The reverse gear is disengaged
verifying that the reverse
— rear parking assist is lights are working.
deactivated.
. If just one acoustic signal is
. A fault in the system occurs.
given followed shortly after
The system can be manually turned by an almost continuous
off by pressing the X button of the acoustic signal, it indicates The X button of the instrument
instrument panel while Parking a fault sign: Seek the panel is used to turn on or off the
Assist is on. assistance of a Chevrolet Front and Rear Parking Assist. The
dealer. indicator LED next to the button
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

comes on when the features are on
and turns off when the features Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
have been disabled.
sensor surface (ice, snow, mud, Particular conditions apply for
Turn off parking assist when towing soiling, multiple varnishing/ high vehicles (e.g. off-road
a trailer. painting, etc.). vehicles, mini vans, transporters).
Important Pieces of The sensor could detect a Object identification in the upper
Information about the use of non-existing object (echo part of the vehicle can not be
the Parking Assist System disturbance) caused by either guaranteed.
external acoustical disturbances,
{ Warning such as another park assist
system, or external mechanic
Rear Vision
Under certain circumstances, disturbances such as a car wash,
Camera (RVC)
various reflective surfaces on rain, extreme wind conditions, The vehicle may have a RVC.
objects or clothing as well as hail, etc.
external noise sources may cause
Performance of the parking assist { Warning
the system to fail to detect
system could be reduced due to Never rely solely on the rear view
obstacles.
the change of the sensor position camera when reversing the
by external changes to the vehicle.
vehicle, e.g. lowering of the shock
Caution absorber over lifetime due to: There is a blind spot that can not
temperature changes, changing be sensed by the rear view
Sensitivity of the sensor could be of tyres, loading of the vehicle, camera.
reduced caused by external lowering/tuning of the vehicle etc. (Continued)
influences, e.g. layers on the (Continued)
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

The Camera Note
Warning (Continued) . The distance of objects seen on
the screen differs from the actual
The rear view camera is not
distance.
intended to replace the driver’s
judgement or attention toward the . The area displayed on the
rear of the vehicle when screen may vary according to
reversing. vehicle orientation or road
conditions.
Before entering the vehicle,
always check that the area . Objects of different heights will
around the vehicle is clear of appear to be different distances
obstacles and people. from the vehicle.
. The display brightness
Always perform head checks and
automatically adjusts to suit
use the vehicle’s mirrors when The camera is located on the rear ambient lighting conditions.
reversing. tailgate. . Guidelines to assist reversing
If the vehicle sustains any The RVC cannot display objects: can be displayed on the display.
damage in the area of the rear See "Infotainment System" for
. Close to the corners of the
view camera, the camera may more information.
bumper
become misaligned. Contact a
Chevrolet Dealer. . Forward of the camera Operating the RVC
Always keep the camera lens free . Higher than the camera To activate:
from dirt, snow or ice. Only use RVC Display 1. Turn the ignition key to ON.
mild soap and water with a soft 2. Select reverse gear.
cloth to clean the lens. The camera display appears on the
infotainment system display, when The camera and display
reverse gear is selected. automatically activates.
The area directly behind the vehicle
is displayed in real time.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Note Lane Departure
When the shift lever is moved to Warning (LDW)
{ Danger
another position, the RVC
The LDW system does not steer
deactivates.
the vehicle. The LDW system
Cleaning may not:
The lens requires regular cleaning . Provide enough time to
to ensure optimum performance. avoid a crash.
Use only a soft cloth, mild soap and . Detect lane markings under
water. poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
{ Warning the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
Do not use abrasive cleaners or dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
scouring pads as they could not in proper condition; or if
scratch the lens, impairing the the sun shines directly into
If equipped, LDW may help avoid the camera.
systems performance. crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide an alert if . Detect road edges.
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect lanes on winding or
without using a turn signal in that hilly roads.
direction. LDW uses a camera to
detect the lane markings at speeds If LDW only detects lane
of 60 km/h or greater. markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

When LDW is on, @ is green if operation; the vehicle does not need
Danger (Continued) service. Turn LDW off if these
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a conditions continue.
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position detected lane marking without using Intelligent Alert Suppression
within the lane, or vehicle the turn signal in that direction, @
The system alerts may be
damage, injury, or death could changes to amber and flashes.
suppressed in the following
occur. Always keep the Additionally, there will be three
conditions:
windshield, headlamps, and beeps on the right or left, depending
on the lane departure direction. . Braking (obstacle avoidance).
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in When the System Does Not . Acceleration (passing another
bad weather conditions. Seem To Work Properly vehicle).
. Constant curves with great
The system may not detect lanes as
How the System Works well when there are: steering wheel interaction
(driving downhill).
The LDW camera is on the . Close vehicles ahead.
windshield ahead of the rearview . Turn signal activated.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
mirror.
as when driving through tunnels.
To turn LDW on and off, press the
. Banked roads.
@ button on the instrument panel.
The button indicator illuminates If the LDW system is not functioning
when LDW is on. properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Fuel Do not use fuel with more than 15
ppm sulfur. If available, use of diesel Caution (Continued)
fuel with less sulfur is highly
Fuel Additives recommended for better emissions.
. Diesel fuel mixed with
In countries where 15 ppm or lower engine oil or automatic
GM recommends the use of transmission fluid.
ACDelco Diesel Fuel conditioner. sulfur is not available, do not use
This will help maintain optimal diesel fuel with sulfur great than 50 . Triglyceride fuels, such as
engine performance. GM does not ppm. In these countries only, the raw vegetable oil or animal
recommend other aftermarket diesel vehicle is already designed to fat, in any form, including
additives. accommodate this level of sulfur. with blends of diesel or
Do not use a diesel blend containing biodiesel.
In the event you refuel using
low-quality diesel, GM recommends more than 10% biodiesel by volume. . Marine diesel fuel and
adding ACDelco Fuel System fuel oils.
Treatment Plus-Diesel to the Caution . Diesel-water emulsions,
vehicle’s fuel tank. ACDelco Fuel such as Aquazole.
System Treatment Plus-Diesel can Use of fuel that does not comply
help clean engine deposits and is with the required technical . Aftermarket diesel fuel
available only at your GM standards can lead to engine additives, which contain
dealership. power loss, increased wear, alcohols, organo-metallic
or engine damage and may void additives, or water
Fuel for Diesel Engines emulsifiers.
your warranty.
The selection of a high-quality fuel Some improper fuels are:
is important for maintaining optimum . Diesel fuel with the addition
vehicle performance. Diesel fuel
of gasoline.
should meet or exceed the minimum
requirements in the most current (Continued)
versions of the local fuel standards.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Caution
system gelling, and freezing, which Biodiesel
may adversely impact vehicle
starting. Biodiesel is a renewable fuel
If the vehicle is accidentally produced from vegetable oils or
refueled with gasoline, do not Severe winter grade diesel fuel, animal fats that have been
continue driving the vehicle. such as 1-D diesel fuel or Arctic chemically modified to make it
Driving the vehicle will damage grade diesel fuel, can be used in compatible with diesel fuel.
the fuel system. Have the vehicle extreme cold temperatures (below
towed to a qualified technician to −18 °C or 0 °F); however, doing so
will reduce power and fuel economy. Caution
have the gasoline removed from
Avoid using severe winter grade fuel Do not use home-made biodiesel
the tank and fuel system. Refuel
in warm or hot climates. It can result
with Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel. or home test kits because the
in stalling, poor starting, and
It is also recommended to have quality cannot be verified by
damage to the fuel injection system.
the fuel system flushed with Ultra approved scientific methods. Do
Low Sulfur Diesel, to ensure all Fuels improperly blended for cold not use raw vegetable oil or other
gasoline is removed. temperature operation may result in unmodified bio-oils, fats,
restricted fuel filters. The vehicle is or blends of vegetable oil with
equipped with a fuel heating system diesel. They could damage the
Some conditions, such as dirty fuel, to prevent gelling or waxing of fuel system and engine, and
may decrease fuel filter life and a conventional diesel fuel and
CHANGE FUEL FILTER message damages would not be covered
biodiesel blends, but may not
may come on in the Driver by the vehicle warranty.
prevent all cases.
Information Center (DIC).
In case of severe winter conditions,
Climate Grade Diesel Fuels the fuel filter may become clogged Biodiesel Blends
by wax naturally present in the fuel. Fuels with a biodiesel content up to
At temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),
To unclog it, move the vehicle to a 10% by volume may be used (e.g.,
avoid using biodiesel blends above
warm garage area and allow the named B10). Only use biodiesel
5% by volume. Using such a fuel
filter to warm up. The fuel filter may blends up to 10% by volume that
may cause fuel filter plugging,
need to be replaced. See your comply with your country’s or
dealer. region’s fuel standards.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Owners who use little fuel, or who
Caution have vehicles stored for extended Caution (Continued)
periods of time, should avoid the
Do not use blends containing use of biodiesel blended fuels vehicle has a diesel engine, it is
more than 10% biodiesel. Any above 5% by volume. When possible to confirm the correct
engine, fuel system, or exhaust vehicles are stored for longer than fuel by taking a look at the
after-treatment system damage one month, they should be run out information on the fuel filler cap.
would not be covered by the of biodiesel to below one quarter
vehicle warranty. tank, refueled with biodiesel-free
diesel fuel, and driven several
As a renewable fuel, biodiesel kilometers (miles) before storage. { Danger
provides some environmental Before refueling, switch off the
benefits. However, biodiesel has Filling the Tank engine and any external heaters
unique properties and needs to be with combustion chambers.
handled differently than diesel fuel. Caution Switch off any electronic devices.
Its use presents additional risks and
may not be appropriate in all If you use inappropriate grade Follow the operating and safety
situations. Certain vehicle operating fuel or put incorrect fuel additives instructions of the filling station
modes increase these risks and into the fuel tank, the engine and when refuelling.
should be avoided. catalytic converter may be
Biodiesel fuel quality degrades with seriously damaged.
time and exposure to high Be sure to use the correct fuel { Danger
temperature quicker than Ultra Low corresponding to the vehicle
Sulfur Diesel fuel. More frequent when refuelling. If you put Fuel is flammable and explosive.
refueling provides the best gasoline in the diesel powered No smoking. No open flames or
opportunity to have a supply of fresh vehicle, for example, the vehicle sparks. If you can smell fuel in
fuel. Storage at hot ambient (Continued)
can be seriously damaged. If the
temperatures will accelerate
biodiesel degradation. (Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

The fuel filler door can only be
Danger (Continued) opened if the release button is Caution
pulled.
your vehicle, have the cause of The fuel filler door might be open
this remedied immediately by a and it can be damaged in the
Chevrolet dealer. Caution car wash.
Wipe off any overflowing fuel Make sure to lock the fuel
immediately. filler door.
Caution
Fuel Filler Cap
In case of misfuelling, do not
switch on ignition. Only a genuine fuel filler cap
provides full functionality.
Fuel filler door is located at the left
rear side of vehicle.
The fuel filler cap can be put in the

fuel filler door while refuelling.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

.
Trailer Towing Warning (Continued)
Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle
use to prevent damage to the
General Towing and the repairs would not be engine, axle, or other parts.
Information covered by the vehicle warranty.
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in . It is recommended to perform
Only use towing equipment that has this section have been followed. the first oil change before heavy
been designed for the vehicle. Ask your dealer for advice and towing.
Contact your dealer or trailering information about towing a trailer . During the first 800 km (500 mi)
dealer for assistance with preparing with the vehicle. of trailer towing, do not drive
the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do
entire section before towing a trailer. not make starts at full throttle.
Driving with a Trailer
Driving Characteristics . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Trailering is different than just If the transmission downshifts
and Towing Tips driving the vehicle by itself. too often, a lower gear may be
Trailering means changes in selected using Manual Mode.
{ Warning handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
See Manual Mode 0 220.
Successful, safe trailering takes
You can lose control when towing
a trailer if the correct equipment is correct equipment, and it has to be { Warning
not used or the vehicle is not used properly. To prevent serious injury or death
driven properly. For example, The following information has many from carbon monoxide (CO),
if the trailer is too heavy or the time-tested, important trailering tips when towing a trailer:
trailer brakes are inadequate for and safety rules. Many of these are
. Do not drive with the
the load, the vehicle may not stop important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section liftgate, trunk/hatch,
as expected. You and others
carefully before pulling a trailer. or rear-most window open.
could be seriously injured. The
vehicle may also be damaged, (Continued)
When towing a trailer:
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

unexpected or unsafe manner. Passing
Warning (Continued) Before driving, inspect all trailer
More passing distance is needed
hitch parts and attachments, safety
. Fully open the air outlets on when towing a trailer. The
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
or under the instrument combination of the vehicle and
tires, and mirrors. See Towing
panel. trailer will not accelerate as quickly
Equipment 0 249. If the trailer has
. and is much longer than the vehicle
Adjust the climate control electric brakes, start the
alone. It is necessary to go much
system to a setting that combination moving and then
farther beyond the passed vehicle
brings in only outside air. manually apply the trailer brake
before returning to the lane. Pass
See “Climate Control controller to check the trailer brakes
on level roadways. Avoid passing
Systems” in the Index. work. During the trip, occasionally
on hills if possible.
check that the cargo and trailer are
For more information about
secure and that the lamps and any Backing Up
carbon monoxide, see Engine
trailer brakes are working.
Exhaust 0 218. Hold the bottom of the steering
Towing with a Stability Control wheel with one hand. To move the
Towing a trailer requires experience. System trailer to the left, move that hand to
The combination of the vehicle and the left. To move the trailer to the
When towing, the stability control right, move that hand to the right.
trailer is longer and not as system might be heard. The system
responsive as the vehicle itself. Get Always back up slowly and,
reacts to vehicle movement caused if possible, have someone
used to the handling and braking of by the trailer, which mainly occurs
the combination by driving on a guide you.
during cornering. This is normal
level road surface before driving on when towing heavier trailers.
public roads.
Following Distance
The trailer structure, the tires, and
the brakes must all be rated to carry Stay at least twice as far behind the
the intended cargo. Inadequate vehicle ahead as you would when
trailer equipment can cause the driving without a trailer. This can
combination to operate in an help to avoid heavy braking and
sudden turns.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Making Turns The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). When parking your vehicle and your
Shift the transmission to a lower trailer on a hill:
Caution gear if the transmission shifts too 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
often under heavy loads and/or hilly not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
Turn more slowly and make wider conditions. the wheels into the curb if
arcs when towing a trailer to When towing at higher altitudes, facing downhill or into traffic if
prevent damage to your vehicle. engine coolant will boil at a lower facing uphill.
Making very sharp turns could temperature than at lower altitudes. 2. Have someone place chocks
cause the trailer to contact the If the engine is turned off under the trailer wheels.
vehicle. immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the 3. When the wheel chocks are in
vehicle could show signs similar to place, gradually release the
Make wider turns than normal when brake pedal to allow the chocks
engine overheating. To avoid this,
towing, so trailer will not go over soft to absorb the load of the trailer.
let the engine run, preferably on
shoulders, over curbs, or strike road
level ground, with the transmission 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
signs, trees, or other objects.
in P (Park) for a few minutes before apply the parking brake and
Always signal turns well in advance.
turning the engine off. If the shift into P (Park).
Do not steer or brake suddenly.
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 260. 5. Release the brake pedal.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower Parking on Hills Leaving After Parking on a Hill
gear before starting down a long or 1. Apply and hold the brake
steep downhill grade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
{ Warning pedal.
. Start the engine.
brakes may overheat and result in To prevent serious injury or death,
reduced braking efficiency. always park your vehicle and . Shift into a gear.
trailer on a level surface when . Release the parking brake.
possible.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing Trailer Weight
clear of the chocks.
Trailering is different than just
4. Stop and have someone pick driving the vehicle by itself. { Warning
up and store the chocks. Trailering means changes in
Never exceed the towing capacity
Maintenance when Trailer handling, acceleration, braking,
for your vehicle.
Towing durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
The vehicle needs service more correct equipment, and it has to be Safe trailering requires monitoring
often when used to tow trailers. See used properly. the weight, speed, altitude, road
Scheduled Maintenance 0 303. It is grades, outside temperature,
The following information has many
especially important to check the dimensions of the front of the trailer,
time-tested, important trailering tips
automatic transmission fluid, engine and how frequently the vehicle is
and safety rules. Many of these are
oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling used to tow a trailer.
important for your safety and that of
system, and brake system before
your passengers. Read this section Maximum Trailer Weight
and during each trip.
carefully before pulling a trailer.
Check periodically to see that all For maximum towing mass
nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch information, see Vehicle Weight
Caution 0 311.
are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing a trailer improperly can Weights listed apply for
damage the vehicle and result in conventional trailers unless
Towing otherwise noted.
costly repairs not covered by the
The cooling system may temporarily vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer
overheat during severe operating correctly, follow the directions in
conditions. See Engine Overheating this section and see your dealer
0 260. for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Maximum Trailer Tongue Consider using mechanical sway
Weight Rating controls with any trailer. Ask a
trailering professional about sway
controls or refer to the trailer
{ Warning manufacturer's recommendations
You and others could be seriously and instructions.
injured or killed if the trailer is too Tires
heavy or the trailer brakes are
inadequate for the load. The . Do not tow a trailer while using a
vehicle may be damaged, and the compact spare tire on the
repairs would not be covered by vehicle.
the vehicle warranty. . Tires must be properly inflated to
Do not exceed a maximum trailer support loads while towing a
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in
tongue weight of 120 kg (265 lb). trailer. See Wheels and Tires
this section have been followed. 0 279 for instructions on proper
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer.
Towing Equipment tire inflation.
Hitches Safety Chains

The Maximum Trailer Tongue Always use the correct hitch Always attach chains between the
Weight Rating is the allowable equipment for your vehicle. vehicle and the trailer, and attach
trailer tongue weight that the vehicle Crosswinds, large trucks going by, the chains to the holes on the trailer
can support using a conventional and rough roads can affect the hitch platform. Instructions about
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to trailer and the hitch. safety chains may be provided by
reduce the overall trailer weight to the hitch manufacturer or by the
stay within the maximum trailer Never attach rental hitches or other trailer manufacturer.
tongue weight rating while still bumper-type hitches. Only use
frame-mounted hitches that do not Cross the safety chains under the
maintaining the correct trailer load tongue of the trailer to help prevent
balance. attach to the bumper.
the tongue from contacting the road
if it becomes separated from the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

hitch. Always leave just enough trailer and the TSC detects that
slack so the combination can turn. sway is increasing, the vehicle { Warning
Never allow safety chains to drag on brakes are selectively applied at
the ground. each wheel, to help reduce Trailer sway can result in a crash
excessive trailer sway. If equipped and in serious injury or death,
Trailer Lamps with the Integrated Trailer Brake even if the vehicle is equipped
Always check all trailer lamps are Control (ITBC) system, and the with TSC.
working at the beginning of each trailer has an electric brake system, If the trailer begins to sway,
trip, and periodically on longer trips. StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer reduce vehicle speed by
brakes. gradually removing your foot from
Turn Signals When Towing a
the accelerator. Then pull over to
Trailer
check the trailer and vehicle to
When properly connected, the trailer help correct possible causes,
turn signals should will illuminate to including an improperly or
indicate the vehicle is turning, overloaded trailer, unrestrained
changing lanes, or stopping. When cargo, improper trailer hitch
towing a trailer, the arrows on the configuration, or improperly
instrument cluster will illuminate If TSC is enabled, the Traction inflated or incorrect vehicle or
even if the trailer is not properly Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak trailer tires. See Towing
connected or the bulbs are warning light will flash on the
Equipment 0 249 for trailer ratings
burned out. instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle
and hitch setup
speed by gradually removing your
recommendations.
Trailer Sway foot from the accelerator. If trailer
Control (TSC) sway continues, StabiliTrak can
reduce engine torque to help slow Trailer Tires
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a the vehicle. TSC will not function if
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. StabiliTrak is turned off. See Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from
Trailer sway is unintended Traction Control System (TCS) vehicle tires. Trailer tires are
side-to-side motion of a trailer while 0 227. designed with stiff sidewalls to help
towing. If the vehicle is towing a prevent sway and to support heavy
2020 - crc - 12/11/18

loads. These features can make it rating is not shown, the default
difficult to determine if the trailer tire trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h
pressures are low only based on a (65 mph).
visual inspection.
Always check all trailer tire
pressures before each trip when the
tires are cool. Low trailer tire
pressure is a leading cause of trailer
tire blow-outs.
Trailer tires deteriorate over time.
The trailer tire sidewall will show the
week and year the tire was
manufactured. Many trailer tire
manufacturers recommend
replacing tires more than six
years old.
Overloading is another leading
cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never
load your trailer with more weight
than the tires are designed to
support. The load rating is located
on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed
rating for the trailer tires before
driving. This may be significantly
lower than the vehicle tire speed
rating. The speed rating may be on
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
252 Vehicle Care

Diesel Fuel System
Vehicle Care Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Tire Pressure Monitor
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 265 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Tire Pressure Monitor
General Information Bulb Replacement Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Accessories and Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) When It Is Time for New
Battery Disconnect Switch . . . . 253 (If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Different Tire and Wheel
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 268 Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Vehicle Checks Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Doing Your Own Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Center High-Mounted Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 287
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 270
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 270 Jump Starting
Engine Compartment Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Instrument Panel
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Towing the Vehicle
Automatic Transmission Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Electrical System Towing Another Vehicle . . . . . . . 299
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 259 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Engine Compartment Fuse Appearance Care
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 260 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Instrument Panel Fuse Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Power Steering Fluid Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
(If equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Vehicle Tools
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Wheels and Tires
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Diesel Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 253

General Information Lifting the Vehicle Caution
Accessories and To avoid vehicle damage, always
Modifications use a rubber pads on support
points of elevator or jack.
We recommend using genuine parts
and accessories and factory
approved parts specific for your Battery Disconnect
vehicle type. We cannot assess or Switch
guarantee other products – even if
they have a regulatory or otherwise
granted approval.
Do not make any modifications to
the electrical system, e.g. changes
of electronic control units (chip
tuning).
Caution
Never modify your vehicle. It may
affect the performance, durability
and safety of the vehicle and the
warranty may not cover any Disconnect
problems caused by the
1. Open the hood.
modification.
2. Certify all electric systems are
The illustration shows where the turned off, like audio systems,
supports of a hoist or jack must be headlights, anti-theft alarm and
placed. accessories. Beware the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
254 Vehicle Care

ignition is switched off and Vehicle Storage . Close the hood.
remove the vehicle key from
the ignition. Storage for a Long Period Putting back into Operation
3. Close all vehicle doors and do of Time When the vehicle is going to be put
not activate anti-theft alarm. If the vehicle is going to be stored back into operation:
4. Unscrew the nut of the for several months: . Connect the battery according to
negative terminal end. . Wash and wax the vehicle. the procedure described in
Battery Disconnect Switch
5. Remove the negative terminal . Clean and preserve rubber 0 253.
end from battery terminal. seals.
. Check tire pressure.
Connect . Change engine oil.
. Fill up the washer fluid reservoir.
1. Assure the ignition is switched . Drain washer fluid reservoir.
. Check the engine oil level.
off and vehicle key is out of the . Check coolant anti-freeze and
ignition. . Check the coolant level.
corrosion protection.
Open the bonnet and install the . Adjust the tire pressure to the
terminal end in the negative specified value for full load.
battery terminal.
. Park the vehicle in a dry, well
2. Tighten the nut of the ventilated place. Engage first or
terminal end. reverse gear or set the selector
3. Close the hood. lever to P, preventing the rolling
of the vehicle.
. Do not apply the parking brake.
. Disconnect the battery according
to the procedure described in
Battery Disconnect Switch
0 253.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 255

Vehicle Checks { Danger
Doing Your Own The ignition system uses
Service Work extremely high voltage. Do not
touch.
Hood
Opening
Push the safety catch to the left and

open the hood.
{ Warning
When the engine is hot, ensure
that you only touch the foam
{ Warning padding of the hood support rod
Only perform engine compartment to avoid burning.
checks when the ignition is off.
The cooling fan may start See Air Intake 0 201
Pull the release lever.
operating even if the ignition
is off.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
256 Vehicle Care

2. Lower the hood 30 cm above
the vehicle and release it so it Warning (Continued)
fully latches. Check to make
sure the hood is closed and to your vehicle, other
repeat the process if property, personal injury or
necessary. even death.
. Do not close the hood with
{ Warning the rod engaged on
the hood.
Always observe the following
precautions:
. Pull on the front edge of the
Secure the hood support. hood to make sure it is
latched securely before you
Closing drive your vehicle.
To close the hood: . Do not pull the hood release
1. Before closing the hood, be handle while your vehicle is
sure all the filler caps are moving.
closed properly. Then, lift the . Do not move your vehicle
hood to relieve pressure on the with the hood open. An
hood prop. Remove the hood open hood will obscure the
prop from the slot on the driver's vision.
underside of the hood and
return the prop to its retainer. . Operating your vehicle with
the hood open can lead to a
The prop rod must click into collision resulting in damage
place when returning it to the
retainer to prevent hood (Continued)
damage.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 257

Engine Compartment Overview
DURAMAX Diesel Engine

2020 - crc - 12/11/18
258 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Coolant 0 259 for at least 1 hour to reach operating
2. Brake Fluid 0 263 temperature and then turned off for
10 minutes or more.
3. Power Steering Fluid
(If equipped) 0 262. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean,
insert it to the stop on the handle
4. Engine Oil 0 258 and make half turn, pull out and
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See read the engine oil level.
Engine Oil 0 258
6. Washer Fluid 0 263
7. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 273
8. Battery 0 264 Ensure that the correct specification
of oil is used. See Recommended
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 259 Fluids and Lubricants 0 304.
The engine oil level must not
Engine Oil exceed the MAX mark on the
It is recommended to check the oil dipstick.
level every 650km. Ensure that the
correct specification of oil is used. Caution
See Recommended Fluids and When the engine oil level has
Lubricants 0 304. dropped to the MIN mark, add Overfilled engine oil must be
The oil level can be checked at enough engine oil to put the level drained or suctioned out.
operating temperature and after the somewhere in the proper operating
engine has been turned off for range.
See Capacities and Specifications
10 minutes or more. For cold engine 0 325.
situation the engine must be utilized
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 259

There is a special procedure for Engine Coolant
{ Warning checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this Cooling Liquid Change
Engine oil is an irritant and, procedure is difficult, this should be
if ingested, can cause illness or The engine cooling system is filled
done at the dealer. with a long-life additive (ethylene
death.
glycol), whose properties provide a
Keep out of reach of children. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter proper protection against freezing,
Avoid repeated or prolonged boiling and corrosion.
contact with skin. Coolant Level
Wash exposed areas with soap
and water or hand cleaner. Caution
Be very careful when draining the
A low coolant level can cause
engine oil as it may be hot
engine damage.
enough to burn you!
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic To replace the engine air filter,
Transmission Fluid release the clamp and remove the
It is not necessary to check the air cleaner outlet duct. Disconnect
transmission fluid level. the air sensor, unscrew the 3 screws
A transmission fluid leak is the only and remove the filter housing.
reason for fluid loss. If a leak To inspect the air cleaner, remove
occurs, take the vehicle to your the element from the air filter
dealer and have it repaired as soon housing and lightly shake it to
as possible. release loose dust and dirt.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
260 Vehicle Care

If the cooling system is cold, the Note 2. Try to keep the engine running
coolant level should be about If the engine operates without (use a gear in which the engine
2,5 cm above the filling line mark. coolant, your vehicle may be rotates slowly).
Top up if the level is low. seriously damaged. In this case, the If the warning of overheating
Fill with a mixture of distilled water repairs will not be covered by disappears, you can continue
and anti-freeze approved for the warranty. driving. For safety reasons, drive
vehicle. Install the cap tightly. Have Engine Overheating without slowly for approximately 10 minutes.
the antifreeze concentration
Steam If the temperature gauge indicator
checked and have the cause of the drops to normal position, continue
coolant loss repaired by a Chevrolet If you note the overheating advise
driving.
dealer. and there are no signs of steam, the
problem may not be that serious. If the coolant temperature does not
{ Warning The engine may overheat when: drop, turn off the engine and park
the vehicle immediately.
. The vehicle is driven in abrupt
Allow the engine to cool before climb at high ambient If no steam is visible, switch on the
opening the cap. Carefully open temperatures. engine at idle speed for
the cap, relieving the pressure approximately 2 or 3 minutes with
. The vehicle is stopped after
slowly. the vehicle stopped and observe if
driving at high speeds.
the overheating warning lights
. The vehicle has to be driven with go off.
Engine Overheating the engine operating at idle
If the overheating warning still
The coolant temperature indicator speed for a long time.
appears, switch off the engine, ask
message is displayed in the If the overheating warning remains the passengers to leave the vehicle
instrument panel. This message and still no steam is visible, observe and wait for it to cool down. Look for
indicates the engine temperature the following procedure for technical assistance immediately.
increasing. approximately 1 minute:
1. Switch off the air conditioning
system (if equipped)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 261
Caution Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

If the coolant inside the coolant burns. Before driving the . If the vehicle continues in
surge tank is boiling, do not do vehicle, have the leaks movement while the engine
anything and wait for it to repaired. is overheated, the liquids
cool down. can escape due to the high
pressure. You and other
Overheating with Steam persons may be seriously
The coolant level should be at the burned. Switch off the
specified level. If the level falls Caution overheated engine, leave
down, it means that there might be the vehicle and wait for it to
a possibility of leaks in the radiator . The steam generated by cool down.
hoses, heater hoses, radiator or engine overheating can
water pump. cause serious burns, even if
you open the engine Engine Fan
Caution compartment just a little bit.
Keep yourself away from If there is no leak visible, check for
. the engine when observing engine fan operation. Your vehicle is
The heater hoses and
steam emission. Switch off equipped with engine driven fan.
radiator hoses as well as
the engine, ask the If the fan does not actuate, repairs
other engine parts may be
passengers to leave the are necessary. Switch off the
hot. Do not touch them,
vehicle and wait for it to cool engine. If the problem is not
otherwise, you may be
down. Before opening the identified but the coolant level is not
burned.
engine compartment, wait at maximum, add to the surge tank
. If there is any leak, the a mixture of potable water and
until the coolant steam
engine must not be additive for radiator (long duration –
signals are extinguished.
switched on, otherwise, all orange color) ACDelco (50% ratio of
coolant may be lost, causing (Continued) additive). Switch on the engine
(Continued) when the coolant level is at
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
262 Vehicle Care

maximum. If the overheating
Caution (Continued)
Power Steering Fluid
warning signal is on, consult a
Chevrolet dealer.
(If equipped)
the cooling system are hot.
If it is necessary, turn the
Caution surge tank cap and wait the
engine to cool down.
The fans and other engine
movable parts may cause severe . The long life additive for the
wounds. Keep your hands and cooling system is poisonous
pieces of cloth far from movable and must be carefully
parts while the engine is handled.
operating.
Note
When the engine is off for long
periods and mostly when the
Caution weather is cold, the fan may turn on
for some seconds after the start of The power steering fluid level must
. The boiling scalding liquids be between the MIN and the MAX
and the vapors that pass the engine. This is not a problem,
the fan will turn off normally after marks.
through the cooling system
can explode and cause some seconds and operate when If the fluid level is too low or too
serious burns. These are necessary. high, seek the assistance of a
under pressure, so if the Chevrolet dealer.
surge tank cap is open even
partially, the vapors may be
expelled at high speed.
Never turn the surge tank
cap while the engine and
(Continued)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 263
Caution
Fill with clean water mixed with a Brake Fluid
suitable quantity of windscreen
wash fluid.
Extremely small amounts of
To refill the windscreen washer fluid
{ Warning
contamination can cause steering
system damage and cause it to reservoir: Brake fluid is poisonous and
not work properly. . Use only commercially available corrosive. Avoid contact with
ready-to-use washer fluid for that eyes,skin, fabrics and painted
Do not allow contaminants to surfaces.
contact the fluid side of the purpose.
reservoir cap/dipstick or to enter . Do not use tap water. Minerals
the reservoir. present in tap water may plug
the windscreen washer lines.
. If air temperature is likely to go
Washer Fluid below freezing, use windshield
washer fluid which has sufficient
antifreezing property.
Brakes
In the event of minimum thickness
of the brake lining, a squealing
noise sounds during braking.
Continued driving is possible but
The brake fluid level must be
have the brake lining replaced as
between the MIN and the MAX
soon as possible.
marks.
Once new brake linings are
When filling, ensure maximum
installed, do not brake
cleanliness as contamination of the
unnecessarily hard for the first few
brake fluid can lead to brake system
journeys.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
264 Vehicle Care

malfunctions. Have the cause of the Laying up the vehicle for more than Diesel Fuel Filter
loss of brake fluid rectified by a 4 weeks can lead to battery
Chevrolet dealer. discharge. Disconnect the battery Drain diesel fuel filter of residual
according to the procedure water when the message "Water in
Only use high-performance brake Fuel – Contact Service" is displayed
fluid approved for the vehicle, see described in Battery Disconnect
Switch 0 253, thus avoiding its on Driver Information Center or at
Recommended Fluids and every engine oil change, as follows:
Lubricants 0 304. discharging.
. Turn off the engine.
Battery { Warning . Place a container underneath
the filter housing.
The vehicle battery is maintenance Keep glowing materials away
free, provided that the driving profile from the battery to avoid . Remove the drain plug located
allows sufficient charging of the explosion. Battery explosion can on the bottom of the filter
battery. Short distance driving and result in damage to the vehicle housing by turning it
frequent engine starts can discharge and serious injury or death. counterclockwise to drain off the
the battery. Avoid the use of water. The filter is drained as
unnecessary electrical consumers. Avoid contact with eyes, skin, soon as diesel fuel emerges
fabrics and painted surfaces. The from the port.
fluid contains sulfuric acid, which
. Reinstall the plug by turning it
can cause injuries and damage in
clockwise and make sure there
the event of direct contact. In
is no leakage.
case of skin contact, clean the
area with water and immediately . Turn ignition key to ON, wait for
seek medical help. 5 seconds then turn key to
LOCK or OFF.
Batteries must be disposed of at an Keep out of reach of children.
appropriate recycling collection
point. Do not tilt an open battery.
See Battery Power Protection 0 97.

2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 265

Wiper Blade Replacement Front Wiper Blade
Properly functioning windscreen
wipers are essential for clear vision
and safe driving. Regularly check
the condition of the wiper blades.
Replace hard, brittle or cracked
blades or those that smear dirt on
the windscreen.
Foreign material on the windscreen
or wiper blades can reduce the
effectiveness of the wipers. If the
blades are not wiping properly,
Diesel Fuel System clean both the windscreen and the
Bleeding blades with a good cleaner or mild 1. Hold wiper arm rod and lift up
detergent. Rinse them thoroughly wiper arm.
If the tank has been run dry, the with water.
diesel fuel system must be bled on 2. Press the upper button shown
ground level after fuelling at least Repeat the process if necessary. in the image and push the
15 liters. Switch on the ignition three There is no way to remove traces of wiper blade.
times for 30 seconds at a time. Then silicone from glass. Therefore, never
start the engine for a maximum of apply polish with silicone to your
30 seconds. Repeat this process vehicle windscreen or you will get
after no less than 5 seconds. If the streaks which will impair the driver's
engine fails to start, seek the vision.
assistance of a Chevrolet dealer. Do not use solvents, petrol,
kerosene, or paint thinner to clean
wipers. These are harsh and can
damage the blades and painted
surfaces.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
266 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement Application Power (W) This is similar to the condensation
on your windows inside your vehicle
Turn the ignition and the relevant Brake / Light (Tail) - LED and/ during the rain and does not
switch off. Parking or 5 indicate a problem with your vehicle.
Only hold a new bulb at the base. Brake light LED If the water leaks into the lamp bulb
Do not touch the bulb glass with circuitry, have the vehicle checked
LED and/
bare hands. Headlight by a Chevrolet dealer.
or 5
Use only the same bulb type for
replacement. DRL (if equipped) LED Headlamps
Replace headlight bulbs from within Rear Fog Lamp (if Position Lamp
21
the engine compartment. equipped)
Application Power (W) License 5
Passenger Reverse Light 21
10
Compartment Turn Signal Light 21
Reading (Front) (if Rear View Mirror
5
equipped) Turn Signal Light (if LED
Glove Box (if equipped)
LED
equipped)
Note
High Beam 55
After driving in heavy rain or
Low Beam 55 washing, headlight and taillight
lenses could appear frosty.
Fog Lamp (if
55 1. Remove the protective cover.
equipped) This condition is caused by the
temperature difference between the
Brake / Light (Tail) – LED and/ lamp inside and outside.
Brake or 21
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 267

High Beam 2. Unplug the connector
from bulb.
3. Press the spring clip outward
and disengage it.
4. Remove the bulb from the
reflector housing.
5. When fitting a new bulb,
engage the lugs in the
recesses on the reflector.
6. Engage the spring clip.
7. Plug the connector onto bulb.
2. Pull the bulb socket and
disengage it. 8. Place the protective cover in
1. Remove the protective cover. the right position and close it.
3. Remove the bulb from the
socket.
4. Insert the new bulb.
5. Insert the socket in the
reflector.
6. Push the bulb socket and
engage it.
7. Place the protective cover in
the right position and close it.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
268 Vehicle Care

Low Beam 2. Unplug the connector Daytime Running Lamps
from bulb.
(DRL) (If equipped)
3. Press the spring clip and
disengage the bulb. If a failure with LED lights occurs,
have DRL replaced by a Chevrolet
4. Remove the bulb from the Dealership or Authorized
reflector housing. Repair Shop.
5. When fitting a new bulb,
engage the lugs in the Fog Lamps
recesses on the reflector and Have bulbs replaced by a Chevrolet
press the bulb into position. Dealership or Authorized
6. Plug the connector onto bulb. Repair Shop.
7. Place the protective cover in
the right position and close it. Front Turn Signal Lamps
1. Remove the protective cover.
Headlight Aim
Caution
If the headlights need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle is taken to a Chevrolet
dealer for service, because it is
related with safety.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 269

1. Rotate bulb holder Taillamps 2. Remove the tail light assembly
counterclockwise and by pulling straight out of the
disengage. body. Take care that the cable
duct remains in position.
1. Unscrew both fasteners.

2. Push the bulb into the socket
slightly, rotate counterclockwise 3. Tail light/brake light (1)
and remove the bulb. Turn signal light (2)
3. Insert the new bulb holder in Reverse light or Rear Fog
the reflector and rotate light (3)
clockwise to engage.
Turn Signal Lights on the
Exterior Mirrors
Have the turn signal lights replaced
by a Chevrolet dealer.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
270 Vehicle Care

4. Rotate the relevant bulb holder Center High-Mounted
counterclockwise.
Stoplamp (CHMSL)
The center high-mounted stoplamp
should be replaced by a Chevrolet
dealer.
License Plate Lamp
For LED version just replace

lights 2 and 3. The brake light
should be replaced by a
Chevrolet dealer. 5. Remove bulb holder. Push the
bulb into the socket slightly,
rotate counterclockwise and
remove the bulb.
6. Insert the bulb holder into the
tail light assembly and fasten
into place. Install tail light 1. The number plate light is
assembly in body and tighten located on the rear bumper.
the fasteners. Close the covers
and engage.
7. Switch on the ignition, operate
and check all lights.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 271

Instrument Panel Electrical System
Illumination
Have LEDs replaced by a Chevrolet Fuses
dealer. Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
There are two fuse boxes in the
vehicle:
. In the front left of the engine
compartment.
. In the interior compartment,
2. On the back side of the behind the storage
bumper, rotate the bulb holder compartment.
counterclockwise to disengage. There is a primary fuse holder
3. Remove bulb from the holder connected to the positive battery
and replace the bulb. post. If necessary have them
changed by a Chevrolet dealer.
4. Insert the bulb holder in bulb
housing and rotate clockwise. Before replacing a fuse, turn off the
switch and the ignition.
Interior Lamps A blown fuse can be recognized by
its melted wire. Do not replace the
Courtesy Light, Reading Lights
fuse until the cause of the fault has
Have bulbs replaced by a Chevrolet been remedied.
dealer.
Some functions are protected by
several fuses.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
272 Vehicle Care
Place the fuse extractor on the

various types of fuse from the top or
side, and withdraw the fuse.
Fuse Extractor
A fuse extractor may be located in
the fuse box in the engine
compartment.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 273

Engine Compartment Mini
Fuse Block Fuses Usage
10A – Compressor
1
A/C Clutch
2 —
15A - Electric Power
3 Steering (EPS) (if
available)
4 —
5 15A – Horn
15A – Front Fog Lamp
6
(if available)
The fuse box is in the front left of 7 10A – High Beam LH

the engine compartment. 8 10A – High Beam RH
Disengage the cover, lift it upward 7.5A - Engine Control
and remove it. 9
Module - (Diesel)
Not all fuse box descriptions in this 15A – Powertrain
manual may apply to your vehicle. 10
Relay (3) – (Diesel)
It is accurate at the time of printing.
When inspecting the fuse box, refer 20A – Engine Control
11
to the fuse box label. Module (1) (Diesel)
10A – Powertrain
12
Relay (1)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
274 Vehicle Care

Mini Mini Mini
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
10A – Powertrain 15A - Outside Rear 10A – Communication
13
Relay (2) 22 View Mirror Defogger 33 Wire Between
(if available) Modules
15A – Powertrain
14
Relay (4) 15A - Cab Heater
23 JCase
(Diesel)
15A – Run Crank Fuses Usage
15
Relay Signal 24 —
50A – ABS or ESC
15A – Automatic 10A - Front SB01 Module Pump (if
25
16 Transmission Control Washer Pump available)
Module (if available)
10A - Park Assist (if 30A – Transfer Case
26
10A – Transfer Case available) Control Module (4X4)
Module and Head SB02 (if available)
17 5A – Body Control
Lamp Leveling (if 27
Module 30A -Spare (4x2)
available)
28 Not Used 60A – Preheating
10A – Power Supply
18 Cluster - A/C - Airbag 30A – ABS or ESC SB03 Glow Plug Module
29 (Diesel)
Module Module (if available)
20A – Fuel Pump 30 10A – Horn SB04 —
19
(Diesel) 30A – Starter Motor
15A – Body Control SB05
31 Solenoid
20 Not Used Module
30A – Rear Defogger 15A – Engine Control SB06 30A – Front Wiper
21
(if available) 32 Module (Battery) 30A – Fuel Heater
(Diesel) SB07
(Diesel)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 275

JCase Relays Usage Reinstall the cap in reverse order.
Fuses Usage
RLY14 Not Used (Diesel)
SB08 Not Used (Diesel)
RLY15 Not Used
SB09 —
RLY18 Run Crank
Maxi Usage RLY19 Fuel Pump (Diesel)
30A – Trailer Hitch Instrument Panel Fuse

F34
Module (if available)
Block
Relays Usage The fuse box is behind the
instrument panel cap.
RLY01 Starter
RLY03 High Beam
Viscous Heater Mini
RLY05 Fuses Usage
(Diesel)
RLY08 Front Wiper Control 20A – Body Control
1
Module (6)
RLY09 Front Wiper Speed
20A – Cigarette
Rear Defogger and 3
Lighter (if available)
Outside Rear View
RLY10 20A – Front and Rear
Mirror Defogger (if
available) 6 Power Outlets (if
available)
RLY11 Powertrain
RLY12 A/C Clutch Remove the instrument panel cap in
the direction of the arrow.
RLY13 Fuel Heater (Diesel)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
276 Vehicle Care

Mini Mini Mini
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
30A – Body Control 15A – Body Control 30A – Front HVAC
7 20 34
Module (8) Module (4) Blower
20A – Radio (if 21 10A – Spare 10A – Front Collision
10
available) 37 Alert (FCA) / Rain
30A – Power Seat (if
22 Sensor (if available)
11 2A – Ignition Switch available)
10A – Rear View
15A - Side Blind Zone 10A – Sensing and 39
12 Mirrors (if available)
(SBZ) (If available) 25 Diagnose
Module (SDM)
15A - Body Control JCase
13
Module (3) 15A – Body Control Fuses Usage
26
Module (2)
10A – Front HVAC 40A – BUS-C (fuses:
14
Control Module 27 2A – Clock Spring 53 F12, F33, F37,
15A – Seat Heated (If 7.5A – Data Link F39, F40)
15 28
available) Connector (DLC) 40A –
54
15A – Body Control 10A – Instrument Accessory (12V)
16
Module (1) Panel Cluster (IPC),
31
Displays - Radio Relays Usage
30A – Front Door
17 (Center Stack), USB
Power Window Switch RLY45 C-Enable
10A – Central
30A – Rear Door RAP and
Gateway Module RLY46
19 Power Window Switch 33 Accessory (12V)
(CGM) - Cyber
(if available)
Security RLY48 Run relay
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 277

Vehicle Tools
Tools
Vehicles with Spare Wheel
The jack and the tools are located
behind the passenger front seat for
the regular cab and under the back
seat for the crew cab.
Tools jack location in the The tool kit consists of the following
regular cab. items:
Unhook the strap from the seat and . Four Jack Handle Extensions
fit it on the head restraint rod. To . Jack
release the jack, retreat the rod by
turning the connection . Wheel Wrench
counterclockwise. . Screwdriver
. 1 Wrench
1. Use the screwdriver to
Tools jack location in the crew cab. assemble the wheel wrench,
the jack handle extensions,
and the jack handle.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
278 Vehicle Care
2. Remove the cover to Insert the 3. Turn the wheel wrench

chiseled end of the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the
at a slight angle through the spare tire to the ground.
central hole in the rear bumper Continue to turn the wheel
and into the funnel-shaped wrench until the spare tire can
guide. be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
4. Tilt the retainer when the tire

has been lowered, and slide it
up the cable so it can be pulled
up through the wheel opening.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 279

5. Put the spare tire near the Wheels and Tires S : up to 180 km/h
flat tire. T : up to 190 km/h
Tire Condition, Wheel
Condition H : up to 210 km/h
Driving over sharp edges can cause V : up to 240 km/h

tire and wheel damage. Do not trap W : up to 270 km/h
tires on the curb while parking.
Regularly check the wheels for Tire Pressure
damage. Seek the assistance of a Check the pressure of cold tires at
Chevrolet dealer in the event of least every 14 days and before any
damage or unusual wear. long journey. Also check the spare
wheel.
Tire Designations
E.g. 245/70 R16 111 S
245 : Tyre width, mm
70 : Cross-section ratio (tire height
to tyre width), percent
R : Belt type: Radial
RF : Type: RunFlat
16 : Wheel diameter, inches
111 : Load index
S : Speed code letter
Speed code letter: See Tire Pressure 0 326 and on the
label on the front right door frame.
Q : up to 160 km/h
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
280 Vehicle Care

D. Full Load Condition + load
Caution
E. Spare Tire Information
The tire pressure data refers to cold Modifications made to the Tire
tires. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
by anyone other than an
Always inflate the spare tire to the
authorized service facility may
pressure specified for full load.
void authorization to use the
Incorrect tire pressures will impair system.
safety, vehicle handling, comfort and
fuel economy and will increase
tire wear. Maintaining manufacturer's
recommended tire pressure is part
of best practices to optimize the fuel
{ Warning consumption of the vehicle.
If the pressure is too low, this can The Tire Pressure Monitor System
result in considerable tyre (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
warm-up and internal damage, technology to check tire pressure
leading to tread separation and levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
even to tyre blow-out at high the air pressure in your tires and
speeds. transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
The tire pressure monitoring system
Tire Pressure Monitor checks the pressure of all four
System wheels once a minute when vehicle
A. Tire Specifications speed exceeds a certain limit.
This vehicle may have a Tire
B. Tire Positions Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
C. Normal Load Condition (up to
3 people)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 281

As an added safety feature, the system is not operating properly.
Caution TPMS illuminates a low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is
pressure light when one or more of combined with the low tire pressure
The TPMS is not a substitute for your tires is significantly light. When the system detects a
proper tire maintenance, and it is under-inflated. malfunction, the light will flash for
the driver's responsibility to approximately one minute and then
maintain correct tire pressure, Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure light illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated.
even if under-inflation has not This sequence will continue upon
reached the level to trigger should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start-ups as
illumination of the TPMS low tire long as the malfunction exists.
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
pressure light.
significantly under-inflated tire When the malfunction indicator is
causes the tire to overheat and can illuminated, the system may not be
All wheels must be equipped with lead to tire failure. Under-inflation able to detect or signal low tire
pressure sensors and the tires must also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure as intended. TPMS
have the prescribed pressure. tread life, and may affect the malfunctions may occur for a variety
Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle's handling and stopping of reasons, including the installation
ability. of replacement or alternate tires or
provided), should be checked
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
monthly when cold. If required, the
Caution the TPMS from functioning properly.
tires should be inflated to the
Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure specified on the tire
Tire sealants could damage the light after replacing one or more
placard. (If your vehicle has tires of
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor tires or wheels on your vehicle to
a different size than the size
damage caused by using tire ensure that the replacement or
indicated on the tire placard, you
sealants is not covered by the alternate tires and wheels allow the
should determine the proper tire
vehicle warranty. TPMS to continue to function
inflation pressure for those tires.)
properly.
Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 282.
indicator to indicate when the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
282 Vehicle Care

Tire Learn (If equipped) off ignition. After adjusting tire assembly, excluding the spare tire
The sensors are calibrated to the pressure switch on ignition and and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS select the according setting as sensors monitor the air pressure in
relearn tool. See your dealer for shown previously in this section. the tires and transmit the tire
service. After inflating driving may be pressure readings to a receiver
required to update the tire pressure located in the vehicle.
Vehicle Loading values in the DIC. During this time
Select SET/CLR to define one of 7 may light up.
following options:
Light : for comfort pressure up to Caution
3 people.
The TPMS is not a substitute for
ECO : for ECO pressure up to proper tire maintenance, and it is
3 people. the driver's responsibility to When a low tire pressure condition
Max : for full loading. maintain correct tire pressure, is detected, the TPMS illuminates
even if under-inflation has not the low tire pressure warning light
The ECO tire pressure serves to located on the instrument cluster.
achieve the smallest amount of fuel reached the level to trigger
If the warning light comes on, stop
consumption possible. illumination of the TPMS low tire
as soon as possible and inflate the
pressure light.
Incorrect tire pressures will impair tires to the recommended pressure
safety, vehicle handling, comfort and shown on the Tire and Loading
fuel economy and will increase Tire Pressure Monitor Information label. See Wheels and
tire wear. Tires 0 279.
Operation
The tire pressure tables show all A message to check the pressure in
This vehicle may have a Tire a specific tire displays in the Driver
possible tire combinations. See Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Information Center (DIC) display.
Pressure 0 326.
The TPMS is designed to warn the The low tire pressure warning light
If the tire pressure shall be reduced driver when a low tire pressure and the DIC warning message come
or increased on a vehicle with tire condition exists. TPMS sensors are on at each ignition cycle until the
pressure monitoring system, switch mounted onto each tire and wheel
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 283

tires are inflated to the correct is corrected. Some of the conditions
inflation pressure. Using the DIC, Caution that can cause these to come
tire pressure levels can be viewed. on are:
For additional information and Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire . One of the road tires has been
details about the DIC operation and replaced with the spare tire. The
displays see Driver Information sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage spare tire does not have a
Center (DIC) 0 81. TPMS sensor. The malfunction
caused by using an incorrect tire
The low tire pressure warning light sealant is not covered by the light and DIC message should
may come on in cool weather when go off after the road tire is
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the vehicle is first started, and then replaced. See "TPMS Sensor
the GM approved tire sealant
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Calibration Process" later in this
could be an early indicator that the available through your dealer or section.
air pressure is getting low and must included in the vehicle.
. The TPMS sensor calibration
be inflated to the proper pressure. process was not done or not
A Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and completed successfully after
shows the size of the original Message rotating the tires. The
equipment tires and the correct The TPMS will not function properly malfunction light and the DIC
inflation pressure for the tires when if one or more of the TPMS sensors message should go off after
they are cold. See Tire Pressure are missing or inoperable. When the successfully completing the
0 326, for an example of the Tire system detects a malfunction, the sensor calibration process. See
and Loading Information label and low tire warning light flashes for "TPMS Sensor Calibration
its location. Also see Wheels and about one minute and then stays on Process" later in this section.
Tires 0 279. for the remainder of the ignition . One or more TPMS sensors are
The TPMS can warn about a low cycle. A DIC warning message also missing or damaged. The DIC
tire pressure condition but it does displays. The malfunction light and message and the malfunction
not replace normal tire DIC warning message come on at light should go off when the
maintenance. See Wheels and Tires each ignition cycle until the problem TPMS sensors are installed and
0 279 and
Tire Rotation 0 285.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
284 Vehicle Care

the sensor calibration process is TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
performed successfully. See calibration process should also be
your dealer for service. performed after replacing a spare
. Replacement tires or wheels do tire with a road tire containing the
not match the original equipment TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels and the DIC message should go off
other than those recommended at the next ignition cycle. The
could prevent the TPMS from sensors are matched to the tire/
functioning properly. See When wheel positions, using a TPMS
It Is Time for New Tires 0 285. relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side
. Operating electronic devices or front tire, passenger side rear tire,
being near facilities using radio and driver side rear. See your
wave frequencies similar to the dealer for service. The legally permissible minimum
TPMS could cause the TPMS tread depth (1.6 mm) has been
sensors to malfunction. reached when the tread has worn
Tread Depth down as far as one of the tread
If the TPMS is not functioning Check tread depth at regular wear indicators (TWI). Their position
properly, it cannot detect or signal a intervals. is indicated by markings on the
low tire condition. See your dealer sidewall.
for service if the TPMS malfunction Tires should be replaced at a tread
light and DIC message come on depth of 1.6 mm. Tires age, even if they are not used.
and stay on. We recommend tire replacement
every 6 years.
TPMS Sensor Calibration
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
tires or replacing one or more of the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 285

Tire Rotation The tire condition is an item that is
Caution (Continued)
checked during a periodic
inspection at a Chevrolet dealer of
. To evaluate the use
your preference, which can
diagnose signs of uneven wear that conditions, the tires should
may compromise your car safety be taken regularly to the
and performance. manufacturer’s technical
assistance.
Never include a temporary spare tire
. A spare tire which was not
in the tire rotation due to size
differences. used within a 6-year period
should be used in
emergencies only. If you
Caution need to use this tire, drive at
. low speeds.
Due to ageing, the tire
Different forces in front and rear rubber gets deteriorated.
tires make them wear differently, This is also valid for the When It Is Time for New
spare tire even if it was
depending on several factors, such
not used. Tires
as road surface, the way of driving,
suspension alignment, wheel . Tire ageing depends on The tire must be replaced when
balancing, tires pressure, etc. many conditions of use, cuts, bulges on sidewalls or any
including temperature, load other deformation type are present.
The owner must carry out an
evaluation of the vehicle wear, and conditions and also tire
this includes regular tire rotation, inflation pressure.
which should not exceed 10,000 km. (Continued)
tire rotation is vital to achieving
even tread wear and long tire life.
The tire rotation must be performed
as indicated in the illustration.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
286 Vehicle Care

Note
When replacing, always use tires of { Warning
the same brand and dimensions.
Do not use different size and type
Preferably replace all tires of same
of tires and wheels from those
axle at the same time.
originally installed on the vehicle.
It can affect safety and
Different Tire and Wheel performance of the vehicle.
Types It could lead to handling failure or
If tires of a different size than those rollover and serious injury. When
fitted at the factory are used, it may replacing tires, be sure to install
be necessary to reprogram the all four tires and wheels of the
speedometer as well as the nominal same size, type, tread, brand and
Tires must also be replaced when
tire pressure and make other loadcarrying capacity. The use of
their tread depth has worn down
vehicle modifications. any other tire size or type may
near to 3 mm. The image shows
where the tread depth can be found. After converting to a different tire seriously affect ride, handling,
size, have the label with tire ground and body clearance,
pressures replaced. stopping distance and
Caution speedometer reliability.
. The tread depth must be
greater then 1.6 mm. This
{ Warning
information can be found on Use of unsuitable tires or wheels
Wheel Covers
tire "shoulder", after the TWI may lead to accidents and will not Wheel covers and tires that are
(Tread Wear Indicators) be covered by the vehicle factory approved for the respective
abbreviation. warranty. vehicle and comply with all of the
. relevant wheel and tire combination
The risk of hydroplaning and
requirements must be used.
drifting is greater when the
tires are worn.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 287

If the wheel covers and tires used Park the vehicle on a level, firm and Wedge Location
are not factory approved, the tires non-skid surface and in a safe Flat Placement on Vehicle
must not have a rim protection location.
ridge. In front of
Press the | button. Left Side the front
Wheel covers must not impair brake
right tire
cooling. Back
In front of
{ Warning Right Side the front
left tire
The use of unsuitable tyres or
wheel covers could lead to . Apply the parking brake and
sudden pressure loss and, engage first gear, reverse gear
thereby accidents. or P (PARK).
. Remove the spare wheel, see
“Spare Wheel” in this section.
Wheel Replacement
. Never change more than one
Note wheel a time.
If equipped with Tire Pressure
Monitor System, when replacing the . Use the jack only to change
Wedge Location wheels in case of puncture, not
wheel, the system will not function Flat Placement on Vehicle
normally until the wheel is repaired for seasonal winter or summer
or the damaged wheel pressure Behind the tire change.
sensor is placed in a another wheel Left Side back . No people or animals may be in
and the system learning is done. Front right tire the vehicle when it is jacked-up.
See a dealer for system learning Behind the .
Right Side Never crawl under a jacked-up
procedure. back left tire vehicle.
Make the following preparations and . Do not start the vehicle when it
observe the following information:
is raised on the jack.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
288 Vehicle Care

. Clean wheel nuts and thread Position the jack on the rear
before mounting the wheel. end under the rear axle
housing 2 .
{ Danger
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack you could
be badly injured or killed. Never
get under a vehicle when it is
supported only by a jack.
2. Ensure the jack is correctly

positioned with the vehicle
1. Turn the wheel wrench jacking points.
counterclockwise to loosen all
the wheel nuts. Do not remove
the wheel nuts yet. { Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
Position the jack on the front damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
ends on the plate 1. head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 289

Front Position If the flat tire is on the front of
the vehicle, position the jack to
the rear of the front tire in the
pocket off of the frame.
Rear Position
If the flat tire is on the rear,

position the jack under the rear
axle and get as close as
possible to the shock absorber.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
290 Vehicle Care

3. When positioning the jack 8. Reinstall the wheel nuts by 12. Check the tire pressure of the
under the rear axle housing, hand until the wheel is held installed tire and also the wheel
certify that the slot on the against the hub. nut torque as soon as possible.
upper side of the jack fits on 9. Lower the vehicle completely Have the defective tire renewed or
the carcass. by turning the jack lever repaired.
Attach jack handle and, with counterclockwise.
the jack correctly aligned, Spare Wheel
rotate the handle until the The spare wheel can be classified
wheel is cleared of the ground as a temporary spare wheel
slightly. depending on the size compared to
4. Remove the wheel nuts. the other mounted wheels and
country regulations.
5. Remove the flat wheel.
The spare wheel has a steel rim.
6. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel nuts and studs, Use of a spare wheel that is smaller
mounting surfaces and spare than the other wheels or together
wheel. with winter tires could affect
driveability. Have the defective tire
7. Install the spare wheel. replaced as soon as possible.
The spare wheel is kept beneath the
{ Danger 10. Tighten the nuts in a crosswise
( 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ) sequence. rear of the vehicle.
Never use oil or grease on bolts For tightening torque, see 1. Insert the chiseled end of the
or nuts because the nuts might Capacities and Specifications jack handle at a slight angle
come loose. The vehicle's wheel 0 325. through the central hole in the
could fall off, causing a crash with rear bumper and into the
11. Stow the replaced wheel and funnel-shaped guide.
the risk of death.
the vehicle tools, see Tools
0 277.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 291

2. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the { Warning Caution
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel Failure to follow these tire storage The tire hoist can be damaged if
wrench until the spare tire can instructions carefully could result there is no tension on the cable
be pulled out from under the in personal injury or property when using it. To have the
vehicle. damage if the hoist cable fails or necessary tension, the spare or
if the tire comes loose. Make sure road tire and wheel assembly
3. Tilt the retainer when the tire the tire is stored securely before must be installed on the tire hoist
has been lowered and slide it
driving. to use it.
up the cable so it can be pulled
up through the wheel opening.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools Caution { Warning
Storing an aluminum wheel with a An improperly stored spare tire
{ Warning flat tire under your vehicle for an could come loose and cause a
extended period of time or with crash. To avoid personal injury or
Storing a jack, a tire, or other the valve stem pointing up can property damage, always store
equipment in the passenger damage the wheel. Always stow the spare tire when the vehicle is
compartment of the vehicle could the wheel with the valve stem parked on a level surface.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or pointing down and have the
collision, loose equipment could wheel/tire repaired as soon as
strike someone. Store all these in Store the tire under the rear of the
possible. vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
the proper place.
1. Put the tire on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
292 Vehicle Care

2. Pull the cable and spring (or insert the chiseled end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored
chain) through the center of the jack handle through the hole securely. Push, pull, and then
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer and into the slot. See Tools try to turn the tire. If the tire
plate down and through the 0 277. moves, use the wheel wrench
center of the wheel. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. to tighten the cable or chain.
Make sure the retainer is fully Make sure the retainer is Repeat this tightness check
seated across the underside of seated in the wheel opening. procedure when checking the
the wheel. 6. Raise the tire fully against the spare tire pressure according
3. Use the screwdriver to underside of the vehicle by to the scheduled maintenance
assemble the wheel wrench, turning the wheel wrench information or any time the
the jack extensions, and the clockwise until you hear two spare tire is handled due to
jack handle. clicks or feel it tight under the service of other components.
vehicle. You cannot overtighten 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
Caution the cable or chain. if the vehicle has one.
To store the jack and tools, reverse
Use of an air wrench or other the steps for removing them.
power tools with the hoist
mechanism is not recommended
and could damage the system.
Use only the tools supplied with
the hoist mechanism.
4. For pickup truck, remove the

cover to insert the chiseled end
of the jack handle at a slight
angle through the central hole
in the rear bumper and into the
funnel-shaped guide. For SUV,
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 293

. . Do not allow the terminals of one
Jump Starting Never expose the battery to
open flames or sparks. cable to touch those of the other
To switch the ignition on in a vehicle . cable.
A discharged battery can freeze
with discharged battery, connect the .
at a temperature of 0°C. Defrost Do not use chargers for quick
jump leads in the battery from other
the frozen battery before charging in this procedure.
vehicle. This should be done with
connecting jump cables. . The vehicles must not come into
extreme caution and following the
next instructions. . Wear eye protection and contact with each other during
protective clothing when the jump starting process.
{ Warning handling a battery. . Apply the parking brake, manual
. Use a booster battery with the transmission in neutral,
Be extremely careful when same voltage (11,0 to automatic transmission in
starting with jump leads. Any 15,5 Volts). Its capacity (Ah) P (PARK).
deviation from the following must not be much less than that
instructions can lead to injuries or of the discharged battery.
damage caused by battery . Use jump cables with insulated
explosion or damage to the terminals and a cross section of
electrical systems of both at least 16 mm² (25 mm² for
vehicles. diesel engines).
. Do not disconnect the
discharged battery from the
{ Warning vehicle.
. Switch off all unnecessary
Avoid contact with eyes, skin,
electrical consumers.
fabrics, and painted surfaces. The
fluid contains sulphuric acid which . Do not lean over the battery
can cause injuries and damage in during jump starting. Cables connection order:
the event of direct contact.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
294 Vehicle Care

1. Connect the red cable to the Route the cables so that they Towing the Vehicle
positive terminal of the booster cannot catch on rotating parts in the
battery. engine compartment. Note
2. Connect the other end of the To start the engine: To avoid damage, the disabled
red cable to the positive vehicle should be towed with all four
1. Start the engine of the vehicle wheels off the ground. Care must be
terminal of the discharged providing the jump.
battery. taken with vehicles that have low
2. After 5 minutes, start the other ground clearance and/or special
3. Connect the black cable to the engine. If the engine does not equipment. Always have the vehicle
negative terminal of the start after some attempts, there towed with a flatbed vehicle carrier.
booster battery. is the possibility that some
4. Connect the other end of the repairs might be necessary.
black cable to a vehicle 3. Allow both engines to idle for
grounding point, such as the approximately 3 minutes with
engine block or an engine the cables connected.
mounting bolt. Connect as far
away from the discharged 4. Reverse above sequence
battery as possible. exactly when removing cables.
Caution
The fans and the other engine
movable parts can cause serious
injuries. Keep the hands and Consult your dealer or a
pieces of cloth away from the professional towing service if the
movable parts when the engine is disabled vehicle must be towed.
running, or even with the engine
Please observe the following
switched on. procedures when towing a vehicle:
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 295

. No passenger should remain in vehicle with two wheels on the Dinghy Towing
the vehicle being towed. ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly. Two-Wheel Drive Vehicles
. Release the parking brake of the
towed vehicle and place the Here are some important things to
transmission gear in neutral. consider before recreational vehicle
. Turn on the emergency flashers. towing:
. . What is the towing capacity of
Two-wheel drive vehicles should
not be towed with the rear the towing vehicle? Be sure to
wheels on the ground. read the tow vehicle
Two-wheel drive transmissions manufacturer's
have no provisions for internal recommendations.
lubrication while being towed. . What is the distance that will be
To tow the vehicle behind another traveled? Some vehicles have
vehicle for recreational purposes, restrictions on how far and how
such as behind a motor home, see long they can tow.
Note
"Recreational Vehicle Towing" in this . Is the proper towing equipment
If the vehicle is towed with all four
section. going to be used? See your wheels on the ground, the drive
dealer or trailering professional train components could be
Recreational Vehicle Towing for additional advice and damaged. The repairs would not be
Recreational vehicle towing means equipment recommendations. covered by the vehicle warranty. Do
towing the vehicle behind another . Is the vehicle ready to be not tow the vehicle with all four
vehicle - such as behind a motor towed? Just as in preparing the wheels on the ground.
home. The two most common types vehicle for a long trip, make sure
of recreational vehicle towing are the vehicle is prepared to be
known as dinghy towing and dolly towed.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
296 Vehicle Care

Vehicles Four by Four 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF Dolly Towing
and remove the key—the front
wheels will still turn. To remove Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the key and release the lever, the Ground) – Two-wheel Drive
see “Release Selector Lever” Vehicles
under Interruption of Power
Supply 0 220.
7. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the towing
vehicle.
If the vehicle being towed will not be
started or driven for six weeks or
more, remove cable from the
Use the following procedure to
negative terminal (post) of the
dinghy tow a four-wheel drive
battery to prevent the battery from
vehicle:
draining.
1. Position the vehicle being Note
towed behind the tow vehicle. If a two-wheel drive vehicle is towed
2. Put an automatic transmission with the rear wheels on the ground,
in P (Park) or a manual the transmission could be damaged.
transmission in 1 (First). The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Never tow
3. Turn the engine off and firmly
the vehicle with the rear wheels on
set the parking brake.
the ground.
4. Securely attach the vehicle
Two-wheel drive vehicles should not
being towed to the tow vehicle.
be towed with all four wheels on the
5. Shift the transfer case to N ground. Two-wheel drive
(Neutral).
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 297

transmissions have no provisions 1. Attach the dolly to the tow Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the
for internal lubrication while being vehicle following the dolly Ground) – Vehicles Four by Two
towed. manufacturer's instructions.
To dolly tow a two-wheel drive 2. Drive the front wheels onto the
vehicle, the vehicle must be towed dolly.
with the rear wheels on the dolly. 3. Put an automatic transmission
See "Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off in P (Park) or a manual
the Ground)" later in this section for transmission in 1 (First).
more information.
4. Turn the engine off and firmly
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off set the parking brake.
the Ground) – Four-wheel Drive
Vehicles 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
6. Shift the transfer case to N Use the following procedure to dolly
(Neutral). tow a two-wheel drive vehicle from
7. Release the parking brake only the rear.
after the vehicle being towed is 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
firmly attached to the towing vehicle following the dolly
vehicle. manufacturer's instructions.
8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
after towing. dolly.
If the vehicle being towed will not be 3. Firmly set the parking brake.
started or driven for six weeks or
Use the following procedure to dolly more, remove cable from the 4. Put an automatic transmission
tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from negative terminal (post) of the in P (Park) or a manual
the front: battery to prevent the battery from transmission in 1 (First).
draining.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
298 Vehicle Care

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's Ground) – Four-wheel Drive following the manufacturer's
instructions. Vehicles instructions.
6. Use an adequate clamping 6. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the straight are locked into the straight
position. position.
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 7. Shift the transfer case to N
If the vehicle being towed will not be (Neutral).
started or driven for six weeks or 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF
more, remove cable from the after towing.
negative terminal (post) of the If the vehicle being towed will not be
battery to prevent the battery from started or driven for six weeks or
draining. more, remove cable from the
Use the following procedure to dolly negative terminal (post) of the
tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from battery to prevent the battery from
the rear: draining.
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Firmly set the parking brake.
4. Put an automatic transmission
in P (Park) or a manual
transmission in 1 (First).
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 299

Emergency Towing
Caution
Towing Another Vehicle
Towing Hitch Installation
Drive slowly and smoothly. Quick Dimensions
starts and stops can damage the
vehicle.
When the engine is not running,

considerably more force is needed
to brake and steer.
To prevent the entry of exhaust
fumes from the towing vehicle,
switch on the air recirculation and
close the windows.
Note
This operation must only be used in
cases of emergency.
Rear Tow Coupling Information
The towing eye is located at the
front of the vehicle under the The attachment points of the rear
bumper. tow coupling is located in indicated
area, as the image above shows.
The driver should be inside the
vehicle to steer and apply the
brakes.
Turn on ignition to release steering
column lock and to permit operation
of brake lights, horn and windshield
wipers.
Transmission in neutral.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
300 Vehicle Care
Caution Appearance Care Never use an automatic vehicle

wash that requires anything
touching the paint (other than
. A bad electrical component Exterior Care water).
connection (wiring, sockets,
connectors, etc) may cause Locks The wipers must be switched off.
damage to the vehicle and The locks are lubricated at the Remove the antenna and external
to the rear tow coupling. factory using a high quality lock accessories.
. Never leave the tow cylinder grease. Use de-icing agent Never use the automatic vehicle
coupling engaged with the only when absolutely necessary, as wash when the vehicle is unlocked,
vehicle while the engine is this has a degreasing effect and the fuel filter door might be opened
turned off. This may cause impairs lock function. After using and damage by the automatic
the discharge of the battery. de-icing agent, have the locks vehicle wash.
regreased by a Chevrolet dealer.
. Do not exceed the load limit Make sure to lock the fuel filler door
of the tow coupling. Washing by pushing the central locking
button.
The paintwork of your vehicle is
Note exposed to environmental If you wash your vehicle by hand,
. Always follow the installation conditions. Wash and wax your make sure that the insides of the
instructions of the rear tow vehicle regularly. When using wheel housings are also thoroughly
coupling manufacturer. automatic vehicle washes, select a rinsed out.
program that includes waxing. Have the door hinges of all doors
. If the vehicle is equipped with
parking sensors, the owner must Bird droppings, dead insects, resin, greased by a Chevrolet dealer.
reset (see parking sensor pollen, etc. can cause paint damage
manufacturer's manual) the and should be cleaned off Caution
system before installing the rear immediately.
tow coupling. Do not clean the engine
If using a vehicle wash, comply with
compartment with a steam-jet or
the vehicle wash manufacturer's
instructions. high-pressure jet cleaner.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Vehicle Care 301

Thoroughly rinse and chamois-off the vehicle. Use of power washers Plastic body parts must not be
the vehicle. Rinse chamois exceeding 8.000 kPa can result in treated with wax or polishing
frequently. Use separate chamois damage or removal of paint and agents.
for painted and glass surfaces: decals.
remnants of wax on the windows Windows and Windscreen
will impair vision. Exterior Lights Wiper Blades
Do not use hard objects to remove Headlight and other light covers are Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois
spots of tar. Use tar removal spray made of plastic. Do not use any together with the window cleaner.
on painted surfaces. abrasive or caustic agents, an ice
When cleaning the rear window,
scraper, and do not clean them dry.
make sure the heating element
Caution Air Intakes inside is not damaged.
Clear debris from the air intakes, For mechanical removal of ice, use
Take care when moving the
between the hood and windscreen a sharp-edged ice scraper. Press
vehicle after washing, in case
and below the front bumper. the scraper firmly against the glass
water has affected the brakes. so that no dirt can get under it and
Applying the brakes lightly will Polishing and Waxing scratch the glass.
indicate whether they have been
Wax the vehicle regularly (at the Clean smearing wiper blades with a
affected. To dry them quickly,
latest when water no longer beads). soft cloth and window cleaner.
lightly apply the brakes while
maintaining a slow forward speed Otherwise, the paintwork will Wheels and Tires
with a clear area ahead until dry out.
brake performance returns to Do not use high-pressure jet
Polishing is necessary only if the cleaners.
normal. paint has become dull or if solid
deposits have become attached Clean rims with a pH-neutral wheel
to it. cleaner.
High pressure car washes may
cause water to enter the vehicle. Paintwork polish with silicone forms Rims are painted and can be
Avoid using high pressure washes a protective film, making waxing treated with the same agents as
closer than 30 cm to the surface of unnecessary. the body.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
302 Vehicle Care

Paintwork Damage Interior Care Caution
Rectify minor paintwork damage Interior and Upholstery
with a touch-up pen before rust Close Velcro fasteners as open
forms. Only clean the vehicle interior, Velcro fasteners on clothing could
including the instrument panel and damage seat fabric.
Have more extensive damage or
trim, with a dry cloth or interior
rust areas repaired by a Chevrolet cleaner.
dealer. Remove dust from the instrument
Clean the leather upholstery with panel and door fabric with a vacuum
Underbody clear water and a soft cloth. In case cleaner. Remove stains with interior
Some areas of the vehicle of heavy soiling, use leather care. cleaner.
underbody have a PVC The instrument panel should only be
undercoating while other critical cleaned using a soft damp cloth. Plastic and Rubber Parts
areas have a durable protective wax Plastic and rubber parts can be
coating. Clean fabric upholstery with a
vacuum cleaner and brush. Remove cleaned with the same cleaner as
After the underbody is washed, stains with an upholstery cleaner. used to clean the body. Use interior
check the underbody and have it cleaner if necessary. Do not use any
waxed if necessary. Avoid wipe damp cloth on areas other agent. Avoid solvents and
near of Front Seat power switch, gasoline in particular. Do not use
Bitumen/rubber materials could because the liquid can compromise high-pressure jet cleaners.
damage the PVC coating. Have the Seat’s working. In case of heavy
underbody work carried out by a soiling, use leather care.
Chevrolet dealer.
Clean seat belts with lukewarm
Before and after winter, wash the water or interior cleaner.
underbody and have the protective
wax coating checked.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Service and Maintenance 303

Service and General Information Scheduled
Maintenance Special Information Maintenance
In order to ensure economical and See the vehicle maintenance
safe vehicle operation and to schedule booklet.
General Information maintain the value of your vehicle, it
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 303 is of vital importance that all Additional Required
Scheduled Maintenance maintenance work is carried out at Services
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 303 the proper intervals as specified.
Additional Required Extreme Operating Conditions
Confirmations
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Extreme operating conditions take
The service registration filled out in place when at least one of the
Recommended Fluids, the Owner Manual. The date and following occurs frequently:
Lubricants, and Parts mileage is completed with the stamp
Recommended Fluids and and signature of the servicing . Cold starts
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Chevrolet dealer. . Stop and go
Make sure that the Owners Manual . Trailer towing
is completed correctly as continuous
proof of service. It is essential if any . Steep grades and/or high
warranty claim is needed. altitudes
Note . Poor road surfaces
If the vehicle belongs to the . Sand and dust
exclusive program for fleets and / or . Extreme temperature variations
car rental companies, see the
booklet "Getting Specific Revisions Police vehicles, taxis and driving
to Fleet." For more information, school vehicles are also classified
contact an Authorized dealer. as operating under extreme
conditions.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
304 Service and Maintenance

Under extreme operating conditions, Recommended cleanliness, wear protection and oil
it may be necessary to have certain aging control, whereas viscosity
scheduled service work done more Fluids, Lubricants, grade gives information on the oil's
frequently than the scheduled thickness over a temperature range.
intervals.
and Parts
Engine Oil Quality
Seek technical advice on the Recommended Fluids
servicing requirements depending Dexos 2 5W30 or API–C4 15W40—
on the specific operating conditions. and Lubricants Diesel engines
Only use products that have been Selecting the Right Engine Oil
tested and approved. Damage Selecting the right engine oil
resulting from the use of depends on the proper oil
non-approved materials will not be specification and viscosity grade.
covered by the warranty.
Use and ask for engine oils with the
{ Warning Dexos certification mark. Oils
meeting the requirements of your
Fluids and lubricants can be vehicle should have the Dexos
hazardous and can also be toxic. certification mark on the container.
Handle with care and pay This certification mark indicates that
attention to the information given the oil has been approved according
to the Dexos specification.
on the package.
Your vehicle was filled at the factory
with Dexos approved engine oil.
Engine Oil
Use only engine oil that is approved
Engine oil is identified by its quality to the Dexos specification or an
and viscosity. Quality is more equivalent engine oil of the
important than viscosity when appropriate viscosity grade. Failure
selecting which engine oil to use. to use the recommended engine oil
The oil quality ensures engine
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Service and Maintenance 305

or equivalent can result in engine be used (only once between each . From −20°C and below:
damage not covered by the vehicle oil change). The viscosity should be 0W-30, 0W-40.
warranty. of the correct rating. . From −20°C: 5W-30.
If you are unsure whether your oil is Use of engine oil with only ACEA The SAE viscosity grade gives
approved to the Dexos specification, A1/B1 or only A5/B5 quality is information of the thickness of the
ask your service provider. prohibited, since it can cause oil. Multigrade oil is indicated by two
Use of substitute engine oils if longterm engine damage under figures.
Dexos is unavailable: In the event certain operating conditions.
The first figure, followed by a W,
that Dexos approved engine oil is Engine Oil Additives indicates the low temperature
not available at an oil change or for viscosity and the second figure the
maintaining proper oil level, you The use of engine oil additives
could cause damage and invalidate high temperature viscosity.
may use substitute engine oil of the
qualities mentioned above. Use of the warranty.
Coolant and Antifreeze
oils that do not meet the Dexos Engine Oil Viscosity Use only silicate-free long life
specification, however, may result in
Grades SAE 5W-30 or 15W-40 is coolant (LLC) antifreeze.
reduced performance under certain
the best viscosity grade for your The system is factory filled with
circumstances.
vehicle. coolant designed for excellent
Topping Up Engine Oil Cold temperature operation: corrosion protection and frost
Engine oils of different If in an area of extreme cold, where protection down to approximately
manufacturers and brands can be the temperature falls below -20°C, −40 °C. This concentration should
mixed as long as they comply with an SAE 0W-30 oil should be used. be maintained all year round. The
the required engine oil (quality and An oil of this viscosity grade will use of additional coolant additives
viscosity). provide easier cold starting for the that intend to give additional
engine at extremely low corrosion protection or seal against
If engine oil of the required quality is
temperatures. When selecting an oil minor leaks can cause function
not available, a maximum of 1 liter
of the appropriate viscosity grade be problems. Liability for consequences
of ACEA A3/B4 or A3/B3 grade may
sure to always select an oil that resulting from the use of additional
meets the Dexos specification. coolant additives will be rejected.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
306 Service and Maintenance

Brake and Clutch Fluid
Only use DOT4 brake fluid.
Over time, brake fluid absorbs
moisture, which will reduce braking
effectiveness. The brake fluid
should therefore be replaced at the
specified interval.
Brake fluid should be stored in a
sealed container to avoid water
absorption.
Ensure brake fluid does not become
contaminated.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 307

Technical Data Vehicle Identification
Identification Plate
Vehicle Identification
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
The VIN locations are:
Vehicle Data
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 . Engraved on the right side
Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 frame.
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 314 . On VIN label, visible through the
Capacities and windshield left side.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 . On Certification Label applied on
left front door pillar.
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
308 Technical Data

Vehicle Data
Engine Data
Sales Designation 2.5L FGT Diesel 2.5L VGT Diesel
Engine identifier code DURAMAX DURAMAX
Type Longitudinal, in front of front axle Longitudinal, in front of front axle
Number of cylinders 4 (in line) 4 (in line)
Piston displacement 2499 cm³ 2499 cm³
Compression ratio 16,5:1 16,5:1
Firing sequence 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
Engine power 120 kw 132 kw
at rpm 3600 3600
Torque 380 Y 440 Y
at rpm 2000 2000
750 +/− 50 rpm — Diesel 4x2 MT 750 +/− 50 rpm
Idle speed (MT/AT) A/C on / A/C off
900 +/− 50 rpm — Diesel 4x4 AT 740 +/− 50 rpm
Fuel type Diesel Diesel
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 309

Electrical System 2.5L FGT Diesel 2.5L VGT Diesel
Battery 12V 70 Ah 12V 70 Ah
Alternator 140 A 120 A
2.5L FGT Diesel

Engine 2.5L VGT Diesel 2.5L VGT Diesel
(4x2) / (4x4) (4x2) / (4x4)
Manual Transmission Automatic Transmission
1st gear 4,02:1 4,06:1
2nd gear 2,21:1 2,37:1
3rd gear 1,46:1 1,55:1
4th gear 1,00:1 1,16:1
5th gear 0,76:1 0,85:1
6th gear 0,59:1 0,67:1
Reverse gear 3,63:1 3,20:1
Axle Ratio 3,73:1 3,42:1
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
310 Technical Data

Recommended Speeds for Gear Shifting
Hot and cold (MT - with pedal depressed to 1/4) 2.5L FGT Diesel
1st – 2nd 15 km/h
2nd – 3rd 35 km/h
3rd – 4th 50 km/h
4th – 5th 70 km/h
4th – 6th 100 km/h
Maximum Speed
Single Cab / Crew Cab / Extended Cab
180 km/h
2.5L FGT Diesel / 2.5L VGT Diesel
Short Wheel Base 150 km/h
Brakes
Type system Hydraulic, parallel dual circuit brake system
Front Floating caliper disc brake – ventilated disc
Rear Drum brake system
Fluid Heavy duty fluid DOT 4 ACDelco
Parking brake Operative on rear service brake
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 311

Steering Geometry Low Stance vehicles High Stance vehicles
Camber 0° ± 30’ 0° ± 30’
Caster 2°50’ to 4°20’ 2°35’ to 4°05’
Toe-in resp.: 0° ± 15’ 0° ± 15’
Turning circle diameter 12,30m 12,70m
Vehicle Weight
Single Cab – 2.5L FGT Diesel
VEHICLE WEIGHT (kg) Single
Chassi Cab Single Cab Cab (SWB)
(4x2)
Front 1,350
Gross axle load rating
Rear 1,850
Curb mass 1,578 1,744 1,745
Overall combined gross weight (trailer with brakes) 5,000
Maximum towing mass with brake 2,500
Payload 1,257 1,091 1,090
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
312 Technical Data

Extended Cab — 4 doors
VEHICLE WEIGHT (kg) 2.5L FGT Diesel 2.5L VGT Diesel
Stance Low High
Trim Level LS LT LT LTZ
Front 1,350
MT
Rear 1,850
Gross axle load rating
Front - 1,350
AT
Rear - 1,850
MT 1,780 1,804 1,872 1,911
Curb mass
AT - 1,916
Overall combined gross weight (trailer MT 5,000 6,000
with brakes) AT - 6,000
MT 2,500 3,500
Maximum towing mass with brake
AT - 3,500
MT 1,055 1,031 1,048 1,039
Payload
AT - 1,034
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 313

Crew Cab – 4 doors
VEHICLE WEIGHT (kg) 2.5L FGT Diesel 2.5L VGT Diesel
Stance Low High
Transmission 4x2 4x2 4x4
Trim Level LS LT LT LTZ High Storm / High Storm /
Country Midnight Country Midnight
Front 1,350 -
MT
Gross axle Rear 1,850 -
load rating Front - 1,350
AT
Rear - 1,850
MT 1,828 1,859 1,903 1,950 -
Curb mass
AT - 1,904 1,944 1,960 2,062
Overall MT 5,000 6,000 -
combined gross
weight (trailer AT - 6,000
with brakes)
Maximum MT 2,500 3,500 -
towing mass
with brake AT - 3,500
MT 1,007 976 1,047 1,020 -
Payload
AT - 1,046 1,026 1,025 1,003
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
314 Technical Data

Vehicle Dimensions
Regular Cab
Short
Chassi Cab
Trim Level wheel base LS LT LS
LS
LS
Tire 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 215/70 R16 C 245/70 R16C
Stance Low High
MT MT MT MT MT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2 4x4
A 1,706 1,701 1,694 1,701 1,783
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 315
Short
Chassi Cab
LS
LS
Tire 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 215/70 R16 C 245/70 R16C
Stance Low High
MT MT MT MT MT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2 4x4
B 1,510 1,570
C 1,870 1,810 1,872
D 2,132
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
316 Technical Data

Short
Chassi Cab
LS
LS
Tire 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 215/70 R16 C 245/70 R16C
Stance Low High
MT MT MT MT MT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2 4x4
E 957
F 3,096 2,845 3,096
1,050 1,182
G (without rear (without rear 1,329
bumper) bumper)
5,103 4,984
H (without rear (without rear 5,381
bumper) bumper)
I 188 189 188 195 229
J — 380 441
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 317
Short
Chassi Cab
LS
LS
Tire 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 195/80 R15 C 215/70 R16 C 245/70 R16C
Stance Low Low Low Low High
MT MT MT MT MT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2 4x4
K — 1,670 1,534
L — 2,027 2,322
M — — 1,122
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
318 Technical Data

Extended Cab. All the dimensions are in millimeters.

Tire 195/80 R15 C 215/70 R16 C 245/70 R16 265/60 R18
Stance Low Low High High
MT MT MT MT / AT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2
A 1,696 1,702 1,793 1,803
B 1,510 1,570
C 1,870
D 2,132
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 319

Tire 195/80 R15C 215/70 R16C 245/70 R16 265/60 R18
MT MT MT MT / AT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2
E 957
F 3,096
G 1,309
H 5,361
I 190 195 229 238
J 441
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
320 Technical Data

Tire 195/80 R15C 215/70 R16C 245/70 R16 265/60 R18
MT MT MT MT / AT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x2 4x2
K 1,534
L 1,790
M 1,122
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 321

Crew Cab. All the dimensions are in millimeters.
Trim Level LS LS / LT LS / LT LTZ High Country

195/80 215/70 245/70 R16 265/60 R18 265/60 R18
Tire
R15 C R16 C
Stance Low High
MT MT / AT MT / AT MT / AT MT / AT MT / AT MT / AT
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4
A (Without
1,697 1,704 1,795 1,791 1,806 1,800 1,804 1,797
roof rack)
A (With
— — — — 1,839 1833 1859 1852
roof rack)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
322 Technical Data

195/80 215/70 245/70 R16 265/60 R18 265/60 R18
Tire
R15 C R16 C
Stance Low High
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4
B 1,510 1,570
C 1,870
D 2,132
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 323

195/80 215/70 245/70 R16 265/60 R18 265/60 R18
Tire
R15 C R16 C
Stance Low High
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4
E 957 1,004¹
F 3,096
G 1,308
H 5,361 5,408¹
I 179 185 221 207 237 217 236 216
J 456 584
(¹) With Nudge Bar
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
324 Technical Data

195/80 215/70 245/70 R16 265/60 R18 265/60 R18
Tire
R15 C R16 C
Stance Low High
Transmission
4x2 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4 4x2 4x4
K 1,534
L 1,484
M 1,122
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 325

Capacities and Specifications
Engine 2.5L VGT Diesel 2.5L Diesel
For vehicles 4x2 / 4x4
Engine Oil — Refilling with filter replacement 6,40 L 6,40 L
Engine Oil — Refilling without filter replacement — —
Fuel Tank — Nominal capacity 76 L 76 L
Engine — Cooling system with heater 9,0 L 9,0 L
Brake system 0,80 +/− 0,05 L
Manual transmission 3,50 L
Power steering system 1,50 L
Refrigerant for air conditioning system 500 g
Washer fluid reservoir for windshield 4,50 L
Automatic transmission — Refill for gear box dismantled 10,60 L —
Final drive — Rear 2,30 L 2,30 L
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y
For vehicles 4x4
Transfer Case 4x4 — Dexron VI 1.5 L 1.5 L
Final drive — Front 0,90 L 0,90 L
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
326 Technical Data

Tire Pressure
Tire Pressure
Tire pressure in load conditions PSI (kPa)
Tire Up to 3 people (Light) Up to 3 people (ECO) Full load (Max)
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
195 R15C 43 (300) 43 (300) 43 (300) 43 (300) 52 (360) 65 (450)
215/70 R16C 37 (260) 37 (260) 37 (260) 37 (260) 42 (290) 54 (370)
245/70 R16
35 (240) 35 (240) 35 (240) 35 (240) 38 (260) 44 (300)
High Stance
245/70 R16
37 (240) 37 (240) 37 (240) 37 (240) 42 (260) 54 (300)
Low Stance
265/60 R18 35 (240) 35 (240) 35 (240) 35 (240) 38 (260) 44 (300)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Technical Data 327

Spare Tire Pressure
Tire Tire pressure PSI (kPa)
195 R15C 65 (450)
215/70 R16C 65 (450)
245/70 R16 44 (300)
265/60 R18 44 (300)
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
328 Customer Information

.
Customer Vehicle Data With the consent of the vehicle
owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
Information Recording and with the consent of the lessee.
Privacy . In response to an official request
of police or similar government
Vehicle Data Recording and Event Data Recorders office.
Privacy The vehicle has a number of . As part of the manufacturer’s
Vehicle Data Recording and sophisticated systems that monitor defense in case of legal
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 and control several vehicle data. proceedings.
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Some data may be stored during
. As required by law.
regular operation to facilitate repair
of detected malfunctions, other data In addition, the manufacturer may
is stored only in a crash or near use the collected or received data:
crash event by systems commonly . For the manufacturer's research
called event data recorders (EDR). needs.
The systems may record data about . To make it available for research
the condition of the vehicle and how needs where appropriate
it was operated (e.g. engine speed, confidentiality is maintained and
brake application, seat belt usage). need is shown.
To read this data, special equipment
and access to the vehicle are . To share summary data which is
required. This will take place when not tied to a specific vehicle with
the vehicle is serviced by a other organizations for research
Chevrolet dealer. Some data is purposes.
electronically fed into global
diagnostic systems. The
manufacturer will not access
information about a crash event or
share it with others except:
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Customer Information 329

Cybersecurity your vehicle to any unknown or
untrusted networks (such as
GM collects information about the Bluetooth, WIFI or similar
use of your vehicle including technology). In the event you
operational and safety related suspect any security incident
information. We collect this impacting your data or the safe
information to provide, evaluate, operation of your vehicle, please
improve, and troubleshoot our stop operating your vehicle and
products and services and to contact your dealer.
develop new products and services.
The protection of vehicle electronics
systems and customer data from
unauthorized outside electronic
access or control is important to
GM. GM maintains appropriate
security standards, practices,
guidelines and controls aimed at
defending the vehicle and the
vehicle service ecosystem against
unauthorized electronic access,
detecting possible malicious activity
in related networks, and responding
to suspected cybersecurity incidents
in a timely, coordinated and effective
manner. Security incidents could
impact your safety or compromise
your private data. To minimize
security risks, please do not connect
your vehicle electronic systems to
unauthorized devices or connect
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
330 Index
Airbags (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Additional Required On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Services, Scheduled Safety Belt Tensioner Light . . . . . 73
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Adjustments System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Seat, Initial Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Alarm System
Agreements Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Trademarks and AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . .104, 158, 181
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 176 Antenna
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 259 Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 160
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .195, 197 Anti-theft
Air Conditioning Regular Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Alarm System Messages . . . . . . . 85
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 226
Airbag System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
How Does an Airbag Appearance Care
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
What Makes an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Apple CarPlay and
What Will You See after an Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 56
When Should an Airbag Audio
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Airbags Theft-Deterrent
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 178
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Index 331
Automatic Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 C
Light Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Overview . . . . . . . . 131, 132, 136, Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 168, 169 Capacities and
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Automatic Transmission Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226, 263 Carbon Monoxide
Electronic Driving Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Brake and Clutch System Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Interruption of Power Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 4
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Center High-Mounted
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . 12
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . 219 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . 74
Auxilary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 214 Check
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Bulb Replacement Engine Light (Malfunction
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Center High-Mounted Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 270 Child Restraint Installation
B Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 268 Child Restraint Systems
Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Instrument Panel Child Restraints
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Installation Locations . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Voltage and Charging
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 270 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Cleaning
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 265
Buzzers, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Bleeding
Diesel Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
332 Index
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 195 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Door (cont'd)
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Driver Information
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Driving
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 203
D
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Characteristics and
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 4
Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Data Chart
Control Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Electronic Programs . . . . . . . . . . 220
Database Coverage
Control Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Control Light Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 213
Daytime Running
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 214
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 268
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Controls Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . 102, 154
Devices E
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167, 182 Electrical System
Coolant
Diesel Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Engine Compartment Fuse
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Diesel Fuel System Bleeding . . . 265 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . 71
Dimensions Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195, 197
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Instrument Panel Fuse
Cooling System
Displays Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 219 Electronic Climate Control
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Door System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 125
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Electronic Driving Programs . . . . 220
Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 12 Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . 228
Misted Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Manual Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Index 333
Electronic Stability Control F Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Fan Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . . 76
Electronic Stability Control Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Fault, Automatic Front Fog Lamp
Engine Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Filter Front Seat Position Seats
Check Light (Malfunction Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Filter, Front Seats
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 257 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 268
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 71 Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . .106, 160 Fuel
Cooling System Messages . . . . . 84 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . 94 Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Fluid Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 259 Economy, Driving for Better . . . 203
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Four-Wheel Drive Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 80
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Engines Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Fuel for Diesel Engines . . . . . . . . . 241
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Fog Lamp Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Fog Lamps Engine Compartment Fuse
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Instrument Panel Fuse
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . 91 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
334 Index
G Headlamps (cont'd) Indicator
Gauges Daytime Running Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . 71 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . .93, 268 Indicators
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Information on Loading the
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . 92 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Instrument Panel
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Heated Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Warning Lights and Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Instrument Panel Illumination . . . 271
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195, 197 Instrument Panel Overview . . . .5, 63
General Information High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Interruption of Power Supply . . . . 220
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 303 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 213 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 99, 177
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 229 ISOFIX Child Restraint
Global Positioning Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . . 77 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 227
J
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Jack
Guidance Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Problems with the Route . . . . . . 124 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195, 197
H K
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . .173, 175 I Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . . 84
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . 94 Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 If the System Needs Service . . . . 124
Headlamp Range Adjustment . . . . 93 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 L
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Lamps
Automatic Light Control . . . . . . . . . 92 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Daytime Running (DRL) . . .93, 268
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Index 335
Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Automatic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Trailer Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Brake and Clutch System . . . . . . . 75 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Check Engine (Malfunction Loading the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Locks
Malfunction Indicator (Check Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 12
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Electronic Stability Control Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 (ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Manual Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Misted Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 80
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
M
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Maintenance
Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Air Conditioning Regular
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Schedule, Additional
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . 239 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . 92
Required Services . . . . . . . . . . 303
Lane Departure Warning Light . . . 77 Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Maintenance Schedule
Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . . 253 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Recommended Fluids and
Lighting Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . 77
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 303
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Pre-Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 71
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . 75
Lights Tire Pressure Monitoring
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Airbag and Safety Belt System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Traction Control
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Antilock Brake System Traction Control System
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 (TCS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
336 Index
Messages Mirrors (cont'd) Outside Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 85 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Overrun Cut-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Battery Voltage and Misted Lamp Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 152, 178
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Monitor System, Tire Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 63
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
P
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
N Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . 84
Navigation Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 218
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Phone
Object Detection System . . . . . . . 85
Apple CarPlay and
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 O
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Object Detection System
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . 131, 132, 136,
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
168, 169
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 175
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Port
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 161
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Positioning
Messaging Oil
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Power
Mirrors Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Automatic Dimming Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Operation
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 179
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Outlets
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Index 337
Power (cont'd) Rearview Mirrors (cont'd) Seat Belts
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Pre-Heat Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Recognition Seats
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 35 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Pressure Recommended Fluids and Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Position, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Privacy Remote Control Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 30
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 328 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Problems with Route Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . 228 Service
R
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . . 228 Accessories and
Radio
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
AM-FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 181
Roads Climate Control System . . . . . . . 195
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 255
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . .105, 159
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Maintenance, General
Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Radios
Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 S
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122, 140
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Signals, Turn and
Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Three-Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Specifications and
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 35
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 237 Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . 303
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Rear Windows Additional Required
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
338 Index
Starting and Operating Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Tire Pressure Monitoring
Overrun Cut-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 System Tires
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Forward Collision Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Steering System Messages . . . . . . 86 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 282
Steering Wheel Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 280
T
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102, 154 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Storage Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 287
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 When It Is Time for New
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Technical Data
Storage Areas Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 56 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Temperature
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Top Tether Child Restraint
Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Information on Loading the Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Towing
Theft-Deterrent Systems
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Another Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 245
Thermometer
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Outside Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 245
Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 33
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 250
Tire and Wheels
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Different Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Switch, Battery Disconnect . . . . . 253 Traction
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Switches Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . . 227
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
Index 339
Traction (cont'd) U Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Control System Warning Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Traction Control System Updates Ventilation
(TCS) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Adjustable Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Trademarks and USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 161 Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
License Agreements . . . . .143, 176 Using the Navigation System . . . 110 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Trailer Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 250 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
W
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Trailer Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
V Warning
Vehicle Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Warning Buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Transmission
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Warnings
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Towing Another Vehicle . . . . . . . 299 Weights
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . 77 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Vehicle Care Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Turn and Lane-Change
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Wheels
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Vehicle Data Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Vehicle Data Recording and Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 When It Is Time for New
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Vehicle Identification Windows
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2020 - crc - 12/11/18
340 Index
Windows (cont'd)
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 265

Colorado My20 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Colorado My20 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Colorado My20 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-Thailand-13517517) -

2020 - crc - 12/11/18

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Airbag System 0 37 26. Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Flash-to-Pass 0 93 15. Manual Transmission 0 221 27. Ignition Positions 0 214

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The child lock is available on the

{ Warning The front door must be opened to

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15

Pull both side handles out, first

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. To open completely the 3. Unscrew both side bolts as it is

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17

Status LED is integrated in the

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

The convex exterior mirror reduces

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

Caution Power windows can be operated.

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

Override Safety Function

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

The sun visors can be folded down

26 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 27

If this is not possible for extremely

Pull the head restraint upward.

28 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 29

30 Seats and Restraints

To adjust a manual seat: Seat Positioning

Seats and Restraints 31

32 Seats and Restraints

Fasten the seat belt before each

Seats and Restraints 33

34 Seats and Restraints

Loose or bulky clothing hinders the

Seats and Restraints 35

36 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 37

38 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 39

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

40 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 41

42 Seats and Restraints

Always comply with local or national

Seats and Restraints 43

44 Seats and Restraints